Home

Atlas.ti manual

1. gee Se came Se ATLAS converts the es or you The converted verons e g the RTF Hes ile stored in e same oder as the BOTs that were caer Preparing Graphical Documents Supported Formats More than twenty graphie fle formats are accepted by ATLAS Y as vaid data Sure Jor PDs including BMP WEG and TIF Seaton produce TF ie gtd cameras usuali create WEG images Mulipge TIFF Hes ar alsa Supported Thep need to prepared in an image edhing safbware Ihat supports Ehan oplon ize Recommendations Digtal cameras and scanners often create images with a resolution that sipalyexeeds the sen tesalutan When prepar Ge wth ATLAS te mage pocesang software Io reduce raph are comfortaty dpsed on your computers sereen ifan mage foes not Inta the prenary pane you may need to se e200 fancon vue via the mase whee or ine zoo button when daplaying the rage ong ATLAS Preparing Audio And Video Documents Supported Formats ATLAS We mii capabilites are built upon ec technology Both MCI rd Directshow are vale to se virtuali a es Dat an be peye an your Computer Wie drivers for AVI and WAY te are tale ahy base inde stem formats ke MOV QT AU SND MPG MAA MAV and MMPS may equee a dedicated driver Check the Multimedia section in Ha Tot Suro aro Sra Roar for complete tof supported media types Incase you have problems playing a viden le he kely cause isa missing endec Cade afl Blend of Iwa words co
2. Link Managers he Link Managers provide an veri of al cade code inks and quotation qucatio ln you have created You fnd more olan on the network function under Nebo Views arting on pae 307 Video tutoriale ATLAS contains muligle powert dedeated analytical toal to heip to make Serie of you data once ade Query Tool For more complex search requests the Query Tais at your dios Here you Can orate search gusts hatare based on cambios codes uing ane o a eombiration of Serent operator oolean serante and roy peat Query Tal page 258 Super Codes A Super Code diten trom a standard cade A standard code is directiy inked rth quotations to which 2 assolate wile a Super Code a eed Sumry ths proves ant arse to a queson Pn the bes ese tha play Cos of ever combined codes Super aes on page 250 The Co accurence Explorer he Coeur Exploreris mar exploratory than the Query Too Rather than determining the codes your you can ask ATLAS hich codes happen tecoocerin the maga area The autput can be viewed in form or ae iew or a le vow CTE Co octurene Tabie Explore The CTE powes Feegueney of co oezunence and a coficeat meatunng the sengih ole elon calcul Sine coeficient sony aprapale fr sore ye af ata ts display ean be arated or deactivated is always pile adel access the data behind the frequency counts or cfr You fnd this function under the a menu Far further information see Covtsuence Tol
3. Selecting inks is convenient way ta cut or fip lp inks ee Cutting Unk on page 329 Deselecting Nodes And Links Tee a selects node or rc Ho down the Cm key ours To deselect all nodes and inks Move the moute cursor over the Network Etor background Doubs the left muse button Cutting Links Several approaches to deconnectina previously Inked nodes are available The fat method works for a types of iris and is useful when many nodes inked ta one other node we to be dace Select one or mone nodes whose connections to another node are to be paet Chose Luss Cur ng frorn the Newer Edta s menu or cek on the Cut Uns button othe ta Move the moise pointer with the rer ands to the target nade I Cek the et mouse bution Atentie I cek on one of more ink abel Che Laas 7 Car ns frorn the Newer Eta menu or cek on the Cut imes button in The toc Move the mouse pointer over a bnk bl H Right cick and chase Cur Lawe from the context menu Modifying Links The type af a ink e g s ls Relata can be changed in the Network Et Right chek o a lrk label and select Gen Rear rom the context menu The relation menu pops up Seleet a dierent relatan Avery elicen way ta manipulate frst lass ksi fered by the Link snger Gee Link Management on page 340 Selecting Neighbors ign ane the nodes inked dreet to a node sng this procedure epesuly selects a complete enernected graph ich isa part
4. The new empty document should sl be ded andin et mode I nat losd Taga and eter et rade cick onthe pen buton ne main tao ba wee So ting Pimary Cacuments on page 137 Check your setings in the Asaciation Ete as sow Figure 70 below zojsa priate treet FEM Fae o ses ron ATA PREPARATION darian ators 1 at the playback of the associated mule vis th a key or ek the pproprate baton the Association Editar as shown ef iter tweet you can remember then pre the ay ein pe what ou head Press the FB key ar chek ar the anchor button in the Association Etro set an anchor The cation anchor baies Ihe matching parts in the doce A red dot is diplayed within you lent and an entry ade othe Pres FA to play the ad fle again Listen te whatever yau can rere press F type the text prest F8 then Faagun The se the distance beeen two association anchors the better il be he Syneaton However isnt required to sc anchois at any paris ot reseed intervals or mance a he end of every Ene of teat you mark Eger segment Inierpalatan ted 1a syncheonize Ue tat th the associi mated te Sve the text from time to time by cheking on he et per selecting the Se Omt option AEE TTEA When yu are rihed with your tarp or want to take a break select ie pon Sao Lan Eor Mae Then save We HU Par Sa ZBss ulano sl Seon ie ta es Insert Anchors Automatically N you want ATLAS to set anchors
5. reasons fro nhie being therefor leh and atar dort have chidren enoe Quotation 3 244 des th entre Mog quotation 3250 aniy a sentence within the post ae igure 200 below Thus there are tone quan Dut only one coroccarenees Ihat ae courted for the equeny count Toolbar Dhi tera a eerie ye n DM to aajt soe Cell Colors Coleg helps i detecting eo oeeurenees The following opens are povided F You can chanse amang three ears for the table celk blue red and green enge eget trate E Ta select ferent eoar cik onthe elo buon in the ao bar AU es Showing that a o acuance eit are elered wah the selected colar Gr nane at a ce Figure 260 Dit color neste are sed a neste the rengin of the acon The higher the frequency the gher the caler e255 mate ran at ater Passive View yo at want get eng fo peal pater nur data he pase Mew mhich detached rage hat ony sows colore Fe 8 amp pute nw tanto ton Data Export You can either export tf the eo ocewing codes or the ist including quotation sand nanes in fer of an rt le The the ful content af the potas cannot De exported at Di penal esate in very arge outputs To export the ist ofeo occuing codes select Coves Oumar Cooceuane Next you are asked whether ta include the quotation ss ID plus name of the quotation est select the output destination Er Fle Pinter e 7 Lat ot cance ett You can ther export the equine
6. wira However one eteen a seein the target HU the nesting nthe source KU rane Th Wrategy a also pursed Yar hyper and other connections Sconce et a 7 ed source targa gt 69 Trw sarenu reed ee e a gn en neh te i a8 ee TIRE EAL merane Henan unns Migration Of General Features The commento the source HU is appended to the target and the lit af co ahari n the targets completed wis those in the sore HU Special Considerations For Quotations Quotations play s special rale becaute they cannot be hae independent of Me PDE Wien Ps are ignored so ar quotations When POs are aed quotations are added The interesig eae when PDs are unified you can then select eler UNIFY er ADD ADDing quotations wil creste peste quotations in the larget PD even ifa rate quotatan atend ests Tse el option i yu want ta adate inter coder elabi ee CAT ae omine toci allows you ta Blt intercoder redatsniy You can acces he ol a Hap Mow Roe Ta Coona in Toor Merging Sealed Codes When variable code with a special naming convention see scaled ve Dihatomous Codes on page 403 are aed uring the merge procs their values are tulad case of name dash The reason frie ha irnparted codes wah an ent mame are ulate renamed uing pra Mote that before aphig the SPSS job generation feature on the resulting HU ch odes wouid ood o b manual eared A Few Additional Considerations Yeu ean unity codes but ad
7. ATLAS ti 7 User Guide and Reference pra ott TAS teste Der Cn bt Age Maa ruan soa tied popu PA aglycone gna ew yates nd ig tg a aa ar any purt ea ea velaton of pe 1o part a mana be ped or tty ayy acon crmcoane neg ie peg aa aa oa an ATASE Ga tea apathetic Cpe tsa an we Mate st Eeee one e a ean op 2 ohn Contents About this Man 6 Introduction s Te Vrs Pi Main Concepts and Features ry Main Steps in Working with ATLAS ti 25 Main Workspace The HU Editor 29 Data Preparation 58 AEE TTEA Data Management in ATLAS 102 Setting Up a New Project 108 Migrating ATLAS ti 5 and 6 Projects 1 Project Backup and Transfer 128 Editing Primary Documents 137 User Management w Merging Hermeneutic Units 154 The Data Level Basic Functions 166 ands oth aea enen a ae Cone Ret ono En Family tife 25 Working with Variables Primary Document Families 234 Working with Memos ma TREET ERARE Data Analysis and Theory Building Took 251 So aa ae 2 Special Tools 366 The Obert Caer 6 Sorting and Eitri as Generating Output 385 Export amp Import 405 lt ed grt
8. Sho nated in the ter fll of the statas brine Object Manager ii eee 18 tcf sce tern be get aL ar erm the main rena A hed option 8 ta desc othe er fed he Gea Manager whe holing dow he Cu y Rec fiter out double click on the arly aan r select Toa Raser ARETE Removing Families 1 Open the Fant anager ar the elevant object pe I select the ay to be reve Jl Chek the Doule button ar select meru optan Fass Dass Paian amp Working With Variables Primary Document Families Along wth sharing al the characteristics of code and mero ames PO farts have some additonal characterises PO Fates an be used to deine the scope of a query when used as Hob sltsules supplementing odes For stance the PD amis emake and ge group T 1 30 were staged aa number of lees one ean then fermuate quenes ke Show me al quottons from neve ih females eee th aget 21 ta 30 coded wih coping or power Fraley slep instruction sce Resting Code Queries to Sub Groups on page 278 In SP55 jaba PD amis re a way to aggregate sorme af the data see How PSE aport Handles Fares an age 41 Fry tables are an ecient means to ce ais and to assign PDs 1o ther respective faries You can aia use ther to naiga PDs and to generate aribat p one slep PD Family Table 70 Fary Tables can be exported or imported sab dete 15 or as ana spd a0 eA ce amats canbe reni by Excl as wells pence Cae ya see an cual of an exported fe The col
9. Sires omen TE am oe 36 Cu an a a Se uta pe sour reference is provided you select this option but t ariy uses one re mis displayed at the end ol every stan The Memos Output Sub Menu List Of Memos Prints ali of the current mermat You are ven the opon af output with or Ditet 1e memo ient AEETI Selected Memos Pint the selected meats Selected Memo With Quotations Prints a selected meme including al referenced gato Speak Memo etn back dote your eyes and let ATLAS ead the sled memo for your hier wars ony tor Englin language text Family Output When licking the output button in any of the te family managers a report treated ih nfomation associated wih Ihe telecied Tariy nae ment st a members When deste a report of al quotations that are associated with any of the embers of the ama ee Output For Co accurence Tools te quantitative results of the Co occurence Table Explorer i frequency of ocrurenee ofthe coethent can be exported 5 El compatise fe To do hs yu ind an Exel export bution in the toa bar of he Cooceumenee Tale Explorer tee page 296 The quite resus the quotation Is and names of the covering le can be exported sane You And tns ation under Gee f Ona 7 Cr ocam Cons Output For Network Views Nebr Vi can be saved as ther Windows tan amp or enhanced meta en fie Ina ntwark viewer select the opon Neen San sa unec hat second opion isto copy t
10. dag an drop a older Stecteddacuments fm te File Lover orto te HU Er ee Ang Documents using Drag amp Drap on page 73 I Save the project fle to any location Promet Sa Create a copy bundle e Poeet 7 Cory Bs Cae Banoi and isis it a team members ee How to Create A Copy Bundle Fle an page 11 Ao er mernes to create an ATLAS user account on their computer Seog Tasks OF The Team Members Create an ATLAS tl user account on your computer and log in with your user ame You lind he Uan Men menu under the Tonu menu iee aho ter Management an pge 147 Instali the copy bundle fle that you reese om he poet admins ee instal a Bundle on page 132 Save the HU under a diferent name eg by adding your name or initiis to e Ite name Paec tA Continuous Project Work Documents Are Not Edited Tasks Of The Team Members Ater an agreed upon interval each team mernber sends tha weno the Project adrnitatr lor merging As pone the documents as ded iL Elien to send be HU fies Tass ofthe project administrator Merge the varis HU fe you seve rom the team members ice Merging Herneneuse Units on page 154 Creste a new Master HU and distribute the new Master fle to the team memben RAET EARE bn a a t gt y ee pe Cnn pe of gens Tasks OF The Team Members Rename the ne Master le by adkinig your name oral to the fe name a antin our work Continuous Project Work Docume
11. were Ce a e residence New York AND gendercemle age groups under 25 Famas cag mae aingerua p2 Tne feedback pane aways days the tem that it an tap af the stack The pant em on the sack ha ether been entered er the esa of apg an operator RACET EEA To yl al documents that match al tiree requirements eae under 25 and from New Yo ciek Ine AND operator again The stack and query feedback pane now looks as falow e200 cig a camp uey p3 M these ae al the ttt that you want to combine hon the Super Fay bution 1 you want 1a combine a fourth ar th attbete conte at dered above CREATING A COMPLEX QUERY AS A SEQUENCE When creating a complex query in one sequence the rale t to select all lies rt followed by the aporopte number and ype of operators Using ie sarne ears above the sequence would be as Yalow Deleon heat see bee con the tariy age apd 25 Deleon the famiy ede New Yr I sce ptr AND Sec he ptr AND sn ures expe H you ad the NOT operator to the above query you have creste a ay lt gnsnaton ot cata emale respondent andere age 125 gin Asan extrene haw would you create fay combination yielding rales over 25 at main New Yak Solution Combine anes gender emal age proup under 25 and resserce New Yok uang the OR operater then nega ing NOT The sulting query lok he thi NOT ererfeal agegrup under edt ew Yor footer optio
12. Display Welome wizard plas the Welenme sereen otering a few stat up options May be changed n the Welcome sereen Show Tp Otthe Day playa tp when starting ATLAS Show Taskbar Teal Displays an icon in the tak bar to easly ares the ATLAS window manage Save manager comments slentiy Select his option if adiieabone in the text area of Object and ary Managers shouid alomateaty be saved when cing ance tom Use ight toe seting Activates special user interlace etre ight text alent eros left Shiraning a te and ist ws for RTL guages such Hebe eet Tab HU Editor The setinas th seton tet the appearance and behavior of the HU tor ad tech windows pea Coston nn ae Uae oad ast used HU upon start up When checked the last HU closed is automaticaly loaded Open masimized Opens the HU Ear in fl seen made When opening HU lad regjons with recent POs Loads al par documents of the last session that were loaded in one or more reglera Pay mutimeia PD when loaded Activates immediate pay of a multmedia PO when tis loaded Display of lst Sed quotation ol flected by th opten Loop medacip By default a media document is oniy glayed once aher activating and loading A Acta this option to repeat he pur topped manualy Enable drag amp Drop rearange in PD manager dated you cannot mave the postion of the primary documents in the Pace manager Use specia paths HUPATH TRPATH This option oniy applies to inked
13. Display quotation primary document and merno nodes inside a bounding box pee 25 hetn Pre a You can bay pet a font for al nodes nd inks dion you can choose how the network le and comment should look when ouput amp network Pant changes for odes and inks are lee norte You epen amp Tab Printing Network Viens are printed as blbmaps You have the allowing options to inkade the tte an comment no page to draw a barder woud the Network View and to pant or ignore the Bakgrund clo Furthermore you ticle the Network View dn ar up ot to the page Sae The marin tng can alo be set ta at dca preferences PRE RENCESEIINS a eal se 56 Neto ier Png Tab Miscellaneous When loading an HU al relations used inside the HU are imported Ti is ceyprale 1o wond procesors that use styles For relatan wpa by ading ather NU he default atey to not aero heady aded aon with he arb 1 Dont bouch ening latons Example your standard set ot relations as dei i the le deta tans aon TSA wih ine width 2 andthe HU just aded ents the Same relation but defined with with al Netwerk Views of any HU loaded ily any ISA nk sth width af 2 Furthermore when you tave ary ot The Ht engl aon detritiont are eachangsd tthe caren TERETE ARAL Fe 97 Aen etn re chosing the opion Overwrite ening lations does he foo a ew Hs opened ren loaded rons hat use the same ID a elon inthe ey opened HU se replaced Ths ch
14. How ta Cente A Copy Bile Fle on page a Aa mentioned before the pict administrator can be someone fom the etm ha volunteers 1o ake onthe sk ct merging and eatbung Team Project Setup If Different Data Sources Are Analyzed At Every Site RAEE TTEA aw gt T e 8 Pe Tum poet aon sea ans ato te Tasks OF The Project Administrator stale al copy bunde es Praner Con Ba Bera Boe Merges all Hus and saves the outome as new Master HU ee Merging Hermeneutie Unts on page 184 l Creates a copy bunite fle ard sets to al team membere e Tasks OF The Team Members Intl the copy bundle le that you eee fram the project adie Prone Cor Binet bers Bie J Rename the HU fle by adding your name ntl Proser Saw As H Continue to wark on the poet Repeat the above eyele as often as necessary to complete the analyst Team Projects Using A Shared Location a eam members aces the data at a shared location hke a network drive the learn Kray needs ta be set ta tet location and Ihe domes neo added to the ear rary at the new location Thi needs to be dont by the eigated propert arnt Tasks OF The Project Administrator select Daca Dara Sou Mec Or Linn Macs H in the Library Manager Sle a Manace Lata Locanon semma UP Anew paoncr Sele the shared location forthe tearm rary and ciek OK You wil be asked to restart ATLAS drag them om the Fie Explor io te HU ador fice Asing Documents using Drag
15. Nodes on page 316 From the Network Editor menu choose Danar Fa a rot PDE Rearange the nodes in the Network View and save the network view You can congue the size of the thumbnails Ir the network view ea select Some Panes sb Nodes The andar wath lo 200 rman wate m anete gemene ae Patana ga monna 1 Change the wih and cick Agply Close the Network Preterences window A network with text or ather media as nodes is often referred to as 2 fypertent The ong sequal text deleted boken down into pieces thatthe reconnected making posible to traverse fom one plece of it to another piece of agar of he ongina postions he procedures deserted sa far have focused an the creation of eode eos Deset brien of dats Segments quits eae a segments tes sia eatin choosing and delning reins Almost tthe fing fuer dscied or cade networks can sho be wed when Simnett bw or mare goto Representing The Rhetoric Of Text Wile coe offers lest access to sets of data ag defines onya ple relation between thm name epuhace yperins which directly elate data segments expres more dllerentated mitana beeen quolatan coniadtin sappor Haan aasaran No code is needed ta connect quotation OH with one thatit contradicts O2 Cross teterences between tent passages are very comman even in conventional re Ike boks st tink of reigu anda terts Metal pure de Footnotes and endnotes ane ance cron dean from the pur Inet o
16. Rearranging And Renumbering PDs The 1d at a PD determines ts postan ia the lst of PO when in default sort der hy rame To rearrange PDs o change their 49 ute one of the flowing options 4 Renang a lected PD oniy Rearrange one or more PDs uting drag amp drop 1 enuntat al POs to make the cnet sort permanent while eliminating Bapa i the numbering athe sane time Of curse al quotations belonging ts a repositioned PD are taken along Rearranging A Selected Primary Document lect he PD in the Document Manager whose lst postion shouid be change choose Doamers Mecsas Caer Poor nthe man mena Enter a postion number afte which the selected document tobe moved Rearranging Primary Documents Using Drag amp Drop Rearranging POs via drag amp drop i a convenient tema and lels you arange a nanber of seletad PDs concurrent I Open the Paes Manage H select one oe more pns I stant to drag he POW A dashed bar appears at the current ist serio point Drap the PEs when you resch the desired eatin fr the documents Renumbering All Primary Documents Tis optin becomes uel alter you rermaved several documents from a HU When removing POs from a MU prev assigned Ds g P 1 are not cued The results in gaps in the sequence Bf PD numbers You may erase the gaps by nega PBs i he HU iing tne Renae A Select Domes Macsunenu Rem As or the main menu Loading And Navigating Primary Docume
17. Species the path to whieh AL output saved and where a tyle sheets and ippon fies re cated spss path Species the path to whieh syntax an data fes related to the SPSS output are Tab Text Editors The settings af hic section afc the behavior and appearance of the ers ed fo diplaying and writing comments nd mero and or the PD pane then daly ox doce The flowing options can be set for the tet dts andi far the PD pane dependent RAEE TTEA one 330 Cn to nn ear Wrap mode active M checked ine rapping ocurs at selected in the oon option Wapat margin M wap made s activated tis option detines wrap in mare deat H checked lest i wrapaed at the cartent ight borger af tent pane rte HUESO pane unchecked aap calculated forthe sable page width forthe Einenti selected re Aways ontop When checked the eters wil fost on top ot all ather windows This optan ean be indy set nthe ear sal Marker Color You can mak sled tent passages when working on eal text urlar ous shighighleron paper However unike Ie non destractive temperar Selection and highighting of lent when displaying a quotato th opon iy modes Me tert lek Gace Coon o select a erent marker elo Non DBS Language Support The ser can specify the language encoding Thi becomes necesary ifthe language of the document fers from the ngage of the Windowns insiataon However an appeprate fens seeds to be chosen Fot general information on ths sue cons
18. To Parma Se Uan brame Lacan Pees D eeterierceTanguege gt 0 rgen ete Color Scheme Sih p in a Binon sot sat ttar ec age J Yon ned to restart ATLAS for t to take eect Cik OK Crore ser mertce Language Jonge eo meteta ananaso ma ongant x ens a AAS ang Pe we ratae TERETE ARAL Appendix Useful Resources The ATLAS ti Website The ATLAS bite should be a regular place ta vl Mere you wl fad potter sun ae video tutoriais aor documentation of rows tare ates workshop announcements specal service provider Ue announcements of recent sermen packs and patches Quick Tour To get started we recommend to wark your way through the Quek Taur In out hoe you getan aver of the main freon snd an idea on hav to conduct an arly wik ATLAS U When you are teady lo tat your em projec use the Short Maan belon your eon ede ATLAS i 7 What s New Ths documents intended spel or srs who aeady have experience age evs eon ATLAS and wno we min Be thot et generation inthis ease v7 arnon Full Manual and How To Documents Fd information on network irstalation Nipt and tek and special structions now to wort wi specie ype e acumen Video tutorials M you ike t lear via viet we ofer a ange af shor veas on the alain pit Features and nrc Getting edo a project Codi ariang wah Netwo Views and ype The bray contains a ist ot wite papers by various authors mosty
19. a ecogrze codes by he yew diamond symbal heen in the drop down ist in gue 142 Quotation reference test TILON The fist number shows te requency tow ohen he code as been spec gives you some information onthe proundedness ol a code ie Bo relevant this cade es in the dala The secang number he deny iow many other cades ths ende i inked Hener the tnde Test 1 has been ony anea e far and f not yet inked 10 any other code Display Of Codes In The Code Manager The Cade Manager provides urbe of typical Windows display options he arge tone Smal ere Lst and Detali Ses View Mena on pagt 40 and Cae Manager Cours om pape 50 The Single Column View Waitin curly brackets folowing the codename grounds and deny are role name of aspect Kosi 2 Fe 1 cu ay rounded As explsined shove groundadness tees othe number of Golo asociale i a code ae above arp poundadnot wd This meara the code rame o pect Kewniaihas been ed Yor coding pit met analy In the shove example the deny 2 hus two codes have been Inked to the code name of suspect Kosminski Links between code are tabled by the user either by dragging and dropping codes onto each other inthe Cade Manager or by inking ham a fa Network View Gee page 319 Comment The Wide character flags commented codes Itis uned not oniy far cadet but for al commented objects Coding With New Codes Open Coding asigna new codes with lead existing or newy created Got
20. m E Fone Be aun Be reas patan Yau can lso use the plahead pointer ta adjust the eof a quotation Psion Fat the desired pot H you want the sart poaon to change had down the SHIFT key ang dable cc on the aren above The playhesd painter Te change The tap poston hal down the SHIFT ey and doue tiek an Ihe area belowe he plead painter gt Hig tec ay oun i 1 Ung te pet porate ato Creating And Working With Google Earth Quotations Creating Google Earth Quotations nt done so you est need to aig a GoogleEarth PO Donan Goce PO Then ba the Gagie ath PD by seen rom New rang by enting a conn he Fold by seeing aon 4a zarae Bast Hamta Germany 533234 S9rN S80 7H 222 Londen ye 12012 AONO TEM 2 253 Google th HESTON ZIT ISP eto ang a tans Whether the PO name or the fete name is used an be set i Toas 7 Puranen Goon Ear Parte Depending on You oj nes you may chose renerne e quotas Activating Google Earth Quotations In the frst instance you only see the newy created quotitions wii the Chastain Manager or in the drap down a In order 1o wee Ihe information in Cogie Earth as wel the informadon needs ia be bartered Thuy the ATLASE Google arih PO nerde to De jected Inta Goole Earth THs is aly done by relosding the PD For the ATLAS placemarkin th GE dourment the nae of te quotation is edin adaton pou ee te quotations in Ihe Plates Panel unde Tempor
21. or rane 25 Semantic Operators The Semane Operator buttons The operators in this secon expo connected codes resting fom previous Meor buling werk white Boaletiy bated quae are exteriora and gly Enumerate he demas af combined sets cg LOVE or KINDNESS semante pert are tenon at ey aieadycptre some meaning execied 1 Appropriately Inked concepts eg SUBPOSITIVE ATTITUDES x ana aa pa ay Cam Ma petakane i wt Nage wr any SRS ka a katan apenar eS ny a ma a a AA e OA Jant ene er ee parte een Shion i at re Uae a ty ed aed per ese cetera oma ten ings Ba al hate Ata Ob techea ith such etek of codes the allowing queries would make ese 21 1o a qutaton SUB Poste Attu gt 21 02 03 Q4 051 SUB Negatve Atttude gt 06 07 QB SUB attude gt t1 G2 03 04 05 05 07 Qe Proximity Operators The rosy Operator buttons Prosi describes the patil elation between quotations Quotations ean be embedded in ane another one may follow another eke The aparatori in ts Scion explot these relationships They equte two operands as thee rents They diler Ioen the ather operators one pa apert oy operato are non compete the usage 8 te more dieu to eam Non ornattty requires a certain input sequence tor the operands Wide RORS baqul BORA tis dars nat hol for any al he pny operators A FOLLOWS Bs ol equal lo B FOLLOWS A When buking a query ays enter the expressens ithe arder in which
22. permits other uses to have the sare rights ss e aithor ba net De aty to change the aces hs Private By choosing tis optan you can revoke previously granted nights again Set Password els you protect the Hermeneutic Unit against loading ulest a erect pasword 5 provided Make sure you remember tre password you SAI no be ale ta aad your oun ermeneutie Unt at As with all other aces aed options you need to save the Hermenevtie Unit Biere any changes are fleet Co Authors To eset aces toa group af co authors mare than ane author the ib menu Tos Usa Muwanuna CoAuten ier three pan for Sith remove snd vew he st ca authors arent deine fr ths Hermeneutic Unt Ts feature only makes sense if pbc acs to the HU has rot been ate To Register Co authors Coauthors have the same ight as the original author except forthe ight to dete or emave co authors nls hag saris nights tenses lect Tos Usan Maca Coon Rec Coons You se presented he lat of lasers trout te stem whch have pes Seen dened by te administra he gil auth Fe 127 Aaya Select ant one more ltrs fom the list and ciek OK A message pops up arming you wha a registered sco authos fo the eur laded HU To Remove Co authors lect Tonis Un Maaco Co Aumions Rese Co Aue You are presented the at eave co auare Chose the ane a be removed ar To Display Co authors Select Tos Usan Macao Co Aumions Deus Co Amoss You see st tthe te auher eurent sed fhe ermeneu
23. 5955 Syntax hle generated by ATLAS 70 83 DATA USTRECORDS 3 1 CASINO FEG PD 50 QU EO SY FRO SK FEO EY rao xao TL FIO akokr iT Beato K38 181 VARIABLE LABELS PD Primary Doe IRU Qne 159 Stat Pos x Stat y Pos Ev end 08 xtra y Pos M Crestion Date Petar 1 aae 12 Hane 2 che 1 Han 3 or more chile 7136 tay design demand for a qualitative study KIST stay deign measuring happiness KLS stu design understanding empirical sudes VALUE LABELS KI to K138 1 YES O NO Represent code fades as computed variables FORMATS KFL F2 KFLO F1 KFL1 F2 KFA F1 KFI FI KFA FRY KFIS FID Arn FI KFA F KFLB F1 KFA FI KF2 2 KP20 1 KF F2 22 P2 K525 Fy KF2A F2 KF25 F2 KF26 FI FT F2 28 2 KF FD KFS 2 KESO FI RFS FD KF32 FD KFS FI KFA F2 KPS F2 KF P2 KET FJ KFB EDK VARIABLE LABELS KFL KF Children Elects of pening VARIABLE LABELS KFZ KF Elect of parenting The BUT group SN VARIABLE LABELS KF32 KF The BUT group Represent primary document fais as IF variaties Using ALL primary document feiles Document type deciaration Ynse mars mediatype adia type tamer SREB 1000001 000090010000349908000001000017103500709 END DATA Scaled Vs Dichotomous Codes Within ATLA a code is always dichotomous because it either les to a en quotation 1 or does nat 0 Each ese quotation can in rpc to
24. ATLAS ahr ed caratura ected Gon pot nee Smee ue Bape weee Knowledge Base Search the kn nledae base for vrmediate question you may tave related ta eenen instalation pdt procedures trouble shooting or use related questans A quist search may already provide the answer without having ts dia ar an answer in heh manual Social Media YouTube Yo nd ing number of eo aon e ATLAS YouTube hannel Sar videos are aalale 1n Engl and Spanish other ta come TET EA arno Facebook Stay updated with the latest Newson product updates sei ee new Taring tena ete by joining us on Facebook We ate aso happy test Fam users va acaba Slap by and let us know about your projects and expen wih ATLAS The newsroom aggregates al pertinent company news convenientiy an a ingle ut Pres eases ales and conments am the varous ATLAS profiles on socal netwodkng stes are agglomerated in real Ume nator he nenaroorn lets you ube to swale content Va RSS oye alway Upuerdate on what s poing an wi ATLAS The Help Menu Yo can aces a number ot resources via the ATLAS Help menic TAEAE water ok onto sang met ea ne The options povided a the More Resouces sub menu may change over time Jetecing te up to dale stabas on docurmentatons vate Sot may be wot fo check ths rena from tene to rme options present ks ta intemet wel Thus you need to be ane to eeta thee tesauces Apart rom the Coding Analys Tooal CAT all a
25. ATLAS automata aig an ener o i This ener bul Iram th index of he primary text to wich i belongs and e Test 30 eters pote het eng can be set wa Preferences at the tet segment e g 121 Therefore a mote effet W The dentier is olaged ina windows and printouts Far rahi audio and vdeo Segment the original le nae ote PD i chosen asan denter Quotations As Layers Quotations can be regarded ke a transparent layer on op of a document Techricaly speak a quotation conto the tenite a number and amp paie of coords tha Spc the beginning and end of the quotation The AEE TTAR cantent of a PO tthe data source 5 therefore nat altered by the creation Eitan ormodeaton of quctans Quotation ae stored de the MU independent of he document ta which hey Belong Addon resding ip downloads aiast corv Ibrar Maietta 2009 pree Types Of Quotations There are six iret types o quotation corresponding wih the sc derent ypes ot tamale ATLASA accep Text Quotations Atel quotation ogists frorn an arbitrary sequence of laced Garaan Textual quotations represent or the computer a tequenee ol characters stings and ean be fei Sentenees speech uns or paragraphs Scot the basis for te lengi of textual quotations Oniy text oe encugh syntactical caes to alow fo searches for he oecumene dl specife evidente at may support a concept Text ala oHers the opin Jor aula Segmentation a used by the Auto Ceding procedure Te Auto
26. Aor ramy A Fami OF fE ramy ATT Taray ary E tor bab E ers ar lam A ramya rary A Fay ether tary Aar ary e sen at bang Fay A Fay Yar Fay tats amy aand fan Ey sry 8 ee a ae stone tay Combining More Than Two Families Inde to combine more than wo lames you can ase dnl query to ld upon or you can cick as one seguenee Far the beginner E arnended te al up 1o a mare complex query Step yep Lets assume you want ts creste a Super Falcons all female podents under the age of 23 hing in New York Tris means you want to aerate Super Fay sed o the ove ofthe ee las Serdar ema age group under 25 and eer York We tat by ning the frst wo farts fers and under 25 Hf you had ich fete you woud Double amity gener fore I Double check family age rpsunder 25 select operator AND DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AUNLDG TOOLS m Tre stack pane and the query pane now contain the folowing tems om EOAR AND genderstermale age graup under 257 Fgenderfemale amp age group under 251 one 28 Pat aep e ng ame coe gy ap iy ae The payin the query fea pane matches more or es the way we woul express the Suey in everyday language Ine igure above ane ternis isglayed in Te stack name the query we st entered We can now incrementat buld a mere comes query or ths quey Doble on the larly residence New Vorl This pushes the family anto the stack wich now contas two tems ready abe combed
27. Er sees as the main eating oo and offers acess to all ather Warkbench took You can decide which parts at the window to display and caste its pperane to youe need Lte the Viens meniu ta hide sorne of he buttons TET EA Components Of The HU Editor The mamie in brackets refer to the figure above showing the HU editor Title Bar 1 The ite haris common ol windows and dog bowes tthe HU Ihat i currentiy bong ete plays the name Main Menu And Tool Bars 2 The main renu below the tte bar otes access to the derent kinds of jets at populate an HU Camran tound in th main men are oten So available fom context menus and toolbar butions Toni bars offer hznetions that are generaly ao avaiable as menu cranes choot help text is led when the moute pointer rests on a toal The Edit pins in the tool bar are avaiable orly when an editable Primary Decument PD dssajed The ols trom tne Eating Tealbur can be we her entering ecit made The various optans are explained ater in the Section on Eating Primary Documents on page 137 The Primary Document Tool Bar 3 The PD tose the left af the PO pane Note thatit abled ue a docent ded Object Drop Down Lists 4 Scio the main toolbar you ed faur dap dow ss that contain the HOS aes From et to ight these are tne drop dowen ints lot Paes Quotations codes r memes lik into the ery Geld ar the te drop down arrow on Me right to select an ject Chk he
28. HU k the HU nto whch another Source HUte merged The target HU ao be loaded into the MU tor before invaling the Marge HUS option vale ta store Ihe target HU ure a dierent naene betore starting the Merge procedure To prevent accidental verte af an exiting HU you may create a new HU He and then merge the wa conceit HU However approach Wakes bwa merge steps Merge Strategies Three sates can be chosen or the proeesing ot every object category These are A Un and Ignore The abject categories ta can be proceed thin the HU are PDs Colaton Codet Memos PD Fares Ede Farms Memo Fas and Networ Views Aad The obiect of this category are se to the target HU I an Went et found nthe larget the ae objet wib get a new name conssting tthe angina name the sul number A new number i added unit he name of he objec it inique For stance ia code Asher aleiy inthe target the souse verson of Alchemy a reared 1O Aihen 1 Unity Searches for corresponding bjs in the target HU I such an abet it Toun aut of he source sect ate inert by the larget abe A onespandng qucatonw ae thal eden the correspending pimay dconent AND that has the tame start and end poston In this rowed attention ie paid to deviations between two PDs to be merged that may es in a corrupt PD with magne quotations Wie mast other jc are uti via their name PDs are ested tere APD irom the source HU sure wih a PD the arget i the
29. Inked document H aeeie Author The name ol the ATLAS I user who ag the document Faller The document ils the document has been assigned to Cree The date the document was assigned to this HU Modhe The date when the PD was last mo the date of last wage hin ATLAS e quan was crested or moved The modieaon ate does not rejer the modification the data soure fe Usable Ye inde that a POs data source can be loaded and east the data souree is not ccs Ong The orisinal bean af the FO data source from vehere it was Sef othe HU Quotation Manager This anager ohters you several display and sorting atone A double click on a quotaton laud PD unless heady loaded andi pays nth example quotation 1 29 s selected ard ts comment i displayed in the tet pare selects quotan I you have witten a comment or the sled junta ta displayed in he tet pane oe 36 ttn Sug Src pause sgl ck or F2 activates in place eto quotato Doxbleck A double on a at ety pays the lected quotation in Mae Selec You can select more than one quotation ata tne ether to ett het alach codes 1a open a network onthe ta create output Drag A Drop By shoe or more quotatons orts other unos yu Eele hypin Colors The cotar pattem for quotations falows the same ndes as for POs S Guatons tatean be sce and aed ar ted blake Gt ike Pos at are vai but cat be teadid due fo an sue wi eing are diplayed ne Gotan fom Pos wih acre data source fl
30. Tne Cnc xed the 0 1 range Na pido sy Colored cicles Celk can have addtional vual cues e g a red yalaw or orange crke The ender tstructraly resembling the Tanimoto and Jaquard Coffin hich area measures toes separate nar overlapping tett erties Guy then ean we expect a corect ange ls Hoever ATLAS s quotations may overlap to any degree Overlaps wouid ny Ihen benr no problem if irere wasr tany cada tedundaney e amet oleae tng th Cog pe 374 Tor sts eh Case Two dfn coded quotations overlsp we assume na more Soto avaiable Let P1 be a tentua document q1 and q2 be quotations ind a b be codes gt coded with a g2 8 coded wth preza Ota ane get Ung the oma c bina nB n ab we get abt one co oeeumence ot a ande MA T nba aand b each code exacly on quotation cadences DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDNG TOOLS m ich a cana results in the maximum co oceuneace ot 1 1 Came 2 q1 is coded with both codes a and b the overlapping quotatan q2 is dant Fanaa ost ang ange ab 2 q1 alene courts for a cosecunence event and the overlapping iad for anther nastat eiaa zea hs results in a value of tice the alowed mas Thu the C inde at pproprat 1a corecti represent covceuenc redundant overlapping ent the count exceeds 1 you peed to do some dearing vp and Srinale the redundant codes ATLAS cen does not cored such adundances astray Conectng the redundant overlaps could for example ck
31. Tne lait aptin akon quotations contents a plain texti exports the ful rte af the HU Ts however not always needed For exporting code ook tor instance you ony nel expt the ode names and comments ree cg te il expert pos Do inde Pay Donets M you sre unsure how much information you need you are on the save ide eking the th export apon Aka elede quolaons contents Tt may st ikea it lenge than nectar to create Ihe report The output i displayed in your web brower nternet Explorer by default seule may vary o Serent bese To crente a Code Boke Double ek on the report Codes Code Book Select he fist export option Do not Include Primary Documents 1 Then wait for your browser to open see Figure 365 caeaarne oureuT wa ani e as a ma Eiee aoe To output al coded segment by codes plus comments tags peta utes aad by cde wet tate ty Cade Raport of ll Coded Quotations by Cade ur Comments You ned to be aware that ha pony may result in Large outputs as you oot apply ites None hs output amp requnty ised and kd os gas a mean to add wanspareney to the aralas procese and to make stones vata aed pe Sipps teot opten te cnt ne Theresia of tables on fer each code ying the code nare and ite etiton coneent in the it ow anda ution underneath TET EA caeaarne ouir atlasti report ca ey 1 pee 350 ht Chatto by Coe When exporting quotations rm POF documents you may
32. Uang Ti tact you can atk ATLAS 1 ta shaw you all cades Irat co ezur aerats al at your pry decent The reat i a cons tabulation of al coe Ae compared to the Query Tanl where the wer has ta detennine and eet ade or emde fares andthe propriate aerator the Cooceurence plore by delat ok fra ce that coca the margin ae ambiring the operators WITHIN ENCLOSES OVERLAPS OVERLAPPED BY Instead of erous tabulating all project codes it fen more meaning to Apply fiters tor ertan codes and docrersin ade a cneanate on a more Sete uet of concepts The output at Ihe Cooceurence pare ean be GGeplyed in a lre view or as a data mate Below you sae an example er in How To Open The Co occurrence Tools Select ats Coot Coonan Ta Cont Conese Tanat The Co accurrence Tree Explorer When running the tree explorer you al Sc the raat abject when it opens Open the branches by cicing ca he ight se the Ue ear edes on the fest level and the assed quotations on the seeond leve Pree Fro anam a eTe N eroin one 2 gang cat an tt ee ese The sarme option avalible er primary documents Ifyou expand the branch for Primary Doe you can see which codes have Been ape 1o hs PD Farther you can expand to the quotation leve e lak a he matena coded Der Inthe above example you canned see al answers given by female og wrens about the hogs why having chidren meas les happiness In the section Explaining frequency count and numbe
33. aS one Lo TT aye on a ae aT a me a a me a pme ae seam fear ro CEEE E Co SESE Ps or geste wine ce Patter Searches As Filter For example t you have used names pele mith ATT for ali codes Banding atitudes the pattem ATT woul f er al thase codet Ghe Get character A anchors the serch at he being of the name Enter MLA to fiter al terns containing arbitrary text in brackets To Reverse A Fiter Choosing Toggle Fiter frorn the menu or double ching the fiter feid reverses the fiter Tne tde sto ince a negated fiter the status bar By reversing the codes fiter Abstract you can display al codes that are not the fater held you see Ue entry Abstract a lt gt oe Fe 2 Neue orb ae ng it bar To Remove Or Reset Fillers To deactivate iter erect Fore Aa om the mena or double click on the fiter ad while ling ow the Cy ar set Tous Re a Faso the rnain men Fiter By Families In The Family Managers When doug a farmy in any at the Family Managers the tonespandng object are Mered to the members o Ihe ced ariy Doubie eick again ta rerewe the Maer Setting Local And Global Filters In The Managers Side Panel This option is described in the section The Manager Side Paned on page 52 Generating Output This chapter provides an over afal autput options that are aval within ATLAS nado some gener pro
34. arly branches onthe frst level al exiting ales are Shown Gn the next ee al meber are displayed elow the members al objects that are uly tected wth the type o abject ean be expended O et decd ove quotations underneath Po codes connected 1o other dean oon TIRE OE ARAL Incase you have created Super Fas the operators used to bl up the uper tte are din shoa Wen Giling en an operator othe aresponding ary members are shawn as explained above f r Sup r Codes Expanding the Network Views branch shom the existing networks on the frst ievel and a eject contained he Network Views on the next level On the Tevel below the usual elements as exit above for he Pay Docs Cades andi Memon branches can be made vibe Double click Actions Doutle cicking the entes lunches the respective Objet Managert These are the Objet Managers tor PDs codes and premor he Family Managert fo Poa coe and era ois and the Network View Manager fo ear When dott dking on a PD Ns comment diay F When doubie cicting on a quotation t ie highlighted in context When doute cing on a code a ist of quotations paps up I oniy one quotation aioe with the code Hi hahha content When due king on a memo its content i displayed Using The HU Explorer For Coding Drag amp drop coding works from within the Obiect Code and Tree Explorer In the Objet Explorer ou ean use the codes under the Codet Ue sr under fhe Cade Families tee Ths way you ean ie the st
35. as tues vals Famty Ule page 225 Fas can be combined using logical operators similar to cades and Super Cadet Super Famer page 280 Network Views Network Vis af a bit mote sophisti thn familet They alow you to orceplule he stele by connecting Selo st elements together in a tual gran With the ad 0f Network Views you can expat els Between codes quotations and memos PDs amis and even Nelvork ews an als be rede In a network vow ee Ao marp a sea bas aanne paee Nodes Links And Relations A nade is any object that is displayed in a Network View You can change their Fek and move them around i the Network Editor Relations are ink prototypes usedi to create a inic between bwo codes or Between to quotations An exact ira SA relatan Wich is frequently vatt to inik concept of dierent abstatan level e 8 DOG lt ha gt MAMMAD Network View Manager The Network View Manager contains a ist of a saved Network View previous constructed by the uset I can be used 1a reat new Network Views to acess delete exiting onet ar to wile and et sanenent Network Editor The Network Eto displays and offers al eng capably to construct and ele serrant etwas nado 1 alos Be Weal ation and waver Si hypenent sutures Analysis Relation Editor tu the already built in relatos that are wed to connect objets Network Views prove rat suficient you can eit te or create pew ones Seg the Retan er
36. author and co authons any Tab Primary Docs Fe 38 TM Pets Pay aoa Ince Primary Docs section Check th bor you want to include information abot the POS Bullets Display a specie xon with every PD desertion Comment Includes the PD s comment Icon date the date the PD was assigned to the HU URL Reference Text and JPEG ony nels cable lto the PD fie Note tat he les are plain ASCH PEG oof another stable Ne ype PDE can be diplayed by ment web browses without addtional uss Content Text and JPEG on isa the contents af the PDs within the Gated HTML document fel The sarne etc for fle ypes py asin Reference a PD Note Ihat ih eo the web page cee teat Wih the ned inclusion of PDS Quota the number of quotations s included Codes Displays the codes used for coding the PD Memos Displays memos iles used for the PD Use absolute paths for test runs Check th optan when testing the web page on your locii computer Absohte paths ta al POS sre nuded e Uns ested Make ware 1o uncheck M Box when you are cresting the firal page to be uploaded to a web server Wien unchecked al pathi wa be rirraved srg that he Pfs are then betel e tame keton othe web page uel Without ths option SIPs acid om the web page created weal have to be copied othe er directory to be splayed propery when needed Dont wrap ined tert Use the Ine breaks of the orignal text Hf unchecked re breaks are removed rder ta l
37. but ako yea cedet memos and ther quotations recy connected to i The Hyper Link Manager The HyperLink Manager works exactly te the Code Lirk Manager only that 1S pole by hype TRE EA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS we eseenitem ne tment A oan wa art vres arate fa a a S Sls this ela splay the source target quotaton The cntent ol te Inked quotation is henshown pale yelow winda you kn ths windo the ined quotation a shown in cantent CREATING NEW RELATIONS FOR HYPERLINKS he Relatia Ete has already been discussed in the context of code code Ink tse The Relation on on page 342 The relation edor window for pens oks the same and can be handled in Ihe same way as the lation torr codecode eons spay a dierent wet ef relations To pen select Neros Eor Rows ian Rarovs om the min Editing Hyperlink Comments The nk between quotations sel qualified relations hke the inks between es and unite te umple association between a code and a quotation AS fit cet abject thee bake can be edged dese comment Such a comment oul expan why quotation A has been inked to qustation B Lark comments can be accessed played and edited from vee latons the margin area the Hyprink Manager ard the Network Etar The margin area has the advantage that iad aval during xing ough the pay documents Tre Network oe ethe oers a viui Sppraach to artomplahing hs goal
38. but as arge a neces without breaking passages that Delong together Even with many Sale documents ATLAS t supports united procesng ad ast navigate Preparing Textual Documents Supported Formats ATLAS i pial handles documents in plain and Rich Tet Format RTP MS Ward doc And docx Files Fot your convenience we alio support te inion of documents that are not REF ATLAS t converts these dottent fr you and if you wark wah tunaged documents sores the RTF verson he Mra Thus conversion tke orty place ane Une ATLAS B uses converters lad on your tem as part af he basie Windows or Otee rslaton In eae ATLAS ifr yau that ie cot st a doc or docs leo your projet you need a dowload the best arpa pack heen the Mol webstart I s avaiable fee olen Rich Text ATF Rich Tat arma a proprietary test data format developed and Propagate by Microsoft ane intended as an sry standard Jor exchanging logerents between erent sppeatons supports uch extenns at character formating oka tal se with afferent ons and sams paragraph formating lee indentation erent embed objects Graph ble video ete and more AU textual documents are displayed on the bass of Rich Text within ATLAS Saving documents sich text is a standard feature that ca be ound in most ar proeasing prograna p Word for stance haan pon al can be Selected in e dala pe il when saving documents under a trent rame sive We recommend steang document 2s neh tex
39. chee yeu are interested in the code aibi as reasons for having released a suspect intent the desi of De murderer then You ch reason ested SSR murderer deseipton oa M you want ta find out about the name of the suspect related to behavioral le you erter name of suspect reatar suspeced behavioral claes Fron the above example we have leamed that a you begin wih the codes how coer you are most interested 1n and B You fast enter Ihe codes and Ten you scl an operator See explained in mare delal bag nthe section The Query Language en wher interested in the relation between two or mare cade you don t realy ee wether something overlaps ar Is overlapped by or a within er elses this he ease yu simply ose the Co ateuRE perator whieh isa ines af WITHIN ENCLOSES OVERLAPS OVERLAPPED BY and AND Nonetheless hee very pectic operators are a very uel for specife ype ot data Think video data where might be mgortant wether acon A was rendy gong on before acon bared or wee versa Or you have coded Janger tan in you data ke biographical Ure periods na persans and the ad sorne mare bine rained coding within Wese Une tod Then ihe WITHIN operator cames i handy The same apples when working i pre ded survey dsla ATLAS pre code your questions then you do same titer caang Ths enables you ta at or haan for a quotas coded vith tope a WITH question 5 E The distance pean descre a sequence fin quotations The man
40. computer nate under VISTA tnd Windas 7 you edt expel nan ATLAS t as drat in ado fo being logged in wits fa administrator tights in Window ATLAS E cheeks far new sees pasket upan start up Ms equtes a Intemet connection 1ta ne serves pack oud yau wil be informed and ake stall To Run The Software As Administrator for VISTA And Windows 7 Users ight cick on the program an instead of double cicking From the context menu select the option at appears in the language of your Windas ys ana owen windows message pops up that you ned to conten Nent a message pews by ATLAS pops up informing you thal you run the software ia Anakata mode Conama 1S message a Wel Now you shouid have the necessary rights to install service packs and also to reste new se etn Live Update Settings You fnd the setings for the Bve update under Hf Urn me Lent Fee sta e pt angr Yau have the optan opt the ie update for instance far settings whe ians to not haye samt nghts tae carmauter Ot internet scene ie hat always avalsite Then ican become gute staying ATLAS E uarts the ate regs pst to find out alter half minute Ba na Internet accesa Kalatie You can set the pony settings or enter an authentication if needed Updating regulary a beneficial oa ail leves so the adage never change a inning sytem we soelines hea eat as far at ATLAS IS Cnartedamipided sperton tha wi hargas you more than anything FE was t Tar the many ree ene pack
41. concep in the Code Manager Select Cones oc Cove ro Cones fror the main menu Select te sot cadets rom the mailed st Select a relation that inks the selected code with he age code If needed the relation can be modited An ined eflect of king car be noticed when the Code Manager is pen the deny counter Tat a baked codes updated As a reminder Dey courts ali direct inks to other codes Fr stan Sorc codes ive irked ane larget eode Die target coe sneered by E ench sousca code n incremented by one DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULD TOOLS m TO CREATE CODE CODE AND QUOTATION QUOTATION LINKS USING THE ORECT MANAGER odes and quotations can aleo be Inked in the Cede Quotation Manager vis Erres ety the te tem in the Object Manager s kst pane Select ane or more sure items in the Object Manager s ist pane and drag hem the te tem in the sae pane Select a relatan rom the tst of relations oe 2 cing Ca Cade Dnt ne ae ager Tis option is nly vate for codes ard quotations in the Cade and uottton Manage Selecting A Link Only elass inks ean be selected Fost dass or strong inkes can ony Exi between alan or between codes Seeing Inks imar ta Selecting nodes Move he moine poirier anto the libet ofthe nk to e ected x Te moe peinter changes ts ppeatnce te helet aie bution TRE A he selected ek bel wl be displayed verte Al previous selected aden ar deselected
42. contain one remote parsraha wi be ccled belte a qutaon tated and he ode Speaker 1 wl be assigned AEETI Tue ota LIV WAS FUNCTIONS no he eon Couma ans deactivated as the sears unambiguous ands k o yela te deed este search Expression The top part of the Auto Coding Dislog window resembles the Text Sesreh tool ee The Text Search Tal on page 21 Search expreon can be entered or sareh categpres can be selected The seach mode can ao be tet ia tindar way aor he Test Search to Scope Of Search Scope of Search can be ali textua PDs the selected PD only or it may be ete tose ol texts frorn a PD famiy Wen yau chesse alent POs the search starts at the beginning of he cen selected pinay test Sexo seats Packt Baer ee 0 eg eta ara ng M seed PD is on the auto coding process starts at the erent potion al the text cumar Segment Sze When a matched sting peated as flows Te at Match ony T The Word around the matched sting 7 The Sentence sou the matched ting The matched sving expanded 1o paragraph boundaries Single Hard Return found the sze of the segment to be coded can be The matched sting expanded te one or mare paragraphs up to the next lani ines ie ard Reto Ts olan sll yu have Infomation at Should be regarded at onte unt but separated alse paragraphe Ab Test of the PO containing a match ACETA Test Your Search Expression The Auto Coding too
43. counts of the coef the c oct acted then the coeficient is ineluded he output if not the Exe labie thws he requcney of cooeeunenee To create an Ence table af ether the frequency counts af the cele lickin the Exe button in the toal ber A output select destination Fie amp Run Save the Me and wait for Exel OpenOffice Cale tabe opened Confer the version ol ihe data Clustering Quotations M you want t enunt embedded quotations as any one count compare ined Operates on page 264 select te Ctr Quotations Butten bt the tool bar Dee el Coefficient Ir addit othe fregueney count a to called coeficient can be payed You ean display oe Nde tee buttan fa he kf The coeficient mets PIII VOICE IELE the sang of the relation between twa caesar a cneaon ele The cakulon af the ccnefcentc based on approaches borrowed from usntate content analy ee Gare 2000 Tha pein such elfen only meal wih a szable data et nd al or 35 interview Siudy wih TO respondents Given he pss ta wark with survey tat Stale open end questions it however a valuable sion othe other mor alae evened anys tok that ATLAS provides The ceofient shoud vary between O codes do nat eav ceu and 1 these wo codes co oceur wherever they are used I Is calculated as ows eintali enzy m2 12 co occurrence frequency af wo codes et and c2 whereby nt and n2 the their acumen kegueney What you may exerci the folowing Outat ange
44. crestes a pew quotation for every matched tent passage Put Anat yet a quotation A potently arge number af inadeguate quotations Coud pe produced by an imprecise sear Fo ths reason you should aways tet a search pattern by ung the Tert euch too frst Qee The Tent euch Toat on page 211 or tect Ihe Canter opto and cick sip Ti test wil ye an nation the Inal saich A pela mesg ets The advantage of ising wath he Test Search toci that na quotstons sre ested Another optan isto auto code into a new code you later fad out that the earch did nt yd good esits you can delete the code and al crested uotaens wi tra mouss cess any a dilereni search How To Auto Code Auto lt oting can be uy automati ar semi autormatie The sections belowe wil ty the diteance an will show the advantages of eath method Fully Automatic Coding Select the PD you want to code using the auto coding procedure f you ony fant lo ule he caren baat ud the PO in question If you want to hdo cde sl tents bad the Hat PD and pti the casa at he Lenin ttre document plapan the Atco cae Cam Came A Ce fom ino code is selected ete ende tom the drop down sa the the Auto Coding toai Enter a new search sring or chose an existing search category I Speci the search scope e g Selected PO 1 specit the segment sae H start the process by ing START Semi Automatic Coding Ae Iis not always desirable to let the program decide whether or
45. down or ducve way wi al necessary concepts heady at hand Thie comglerents the bottom up or ue apen Saning siage which concepts emerge am the dala Ta create codes al come ta md during normal eding wke and hat ol be appaed to tne cunent Seren but wl be we ae Creating A Free Code From the main menu choose Coves Bm Come Naneti or chek the Create Cade button in the Code Manager A prompter apens asin Open Coding Enter one or more code names and Gia Sich a tree code shows the name suffix 0 0 no quotations no inked ence Importing Codes Creating Free Codes Via The Batch Method To create a rge number of a codes this works best using the Mero Manager Open the Memo Manager Manos Meno Mac I From the Meme Manager s menu select Moe CaF Mono Aste enter ende at your ist of code wordt one per ine save the memo Ma Se or Cm and close it ight the memo and select the option Maca Cist Cones ow Sasero Mae Transferring Codes From Other Projects M you want to impart aay exit of codes from anther HU hat right serve a reps fo codes uae the XML Exper pet fain Tor ds e Exporting and Importing Codes in XML on page 413 This open as the advantage Mat dready exiting code detinos cade comments and clos are wateed as wal I only asube of code sto be balers from one project te another tet a code iter in the exporting HU How to transfer codes I select Cons ceo Exon Cots QM
46. ee Kano Ths sales bath he Sowa ade are Kamo ade rs to sat he multimedia document Both il now be shown de by side 1n the tet document the page sighed hats curentiy played ATA PREPARATION Importing And Exporting Associations Assoc are saved together withthe HU and emai fated For xchange between ATLAS projecte they can ao be exported and imparted ote ln the Asscatons fir let menu ens Fas Bont svete te he ace association te savad as a e Ts eA oa ad as the entension sye The import uncon Fat ao lets you apen es that were created in the hove fashion snd aetates tem at new assocatom in a dierent HU Importing Survey Data These days alat at surveys are candace onie A postive side efect is that aha data i met valle mgt format and 3 respondents are ten wiling to prove lengthy answers to open ended questions On paper ind penel Surveys ths was arty the case Stale programs Ike SPSS do le options ta anaze open ended questions but basely you erp reading ech rset witha number A proper quale sty of he Ser isnot posable Ti now pasabi n ATLASE Atypical werk ow fr working wi survey data looks ike hs ee 77 ton nt npg ie ts Onine surveys can be crested ising umber to ack What mast af hese ant have i earnan that you can export your data as Exel fie And this what you need to prepare far rgrt n ATLAS i Gee below Based on Seat pees ta you ada 1o your varale names ATLAS E interprets the Ele header
47. esting of code Doubled Opens a st af quis that have been coded wih tis eode Mile Selecion You can select more thar one code at atime to delete code KUME segment wil ofthe seleched codes open a network cae output sign ice as mane cod tai or b tat a teal eotnig retold cades e a Famn Drag A Drop You can use the Code Manager ata corverient tol for coding B aep codes onto stghlgies pece of dala yu drag codes omia Sot code wnt sarne pane coin al be cread hr Super Codes te played in rd regular codes ac res you TIRE ARAL Fler Cio code famiy in the sie palo set a local ter CrsiteDoube ket a larni as lal ier ee The Manager Sie Panci on page 53 Code Manager Toolbar EERIE U Fe 3 Cae ie te Fom et Hah Pea a new code Oper test pane tor witing comments in a fledged tet editar 1 When double ceking a code a Bst of inked quota k opened Cik the trad and back buttons 1o review the Est Select a celar for one or mone sete codes ade the current selection wath ane or more selected codes Open a network view on the selected code Delete sled code Crete ouput Various View options Open the Code Fay Manager Ee search term to semreh or parbeular codes Code Manager Columns name Grounded Deny created Autor Meal Fames Fre Ga age ale Name Code name Grounded Code frequency or grounded the numberof Solas to whch he cde spied Dea Number of inks to other codes Creat C
48. fallow condtions haid 4 Both Po have the same ID eg P 1 Jeth PDE reler to the sarne data source none of the POs can access data suree the test uses ID and revision uty ory Ths HU Mes can alsa be merged he data sou Hes are rat avalan If bwa PD faund to be the sarne but at a diferent revision status the PD t the cider evo status synod gnare Instances from ignored object categories are not trans diting the her procesa For ae grand exclusion you can use the ignore faries pia ee nent Ignorant fae To exclude sec objects from the are Oie private meman or est cades te you would create a special ariy with he amet MERGEIGNORE irto whch you can move las to be exuded Th an be one for sl thee ay pe How To Merge Hermeneutic Units When merging two HUs the Merge Wizard guides you through the procedure Inthe frst Step he ure HU B selacied Nene erge ley chosen td py he tined Select Target And Source HU paps ppt nu as advab 1o ave uraa a dieen pame st you don carp the orga en case somthing goes weg ram the MU Editor s main menu select Poe Mac HU Aenativay you can drag an HU onto Ne HU Editer s captan hole down the CTRL key The Merge Wed opens puiding you hough the merge proceda ine gure 128 belom The fest page o the Merge Waard displays the eurent target HU e the one that was acted fist requesting you to enter Ine sure HU fle rame e138 he ae Tan samet a Ste rA aer aang eae D Che
49. have terete formating i Word and delete uonecesry hard returns The orignal layout i ol courue t 2 the abe ony contains lan txt At mentioned above ou a npy capy nd paste the alt ho the Explores Toa word procesne Brogar ard et hem thee Creating And Modifying Style Sheets M you are tartar with wring XSLT ale sheets he supped examples ir theseconPograning Demos as a paint of departure for your explorations Check our Web ste tp atlast com for adn formation on ATLAS B e XML support as wel as or an emerging repostory of ul siye Sheet and dedicated servies provider who speeze yea str leat nerses and conversa on Ue bais of ATLAS US XML XSLT abate Lets ta a looi at some of the examples for manipulating raw XML data at ve wih the progra The folowing sample was created by exporting the ack the Rippe sale HU to XML Bow you see some expo the raw xi Nie ARETE eave ee ston Mean anal Forta cpa it me Three diferent syle sheets ware independent app to thi XML Me asing DE KIAL converter to geneste comply Serent representation fo ne M is important to notice ha these representation work independenty of ATLAS That a they oe ertha in your Web browner THE adak 3 Tuge new epertore of appicatons to yaur toni thet uree you ean modiy he upped se sects to your hearts content and even eae Your own se sheet st your ungue and very pee needs The following assumes some knowledge about XML ard XSLT XSLT stylet est are XAL co
50. he ths awe 20 oat otang waa We et te ttn cde with aand b 2 ced wth arb 2 Aaba2naa2nbes azn 13 2 273 067 The result is within the alowed range and it arc takes into account that af the tie poate co occurence events oniy bwo ay In order not to present a misleading image all cels displaying an out of range umber af ered 1n yel TORSTEN re 2 amp ann ce er es with afret colo are painted into ace upper taht comer when rt conditions pp Red le When the index enced 1 ene Out lange on page 297 In Sion to the eee the entre celis hghighed yew Yeon cicle An inherent ise wth the Cine and urdas measures i tha X intented by cade requnces that difer too much auch caet he ofient tends ta be much ale than he potential igntcance ol he Soceirrenee For instance you had coded 100 quotations wilh cde eres and 10 wih cher and you had S covocurances dep 100 n mother 10 n depth 5 eee a Ac index of aniy 088 may sip your eye easly although cade nother Spean w 50 of as appeaos win code depresan Laka har ade depression only 5 cance with code mathe ihe rata between the codes freguencies exceed a eta red euenty 5 but wil be usr definable he ure he elo ight goes cn thecal So whenever el shows the yellow marker shoul te You to bok into the o ocuence ofthis cl despe lw ndek Orange Cinde The orange ele is simply a mixture of the red and yelow Preference Setting
51. icant ang ny ae 1 gs id py an M you eave the adit session without saving the edited PD the changes wi be discarded This des al changes ta Ihe HU caused by the eding sesion e 1 quotations deleted coped ar moved by deleting apn or maning te Hj da nat save th ext wi revert to he state beore Dre ast edit seston ar when the document was last saved M you chee Sa Orat al odin are saved a log he is crested ar an ning eroded and you tan continue act ihe document 1 you select the option Duco Clunes Lane Eor Moc then sl changet ie ducuded and no og fe sete slog fe arend cated no Satonlntamation added To you choo Dac Gus Omay the recent medion are dropped and the document a reverted oe saved se Enriching A Plain Text Document M you have eted a lan tent document and added formatting atiibules bte farts calor Tont size bold ke embedded objects eie you are asked you ant io kep the formating information and save he doce as a neh ext N document H you select No any lestures contained in We document beyond plain text wil be lest you want to keep the it formating you nerd a conten the mesage M you select Yet the le wl be saved an ih tent format although the fie extension eg TAT is not changed te RTF Embedded Objects What is An Embedded Object ata rm a variety of appcations ike Word Excel ard PowerPoint ean be embedded within a PDS data soue infact jects canbe smbedded in any eh tent aust
52. igh in fact want ta annotate ts General Coding Procedure There are some carmen steps with each af the coding procedures deserted Farst ofa tis useful to switch on the marga display to see the inmediate flac o tre coding process note thee no margin area for audio and video lactones The msn wea abo pets te drect aiuto he codes Sr the sions between he usa and heeds To Display The Margin Area Choose Ww Mann Anon the main menu or ciek the Magn Area thon in the primary docvent tober The marin rain a ed feedback device during coding Codes are displayed alongside the quotation to which ey ave atached B n naear a Temen nans a 18 Tat oan ancora a Coding crestes quotations for selected data scons needed Coding results in codes inie to quotations Any number of codes may be signed a quotation and vice versa a code may refe Lo any mums ot Quotations Coding mpl creates quotation tor data segments that do not Fendy maleh an easing quotato You may activate the base coding proces ether the pny document Teor the Conn suber othe Coen the Cade Manager othe tan menu othe data select The coding optons in the pear document toolbar On an nto D Con tas tanec tt pemer E A ara come Cms How Codes Are Displayed Alter a code has ben tated it appears as a new entry in several locations eign the mar tea the drop dwn ik the code manage
53. in a query using any of the apes Gectted beio Operators hse sets of operators are available They ar located within the toolbar at th iett edge of he Query Toal Boolean operators alow combinations of keywords according 1o set operations They are the most correron operators ued n loratan eel ters Semantic operators exploit the network structures tat were built rom the bm Prony operators are used to analyze the spatia relations e g distance Embede dnes avetapaing co oerunenee between ended data segmen Boolean Operators our Boolean operators are availible wih the Query Tool OR XOR AND and AEE TTAR OR XOR and AND are binary peas which need exactly two operands as init NOT need on one speran However tte above the operands themselves may be of vary cmpleny Codes cade ames or apia Expresion can be ised as opera A OR 8 AND NOT C AND D OR Pre xa of ree aor spt dees not aly mae ery ge Example Al quotatons coded nit THER Ee OR et ah aea e e pty ea aet Mecion oft opetr hah Ba Stereo Nor iurent NOT Et On oo when Pe nae Venn ara sre deste schemes tor lastrating the erent set operations auociied wth Boolean operas Aand not A andn OTA nd B he rectangle encloses the set of al retrievable quotatans e g the document niverse Tne bwo eds represent two cades A and B CH E8 Q3 ae quotations coded wih AB
54. m 204 crt me ster get Exporting A PD Family Table M the dotuznents have already been ane exporting a PD Family table is ute handy as a fst step in preparing a table for ergo This way ATLAS Sentes the columns docirrents Name Paih and GO for you and you do iet have fa retype the Me names The able can be erped eyen fr amiy has yet been ented Select Dacor Ione Eom PDFa Tan from the main menu Tha aptin sa veal Be PD Fara Manager onthe Fats meau rte content menu Yeu are prompted for a separator value Chek OK if you use the deal value NE N you use a dHlerent va change R ateordingyy tiet select the output format e g 3ds and cick OK Finaly pecli the output target as usus see Output Destinations on pane 385 fr deta For evarple see Fut amp Rift he Lable ta be pene Puces ot Open ale eve Code Families In ATLAS N the ter cade far et sort odes into named sets ar rope Fo xan H you have fur catagories Ihat are fen ol acions you AEE TTEA a group them nl a oe ly Four members of the actors ay might etd parents gs and partner Creating Code Families From Network Views Tis procedure assumes some acquaintance with the network view tunetion Gee The Network ator on page 132 Creating a cade lay boma Nehork View s ode nodes might be uzeta when you need op a quotations referenced by the codes inthe Network View aL iter al codes Saved in a Network Ven J Opena etn Vew From the
55. mare prominent Emerging dy are numerous new ekis thit can ako take fl advantage of the program s facies for werking wth graphical audia and video data A tew nels tps ee gs ie ap gil bens etre Annotated or plane Ant Art story Detaled interpretative descrtptons of paintings or Educational enplanto ol stye Business Adnan Analys af interview reports web pages Cminlogy Analys ot letters ger prints lop surveitance data Geography and Cultural Geography Anais of map Ieratane Craphelogy Miere comments ta handing eure industrial ually Assurance Analyzing video taped west interaction Medicine and health care pracbee Analysis of X ray wages CAT seara rcrmcope samplet video data of patent cate aang af health perianal long video data Mada Studie Analysis af ln TV shos online comers Tourn Maps locations vio revena Many mare appears frorn a hast of academie and professional elds are he realy ac we encourage les to let us know bout he pee use they are making of ATLAS E in their area ar work You can aye eh us via he ATLASU Support Center at hip supp at comm The fundarnental design objective ia creating ATLAS was to develop a tool hat efectvey supports the human interprete party in hang aly large amounts of serch mate nates and aided teas Although ATLAS atts many of the acts ioe in qualtative data aiya and interpretation actly selecting dengan and cating ts purpose 1 nat t autamate these processes Automate in
56. mene MAIN WORESPACE THE HU conor x ae i ppap ed When a PD is loaded and a chunk of ten sled a derent pop up mens ple a le cnt cnn Tamta mp emina Bord he commands tle to the objects under the cursor at he tne the ver mena pops up TERETE ARAL The Object Managers he advantage of drop down is a that they save space Ta provide ore fice aos to the alerts led in the dropdown In telat ean be Sislsedin a detached wind These winds are called Object Managers Befa they not ony alow accu 1o he object but provide many mee plone and hunetan Uke many ther tools that can be invoked ftom the main editor an Object anager a chidar dependent window he main on Ch windows have some commnn prope Tey are sly related ta thene parent window Chere the HU editor andi changet i either the cd or the parent window are usualy broadest Between tem ike the selections of bjt Trey can be resized and pastianed independentiy af their parent window They are mnie when the parent window i mnimzed ard hey ae toed wh thes parent window hey are dosed when the parent window is dosed ever cd window da NOT move with Ihe parent window Roll up Mode On low rslaton serens Object Managers can cover relative lge arest of the workspace You can use the rollup adel save veen space In order to ral up sano cick on the eon Gn the op ett of he dow a shown ia gue and the select the al ap option k
57. mind Exarreles of tol and procedures ATLAS ti offer for exploiting the concept of Serendip are the Object Managers the HU Explorer pe trative margin Sea fat tert sewen and the hypertent uncon Exploration Exploration closely related to the above principles Though an exploratory yel systema approach to your dala at opposed to a mere bureauet handing Ris assumed that especialy constructive actives Be theary tang wil be of great Benet The entire progr concept including the proces geting acquainted wth ts para isosyensis pray icv to an exploratory discovery oriented apron Areas Of Application ATLAS Bares as a power uty for qustaive ais ply of ge bodies af textual graphical au and video data The content or Subject matier of thse mater iin na way ted any ane parte feid Stsbente or scaly vestigation Ms emphasis ison qunitative rather than quanttative nay ie delenia the elements that compre the pray data mater nd merprting tha mearen A related term would be knowledge management ich emphasizes the transformation of data nto weal iouis ATLAS can be of great hep in any Beld where ttis knd af sott data raj ie earned oet Whe ATLAS mas only eine vith the soil Scents row being pult to iae in areas that woe had not realy Sntepted Such areas nade piyeholoy erate mec software nancy susly control canola strat et igus Svs towed cation history ography thology and law To name iit some of the
58. nummer of ines that are displaye for the quotation coment the Geol Earth Places Panel Inude meta data in quotation export Decide whieh meta information for a quote should be transferred and dspayed in Google Earth Tab Import Import fle or folder name for KML KMZ fles Decide whieh deat PD name shouid be use for your KAAL and KMZ fles Import placemarks when assgning Ps Select wheter you want to import placemarks when assigning a KML or KMZ fleas prmary document Default name for quotation Decide which defaudt name shouid be used for GE quotations the name of the primazy document o the namne at a feature avalible To Set PDF Preferences To set PDF preferences select Tons Parnes PDF Pr from the Fes Porton Tab Display Defaut mode Choose between continuous and sile Deft page display vale page Display tert opined for LCD saen Those test pyar en TED seresa and epop Section ighight color When highlighting sectone in a FOF document the aior shoe in the bor suse as Nahighting color Select ferent elor by eng on the ba Tab Navigation hen ons navigator whe lasang a PDF doe yot ve dans hat contain Bookmate they cat be displayed in the navigatan pane on the iaht hand ot the HU Er en Pe Expand al bookmark aveis Select to show al bola leves T Eee a ase To Set Live Update Preferences The default itet to check far updates when starting the software Yau are ed ine server pacts re
59. on the binoculare button in the main Rebar Doubleclick on the code hin level ot happiness The Query Taol pls he olong entice BE Ep Font E s tery ip The lnm tick och pane now pay th code ide level af happiness The results pane fats al qucttns for sede I Double click on the code dan unrelated to happiness REETTA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDNG TOOLS x iow there are tuo entes in the term stack the codes chidren level ot happiness and hirer uelted to happiness The feds pane ils the active query cade cee unrelated to happiness And in Mhe tl Pane you can wed see he Utes quotation coded wth Inas code ito sperand on the term stack we can combine thm with an appropriate operalar The irtena was to reke al quotations that ess lomaton abot an aits or lack o evidence as reasons to ease a supe G2 E OR cnet see etto combi te eps tar ne Sak TAEAE ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDIG TOOLS m Enpa m apne pan xi be ape Bonon wa sto tetera owt open es Sot wd wp Beeman worse San verme seen Gp ttt The term stack now contains ay ane term OR chen level af appien chidren weed to happines e eamtnatin af the two ne This em can be used as an operand la further extend the query e R to negate the expec ar add somme more codes ai But we wi siap here Ernan The fedac pane displays the query in infa notation as we waid have
60. ot Conca Abs Fa ra Preference Setting 424 pendis a55 Eea e Index a5 AEE TTEA About This Manual This manusi desctbes the concepts and functions of ATLAS 7 Mtis not que that you ead the manual sequently horn frst page to last Feel free op ects that deserte concepts you raked fara with rp recy to actions al deserte banesen you sre interested in sip oe as S referenee gute look up ntermatina cera key eles For wes wth oper onl of ATLA we do however recommend that ou especialy read rough the grt of hs manul in order to become Tema oth the concepts used by ATLAS arto gain an overview o he Halil uns These are the chaplers The VISE Pancple on page 9 Man Concepts and Features on page 13nd Mai Workspace The HU Etor on page 30 Further to set up a poet wwe recommended that you read abot the Main Sitpa Wong wah ATLAS on page 26 and Preparing Pinay Document on page 63 For al basie evei work ike eating quotations coding ad wrting memen const the chaplers under the mair heading The Data vei Base Fancors on page TEGH Advanced uncons are dsr under als Ans and Theory buiding Tod on page 251 The sequence of the chapters falows the staps that are necessary tostat and Wank on an ATLAS U project ed the rnain concepts tha ATLAS ies are explained then an overview ot S salse took proved These oduct ari mere orale parts are folowed by more praca evened chaps poi step by step instructions You wit l
61. page 290 Codes Primary Document Table he Codes Prinary Docurnent Table contains the frequency of codes across documents Aggrfatd counts based on eode ard pay document faries ao avulabl The table can be exported as Esce compatte ble tonal the table cels can also contain the ward count or e ucts PE eade srs documents Team Tools Thit option ean be found under the Anam Sae Cae Py Decent Cross Tabulation page 302 Team wark is a namal scenario in data ana and ATLAS it uniquely ste far collaboratie work A number of speal tonis ad eles support licen wor a team Team Library In ATLAS N7 decent are stored in a pei repository caled rates For tar a er Ran proved and MUS ung say are marked as tean Export User Administration Manage the ATLAS user database through the user aniston tool This Sa prequste for collaborative work put ao sel onda uses tough pesoalang the login or rtecg an HU wth a pasword User Management options ca be ound under the Tol men See also the chapter on User Management page 147 Hermeneutic Unit Merger Thit toal merges diferent HUE A variety of options to contral the merge Stag ae oered You find his ction under the Tools menu Further information is provided in the chapter Merging Hermeneutic Unas page 154 Coding Analyzer The Coding Analyzer is helpful after merging HUK It tests for redundant codes T e cades ined more thar ance for data segments that overlap or
62. poet management see Seting up Team Projects on page 116 Wher and how can you ceste poet ces Pre Backup and Taster on page 128 There are two principal modes of working with ATLAS the data level and he ancplual lve The Data Leve includes cies Me segmentation of data fs coding tent image audio and video passages ard writing comments and memos The Conceptual Level fuss on Sueyng data ard model bung ies sucha bln codes 1o netwerk n ation owing sme mare events and memos Data Level Work Data evel research ais include segmenting the data that you have signed to a project inta quotations ang comments to respective passages role making annotating and coding cele tent passages or data Segments secondary mata annotatons and mernes ta ata tht lster teval The act of comparing noteworthy Segments kad toa ceive coneeptuaizaton phase that valves higher 1evel interpretive work and Teon buiding ATLAS Basis you in al of these a and provides a cormgreheasive Guere of your wok st wells api search retrieval and Bronin naon Within ATLAS iit ideas otten nd expression through their asigment ta a ende r mamo to which imlar ieas o teat selections ako become shed ATLAS E proves the researcher wh ihyeective res for quicky jing all data cetons and notes evan to ane Hes Read more dtl nthe seein on the Data Level Basie uncon in the ful manust Conceptual Level Work Beyond coding and simple data ev ATLAS allows yo
63. qute and rater quote Weak nk are ns that do not have individual prope the ks between quotation ard codes Seber odes ard merran between a taniy aad 1 memben Network Vs Network View The terence between a Network and a Network View is an important distinction that is necessary to understand the way networks are handled within An ATLAS network is the set of al objects an their inks inside the Fermenti Unt HU Hest dependently ot any dpa nen characteres dayat calor ine width ete Its the nga of he MU obets Went even before Uhe st Network View i eat A Metue View type ariy a subset of this global structure of nodes and fn combined with an piu layout of nodes ia Ike emng the same ingsi e the network rom dierent angles and with diferent pieces vidile Node Types ete an manipile and iy et a objets whe te odes ether network views mary documents PDY snd PD fais The allowing Gece apps to al nodes regardless of the pe See Node Types on page 313 luther detall Relations ATLAS Blows you to etblah amag inks to more aly express the nature Sentence Wke a broken Ieg eases pain by twa nedes he soure nade Broken leg anet tne gt node ps nec wih a named Mrk The name of links dlsglayed in the Network Etor as a label attached to the ink manay between e bo connected nodes Six pre set ean r ke types we valle in ATLAS These standard elon can be substituted edited or uppemented by waer dened lations T
64. refed int egal exer een eve of haps een related to haps The alts pane st 31 usta You an ook st the quotatan in the context af the document by ecking on quotation in tne i you can create a report ce Output of Cry Rests Slom Output Of Query Results Viewing Results In Context Make sure that the Query Toal does not completely bs the atea where Pos are played kon quotation in the ets pane The quotation is highlighted ia the pinay document pane TERETE ARAL DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDNG TOOLS m Creating A Report Ta print al is found by a query chek the PRINTER button to the right ot thereat at Secale Cres Fu Content No Meta one 238 etre Sect one of the folowing report options ar Prnt a st ofal quotas in a compact format showing oniy the utlalon names Lr buot Comm Same as Lar but includes the quotations comments if amy Fa Comoe Outou the complete text af the quotations works for text Type quota oniy cvs Faa Conroe No Mens Output the complete text af the quotations and Speo te Kd af tomaton that eden hep You may for arte exclude the meta information for each quotation Fa arises Sar it Camo ces he usta comments any Then choase whether the output shuld be displayed in a tent editor saved to lt 4 or printed sae also Output Destinations or page 383 AEE TTEA Fie 27st tn Cleaning Up The Hit List Before cresting a repart ofa
65. segment that you actualy want to wae as this quotation When increasing he sae of the quotatan yau ean sey hgh the text that oai wan I you want to reduce eof he quota you rend to eit he tection frst by csing somewhere above or aedon the hignighed area Then select a smaker section When esting POF quntations you can conveniently use the handles at fe upper left and ower Aat hand comes lk the modify button located to the left af the ext window or choose Mener Boms font ihe man Quetatons menu The quotation wi be changed reflecting the new boundaries New Boundaries Match Existing Quotation g ithe new boundaries match another exiting quotation you are asked tor Cane te merge the eureri radioed and the aeady eng uolaton The quotation resulting tam the merge operation collects the Hletence ol bolh quotations Far example f Ihe modifed quotation was ded with eode A and the enang quotation with malting bondans wih de the ne quotation wat be felerne by both eode A and B Creating And Working With Graphical Quotations Selecting rahi segments diers rom the operativas required or selecting Segment whin terta documents However te overal edk and fen a Sfert simlar Move the muse painter to the upper let comer of the rectangular section at you are gong to create Dg hding down he left mouse button he mause t the er ight ne ofthe ela ecange wl be hpi i Ta creste a quotation select the eate quotation button i
66. shinee ee Se one 2 Pat put e ne ep noo ed meg tes steps Added Objects When abject ate ade that have identical names in both the source ae target HU the aed abject renamed using an inremental umbering home Note tha he PDY are not enamed Ta bce the lic Faart ot te rae making aly nae POs din Unified Objects Une codes are payed along with their new quotation relerences within thereuling HU minane Henugneunec UMTS ora Statistical Summary The statistica summary a the end of the report provides an aver of al one 1 Stl nary eo eet eet types alter the merge TIRE ARAL ee eS ier arama Trouble shooting After Merging PDs Are Added Rather Than Merged plant ue documents o ape he data ore es ae copied RE the selected Boray In yaur ATLAS A HU you see pany docu hete can be thought af as containers far your data source Nes In aio a he reference tte data suc nese containers have a nara an at a erakon and motto date ele base a teinfamaton You seen the Pcs Manage Pl euch primary document PO has a unique tse whieh you do not se ts generated when adding the data saure ta an HU The advantage of ths i that ATLAS can precisely entity each primary douent and far eramate the order of primary document in your HU do ne Songet play a ele wanen merging The ollen overocked consequence however Sth i you add the same data sources To a dife
67. so scare one 20 CAT Ae ptne The standard comparen slows you to ether cesta Kappa value or gpendrf s alpha The Codey Coe comparan shows you the data nen and thut oers a qustave means ol comparing cosed data by Edert Fhe ted oplone slows a cemparaon based on amiet Standard Comparison Onee the data is uploaded the toal for the standard comparison ook as ews one CAT cau et ety ct ty et you see an excep ofa compation res The rect show a ere ah As bo dente HUS oniy deg By author were merged TORSTEN DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS Comparison a al Coders em 271 en ctan ierercng Validation na es than perfect worl the coders wl pebably nat agree ane hundes percent There CAT offer valdaton freon where bre cade valued Ean nk at each coded spent or oniy at I os segments where the Sererent was unitary This way coders can da the ets and ne oa betler common undestanang a what a pated code means ig investigation doubts Fay Investigation ei ape spak we cs ae teen sober een ce Coa gr 272 tn pe Cetin ater nd hawt shuld be ape Further Resources Vou fnd dete ral on the CAT wee 1 Quik start guide hp eater pitt edu CAT quickstart al pal instructions for preparing ATLAS data for upload vet usu ai adu usloniinsruetons oe Video trl fot preparing ATLAS for u
68. soe your comment by ceking on the Acar button and doe the estar Itsemsen anres jase room Quotation comment evden th bar in the margin area and by the ide EE sign in iront af he gestation name in the quotations ht Setting Code Colors H you want to calor your codes sect a code in the Code Manager and ciek a te rainbows colored cde the tol bar To make cde ers vile the magi ght clk on a white pace inthe rari ates and select the opon Um Oner Coe In order to stil be able see which code label belongs to which quotation bar a Sal rea the sae enler as the quotation bar shown tront of he Ende label The cod abei shows the usar defined olar Coding PDF Documents POF document ataw tor varaus way of coding Masel there are no atretan you can ade any area within the document Ht et you eode he crates othe tent the PDF fe comans an erage en ATLAS oreaticaly utched to image mode and you code a ecangler area Wiin he POF ie Below you ind a numberof sereen sels deransaing the aos optant Coding As Usual st highlight a section of tent as you do in other text documents Tre ferenee that you can set a selection clo see PDF preterencei and hala PDF quotaton has a hardie on he top teft and bottom igh al you ef ay modiy the seo the quotation see mage below e178 cant i a POF pry ce Coding Embedded Images Select rectangular af your choke and use the handle at each comer to sale othe ap
69. system adh rhe wer opt the projet folder we ATLAS was st apen Ifyou then open the HU the next mea mesage papt up ting you hat the Hu ety my somone and ean carey oy be opened ely yeu are sure you arth oniy peron using ths HU and you have nat akeady laude tin another window you can eat is message at a le larm and eta the lab Hl Tor the HU nthe Windows manager Saving A Hermeneutic Unit M you haven t saved your work dready you wil be astet to save the HU when you siose tne HU Editor you leave ATLAS without sang your woe te Tia esson lost To save the currently apen HU select Pact Sa from the main menu The Ne alg opema J Select a tolder and enter a name far your HU lek on the Save button The extension HPR7 i automaticaly appended 1a the fe rane Pending Changes Pending changes are changes in open mene or comment testes anes ou have saved het and in network tors wh died layout that as at yet been saved yu are cumenti edhing a PD s data soure this woud ho aontas a pending change any peng changes are delecied when ot are about Ia ot sate the HU you will be oflered the cet accept card such changes By scepting the changes they become part ofthe HU and re hen saved to dk along with al ther changes nthe HU The extended dialog beiw sts all gending changes and allows contral over Mick pending changes are 1o be committed one ea et wth pentog gt Before taking any further acon you can inspect any pending changes i
70. te enudded none another ce page 374 RTF There are output options for each of the main objects in ATLAS Primary Documents Quotations Codes and Memos You i 1 under the respedive mens You can output a ist of primary documents along with their comments or seeetsd quotabons wath our without comments qutabon by codes Mia he Codes Output menu a st of all codes code righ ists te For mennos you can ether output just a istol your memos the content of memos Gr he content including the Inked objects PDF You can print out coded documents as you see ther an the screen with the Codes in the marg fea This option aval for lert image and POF etna and you od i unde Docume Ou as w Mawon XML Export Of Project File The XML generator exports all information contained iv an HU in XML format The universa open data forrat lows for a wide variety of possiaities tor display processing and even tegration of your data wth extemal Spoalon Cack on the KAAL bution te main too bar 1o explore the options XML Reports ATLAS offers a number af reports via ML style sheets you ae sed in ing such siye sees you can create any output you ilee based on the raw IAL Ne of your ATLAS project For al others we have put together a election of useful reports kke creating a code book lats of al faries wih her members a mermas wih Inked quotation verses of he various inks eaten network ews gusto output by codes ele You nd ths opin
71. the HU ief fror the installation Below the HU path the TAPATH of the target computer is played The TAPATH i the defaut locaton Yar storing ATLAS poet Nes and ca be se ier Too Purses 7 Gouna Premera Lab Pat Thit pane 1e not Vile in Restore made The ist of documents included in the bundle can be sorted wth a ciek on the Column header The allowing information i provided Same of the dourent 1 Target location ofthe document 1 Ald indicating the document is used whan unpacking the bundle t also onan sal colored box inteling posible oft ee Call Calor Cade beland Sie he tatal of the fde aes ofthe document fle ands optiona auliary fies Lit mation date Document ype E mirano earen B nec eect i ofthe nal Bune window diplsys a Eire eaan be reves Jha to be wld B sranane dees ica by the colored square in the Le eee Fa pam ROT retro esa wen num Y yaa ramt i at ee bw ar her nero piaren nmen Path Mapping Only Needed For Linked Documents Yeu ned ta map a path he original path af a fle on the soure computer not be ested on th tanget computer Thit Ike tobe the ate whe 2 Broject was we up oth ainola path references an a network ve hat loot be acsaed by e age computer uch a confie can be eve by mapping the non existing pathi lek on the Mar Po button iad in the Instal Bundle windo THs Spens the Bah Map tr H E
72. the Network Editor s background and the elor of nodes Choose Drun Ser Coors ck on the clr erele ia he to bari and then ane of e opion fom ihe submenu You are ofred a standard clr chooser alog Fam which to piet a eeler re INE ia Can na man 1 you have colored your codes you can delay these colors ether a node Jakai or es nade coler n network vew Ta de sa cick on the cao erae in he ol bar and select the aprople ption M you have uued a dark color to celar a code hen use the High Contrast option 1a spay he node label ite hn it Fw ih a The option Color by Denisty amp Groundedness visualizes the cong and modeing siate of feces This mode ales code nodes oriy Code nodes Seautomatealyasigred a celot acca other grounded an ery Croundednes of a code G the number of asiodled quotations incremen Mhe yelow part of Ihe nde ler note name af suspect he Agure blo Dery E Ihe number af inks lo other codes inereases the Bue part Chars of sap Cohen the winner in tne figure below 1n he Code Manager kah densty cade are indeated in ed Pih fequeney ades in blue Tris maes ues hat are heavy or seldar ed for coding o model buking cay dette Thit Ao Caton Maoh lo an elect in the Code Manage in Det view grezna ca meae The bars or rounded and density are colored according to their Iran Fonts The font use fr nodes and ins can be set independenti choosing Danar Se Realtor
73. the Network tr main ena Display OF Nodes de can be displayed ether in a flat 20 hour with or without borders and gradient shading To select any af the four opt chek on the Display button sown below ea Depew GH ei ops a eT Resizing Nodes Modes can be ni resized st eft on a node and drag the node bon into the dered postion Node And Link Appearance Under the Display menu of the Network Ela you a large variety of options to ae the daplay characteris ot nades and ink Sarme of these Glos ale al nodes regardless of tes type Other options change the display at certain nade types oniy The nade type ienn can be switched on and af for al nodes by selecting the enu optan Danne Us Nove Br or by presing the ey casination CuAt a The anal mage wed at a node con eas heavens of Bi nades cpecly when a mitir ol node types exists n a Newark View Nonetheless when space runs low you may prefer to switch off the cons Anode can be displayed with 20 border or wth a drop shadow To switch Biwer he a andthe shadowed view select the menu opion Danar Dana Nona 30 or press the key combnabon Cm3 Yau have several options to control the amount of information displayed ina nete Gusts can be diplayedi with ast har D with th complete selection tie they represent ones aa nan Gaon aa couse to dee whieh ee of verbosity makes sense you neet ts examine hom many nades populate the Nelvork Vien adhe overal
74. the fiter icon in the Network View eter skeet nade he fiter are faded odt Thi best demonstrated by way of example the igre bo amp oe 38 The tat th i ete ae one 20 Po nye Agate at es a De a In Figure 200 above the fiter is st ta the PO family ne prod 2008 and Thun oniy thase qulaton are shevan that occ in primary documents hom IDOE A other quotations are faded out tn Figure 301 below the reverse s bue You see ali quotations rm documents elu in the PO tary tre period 7009 and al other laos are faded out a 5 Po famiy tr tA ton a ae a a at M you s t theres e g a code fay then all but the codes of that aly tt prayed out Te wars for al area hese way Create Families From Network Views Yu can creste cde PD or merno eis based on the nodes included in a newark vew Select the nades that you want to include in the family see Selecting Nodes rd inks on page 318 Fram the network eters menu select te optan Seas Gen Fay sd then the respective obiect type code memo or PD Tariy H Enter a name for the tary and ciek OK Create Network Views From Code Families Ie ho posse to create network views based on code fais A new code Wal be eae rom the code aly ame and al merter codes w be inked 1 Open the Code Family manager l Select a tariy andl then the menu op aes Ciara Nnt A pop up meitage inform you that a new code wl be created and that at ba desl be inked via IA reaboni C
75. the folowing happen depending on haw many quotations are eed to that code H there 5s ariy one quotation for the selected code be activated inmediat IF THERE ARE MORE QUOTATIONS Use the pet and pravus button in the Code Manager to browse trough al paa quotations for a selected code if more than one quotation casos with the code tey are offered in a pop up Int Selecting ane of the quotati aetates and displays itn cantent Fone 2 sane nti Create A Report For Coded Quotations Asan aera othe contextual display of quotations you can get leet Roots ol he potatos for a selected code Reports are diplayed na tert or and ean be printed or saved To creste a quotation regor I elect cade for instaner in the Code Manager Sr the main mertu select Coss Oumar Queso ron esc Cone When selecting a code in the Code Manager State Qu 7 Quan ok sauce Coot Select the option Quote barf you ony want a tot he uotaons rames Ths report seul for norLestua daa where the hotaons do not contan textual content AEE TTEA THE OATA LIVE WAS FUNCTIONS no a comment has ben wre for any af the quotations you will be asked Whether you ae wat net corres in the ep Nest yau have the option to send the report to an er pinter save tto dis tapten Pie or to save t and run he le Ihe standard RTF Sppetion lly Word or Wordpad fopton Fie amp Run so we 9 pt etn Reports On Quotations For Cade C
76. the quan ound by the query yau have the pln ta temave ees rom te Dit Nat Yau ean remove anwar is ram helt ung the erase button right nent 1a the printer button You aul of couse fruits you query to improve the precion Tisis how you clean up the hit ise Select an unwanted quotation in the hit ist Ck the Ee baton et Another Example Using A Proximity Operator pot dressy open select He Que Tova Lovo Con amp Heras Se I io open te ample fle Fot example we can take a look at the code de happiness uitinent respondents wha define haps as ltlment and pet whether the pontes are derent dependent on whether semen Ras chiken Pat Doubte cick on the amily def happiness linen Doubled on the ede afam hes chino Select the COOCCUR operator The sets far this query a showin in the eit pane The ib of rec own in the bottom ieh comer at ie vada To display thereat iN eters dick on each quotation ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS n PE en To omstean output o these tk he pine ton Lats now compare wether we get own es wee reponderts ho donathoe den Click om the button C CLEAR at the top of the query tool Deleon the famiy hes tien Deleon the code a cher F sc he COOCCU pet Teel pn shows ato Super Codes Sipe Coes are a convenient way to store queries Super Cades are vety Sarno ae o narmal codes ith one ergata erence stead S hardwired cecions to quan Su
77. tne Output eptans within the Object Manager alow you to select multiple objects and output each al hem at We same Iene For example you can igtagh ree codes thin the Code Manager and create a report that contains uso coded to each of the tiree codes nthe option to et output to werk wit ites See Sorting and Fitering on page 378 Creating Output For The Main Objects Under the main manu for each of the foue main obiect types primary docunents quotations codes and memos you can an output submenu The corresponding object manager contain eguivslent oulout menus However output opona within objet managert alaw Yor the selection of perike Hem fe E a subset of codes rather than all codes to be included in Te output The output options for te four main object types are explained in dtl below The Primary Documents Output Sub Menu The output sub menu for pany documents List Generates st ofl primary documents in the HU fany of the POs have a Given you are asked H these are tobe peda wel Hierarchy Prints the selected PD s quotation numbers and their codes and memos in a Hierarchical manner Quotations quotations belonging to the selected primary document Print With Margin The Pint with Margin opin crestes a WYSIWYG printout of coded texts hat You See s What Yau Gen I also pens tents wah their paragraph umber you drect tt a POF pinter a PDF document ceed The appearance of the
78. to reste bundle te the otne tunpaccor rata a bundle The bwa proosdures are iplined below T support oid habis the copy bund lool il avadable fram the Teaser There are two options to save a project as copy tune fle and to unpack a py bundle tie Yau ind both opto unde the Pc meru AEE TTEA PRONECTRACKUP AND teansa w The bundle tool is separated inta ivo et panes and one repart pane iee gue 109 bek Betere eating copy bundle tle you can special exude documents that should nat be in the bundle e g unchanged or even noe ixe locienens eg video nucie fet that have aay been carted othe target Syrte va ather mean or with a pees Copy Bund ore Gp ne Waea AA Ea The fs st shews all documents that wil enced in the bunte The secon lst pane dy all documents that cannot be bundled This Ist ply documents that are excluded by the syster becana ofan rslable fant I all PDs inthe MU ean be displayed the HU Er there shold be Se confici when Bunding he HU Tre following conte may oc Souee Masing Conte The document does not eist Sour Unusabie Cn oly pps to inked documents The decent net be loaded Pole cause Anke document was manualy copied fom anther leon wits associated LOG fae uing Windowns copy neod PO Source Conte foniy pps to inked documents Mismatch between PD and is soree Ths les that a Inked data source i not the one But AEEA expected by the PD Possible cases mapgi
79. use the documents eat dolce pene the HUGS fromm here How To Use The Two Libraries The iferences beteen the wo vas the default iacation on your computer ET MY brary fun in the fer structure of the ue that is rely logued in Under eons The Tm Library aed ns folder under Puble Documents an your compl ee Erma menu in he Library Manager TET ETA DATA MANAGEMENT ATLAS Libraries Menu Via the Lamas menu you can also sch between My Library and the Team they Arter option is to Vase Lames Dus the proces of validating ATLAS b checks the tay lorincansilnces Portie conse are lacie tare sti managed by the trary but do no longer et or facets that are na langer uued any of the Hus ete incon are found you mil be inlor by the allows dle nemem am RUNAR Le Fe hot oa ton lek on Ran Came ad doe the window oramsa ee tng Hopton at M no problems are faund you wil see te owing message Select Les 7 Bur to clost the Library Manager AEE TT ERARE Data Sources Menu Baraenn arent the Dn Samas menu oniy otera you the option to delete cinema Ina er ATLAS release tw more options to apy or mawe selected document beeen braies willbe added Extras Menu Use the emg menu to mave the ras ta a different locaton Mawes La Lozanos 1 dd ae the sary location to a diterent ler a has een moved Ser ee Lacanen These options are patina relevant for team projects they
80. useful and messing name Fera code In vivo cain creates s quotation from the selected text AND uses the Selected tet immed o 30 character as the cde name I he eed text s oundanes are nat oxy what you wat fr he quotation madiya the quotations spread ee Modhan Testa and POF Quaint on page 17 ie eften tenet step after creating hem cose To Create An In Vivo Code Mark the tent passage that you want to use as an in vivo code Bear in mind thatthe code pare is created fom Teen selection s het 30 characler lek the Mua coding button or choose Canne Yi Conme fror the M nerde change the ney crested quotations boundaries Modiing ental and POF Quotation on page 171 for delais In Vivo Coding Via Drag amp Drop hark the text passage that you want to use far nV coding I Open the Code Manager Drag and drop the selec text inta the Code Managers st pane othe code drop down mt You can create a cade trom each ward of the selected text by halding down RE ALT key when draping the tent Code by List Select te data section quotation to be coded Cek the Code by tist button ar choose Cooma Con ev Lar from the menu From the ist window vith apliable codes select one ar mare codes wie og the CHI key and chek OK he umber of codes that you can select om thet is unlimited 1f the data ection reverb anus qusation ay codes rot eased oe quota are feed Code by List Inverse he standard coe byt t
81. vane Insting ence packs aly ose the wer ha dinate gh to the ypu and unde Vata Wide 7 amp 8 ATLAS exp an at Srutatr ce below M a uter doesnt have admins igh is esto deactvate the automatic check and ak your administrator Warn re Lo trne Lo update ATLAS for ou E Cease soenan ono etn pe oon Senit Ahern is recommended Tab Automatic Update Check On Startup Prot checking for updates for al wes Sel you do not want ATLAS Shek fer updates when stn Check for updates on startup df Every tme you stat ATLAS ATLAS Shek wheter thre are ne serv packa avalabie and prompts you Spat Tab Proxy Settings Ven can set a number of pry settings The defaut is for automati oxy detection but ti alao pase to enter a hont ruber and port umber Tab Miscellaneous Connection Settings Do not ping server to check connect Ping a network program that sendte Short dat packages echo requests to a pac hast and ther ster oa ponse ig alo mesures the round ip me a package the ene ped between when a package a sent and avespare Srecoed Peg rahe you to find cut a server IP address and determines Ihe ace of Te server If you dor wart hs activate this apio To Set The User Interface Language aren you can sie between the defaut language Engh and Spanish Other languages wil flow soon German wil be next tar Trek fans by out ingon To switch trom the default language to Spanish or any other language select
82. want to access dotiznents via shared stone Team Projects Using a Shared Loeaten anpa ns satina con Wanags Unay Lcson Opan uray fle a FB ay ag a ne The option Ovo Lamar Foxom opens the Explorer and ukes yf the feider con your computer where he fles are actualy stored Copying Documents Between Libraries M you sceidentally or tor whatever reason put a decent inthe wrang bray you eaa move t aee pen maang a he rt at you want to move Right click and select Dan Sount Mane Con Sacro Door To Depending on where he documents me canendy sted De menu allan heat la ether mave them te My Libary or the Team Library tee eee Fe 2 Man nt ee ae Exporting Documents From The Library Al dacrents ae cid othe rary unless you wor with inked lacenenis ll adieatons you mate 1o Mhe decent are aniy ele the lary document and no longer in our orginal Word document a wat he cawe in venton 6 Theteloe ATLAS afer an export option dsr Sus Masamune Bron Sasco Doomas Sect he documents you want to export in the Pos Manager Righ ie Setting Up A New Project yu ce on the main menu Daca New 7 oj opis oad documents oa ATLAS pre eB he op a cr AAS pet Adding documents to ether My Library othe Tear Library ste How To Use The Two Uvafe on page 105 Adding documents frar he brary Use this option if you want to use leer that are sireadh ne of tke two are Importin
83. wath lent connects might be ess pil a rman H you see quotation lad mare than once in one of the quetation ist panes A means that tee ot more quotations are nvoved in a redundant coding You Sal patee at merging one patr af quotatone may have the ele ht oier paies are remaved frorn the at as weh as the redundaney aon does rot hold any longer Tar the emai pair of quotations fr this code Uniinking Removing Or Merging A Redundantly Coded Quotation Select a code n the upper pane A pairs of redundantly cade quotations ane then displayed in he two lawer panes Buble on the quotations ot a pai 1o inspect them in contest 1 Deride wheter you want 1a unlink or remo ane ofthe two quotations ot whether you wan to merge them Tounli a qustaton cick the Una button below the appropriate at pane Thectee and aemaive procedures ot ulin codes e described in further detail in Uninking Codes on page 208 TORSTEN To remove a quotation ciek the Rey button belo the appropriate st pane To merge the pair of quotations ck the Me button Note that the quotations removed by ths procedure cease to esist inside the Sorting And Filtering he main strengths ofa computer ly ein sorting and eben data For uch techniques 1o be deployed sucess heweve te data Ba masi have Stes which canbe meaningful ordered and Mere A vartet of Sues can be used for erg and sorting data Nany ens wih an HU en be Altered for nape pimay documents codes ma
84. wer l Select Eon New Uan Enter an Acount name a password the last and the fist name into the Sequence of promplen Atter completion of the sign up procedues the new entry appears in the lut of ers The Accesa rights atte set Administrator by deal ee Nimiatave an Standard Access Rights below H Change the access rights i needed AEE TTEA Administrative And Standard Access Rights Administrative rights sow you to a delete and change uten nado Sine hse rece you matted pray Uses wih standard rights can ony access HUS they have created themselves tr hou hae tere Kave Deen regatered as co author They are not alowed i edt pirrar documents Removing A User To assure that there is at least one user wth administrative piles in the atte any atempt to remove al sdminsatos jected You nea for sane venave fe ier wh slogan Select he wert be removed in the let ight cick and select the option Dasr Urar or select the comeaponding menu ern frn the Ear meru Changing User Attributes You can change the scout name the password the fest and last names of a ier and the ates ht diek o a user entry and select te appropiate optan rm the contet menu or ight user and sect the coesponding men tam from the econ Saving The User Database Ater defor and modiicstions the user database must be expeiy Saved or al changes wa be discarded Hyou dose the iser admatlor ndaw without Sg ou wl be romped to
85. 1 pela a ime nal fur directions TET EA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDIG TOOLS ne Removing And Deleting Nodes From Network Views Removing nodes om the view simply takes the nodes out afa Network View Tre madea remain in the MU Removed nodes can be reported at ary tne ung the node ena iunctos deserbed previo However dactng odes ess ia he deletion of the objects they reprent rm the eee HU ing codes quotas ee aos when deleting nades l Select the nodes abe etude fr the view From the Network Edora main menu choot Nooms Rat Noos mou Viw ot press Ci Del on the eyo 1t you only wart to exes angle ode you may sha choo ths option ham he node s context mena select the nodes ta be deleted permanently fam your HU From the Network Editor main menu choose Noor De Noot Conf the dedeton proces as itis a eitia acon Deleting a ade om a etwork view means tat you permanenti delle bis abject rora your HUI sean be uteha mben you have beer adding rew beso enter ee or expiratory purposes Use his option wh ete Fo ths operation no unde option is ava abie The only way te undo a abe etn to done he HU vthout Saving arto apen the st recent edn backup Node And Link Actions Canna acing selected codes or ink ane avilable via their epee Sex menus nado a deste below lypespete proces ae vated when dbl ckng a node Contest meni can be activated on nodes and inks Dependent on the type of the nd
86. A comment canbe viewed hated forthe selected in Last But not es and ype fer al Oe Manager inks can be sorted year suchas he target or sere be e relation ed ete Changs made to the inks are meaty displayed in any Network Eto at caren slay the boks he XML Explorer aers a number reports to export overviews and sts ot the Inks you have seated ce Working with Siye Sheets an page 39 The Link Managers The two figures below show a Code Unk Manage and a Nek Vew pene on wo selected irks In the let igure Beto ks ae weld and Fie Link fom the context menu selected The ight Agure das the eflect TREET ERARE DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS a 28 pg ee ie an ot er The search fil allows you to search fora word ar sting af characters i the ure maton and target cr Vit the tol bar you can open an editor to wre a comment for a link open a etwat ae moe sell inks apen the sued relation edt desete he ox ore selected inks or chang the view opt aoe E 207 ek Se ta TET TA ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULB TOOLS w The Relation Editors The two Relation Editors one for code ations ard ae for hyperiniks Guta quotation relatora alows the canon dpa and eing a dite Expat relations can oniy be sed when Connecting cades 1o codes or Quotations to qutalons Connections between codes and quotations memos Td quotations mem and cades and ames ard hat meres cal Be ned and spected by the wae
87. ATLAS tang events welded beth ough enine courtes and face fice seminari m ety al parts a he wod Vi e Training Cerler at is ain abet com Manual Conventions Tp Recomerendon aston Instruction Ths pragtaph contait an instruction i e something you saul flaw Mong and or execute n the program Addon resources suggested further reading Aol information about this topie is avalible disewhere usualy online fem our web sie or some other piace on the Web Introduction The VISE Principle ATLAS is a powerful workbench for the quate ans of large odes of terial audio and vdeo data N ofen a variety of toos tor corplhing the tasks ocala with any systematke approach to structured data L e s data that cannot be meaningful anaiaed by formal Statisteal approaches in the couse of such a qualtative snp ATLAS E hps you a explere the complex phenomena denn your dala For caping ath the inherent complet of the tasks and the data ATLAS t offert a Poweria and itive emazerment that keeps you focaed on the analyzed rater toffer toak 1o manage extract compare explore and reassemble meaner large muro data ceive ese yet Systema ways The main pines ofthe ATLAS philosophy are best enapatd by the cenyn VISE ich stands er Vistazation integration Seedy and Exsoaion Visualization The vation component of the program means dey supports the way human beings ss nudes researchers ink ln and approach sa
88. Ands codes with redundant odings an les Appropriate pcre recnLtools To open the tool select Toots Reto Coos Ana rom the HL eto ere 345 Th fn Cg Ae he upper pane displays a lst af cades referencing overlapping quotations Cleking o a code pays the conficting quotations paie wie Double ccing Gn a isted quotation Gepaye in coer Te upper pane ists al ade for which redundant codings were found The Redundancy cur isplay the rari of pairt of redundant quotient eur for the code H you tet oe othe caden the redundant quotatont are heted in pain he bower pes Doute cieking on he ated quotations daplays and ighighs tem in context Betaine fs you can heck them in content and decd how to poced The figure below dates a typical redundant coding TREET ERARE gue App ona ae he procedures to hante a redundant coding are fered Unik detaches the selected code fom the quotation selected in one of the Quotation pane Ths method ithe least deste ofthe wale Sitios Remove dices the selected quotation Mergers the quotation in the right pane into the quotation sete nthe lepine AR relerenees to and rom the merged lato iene theater N the to qtaons overlap We reiting guotation nes al dit rom bth quotations uth quotation panes have a Comnetivty col that shows the number af nner toe qualation and merc fre sete gustaten THe nrecttyeauret provides anata ue abut the next ten A ulation
89. Cate stort vew a the hypertert nades to lactate Wis procese TET ETA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULD TOOLS ve teh the margin area on H not heady sete open up the properties en menu the mari rea and select Quer Te 7 Hreus Pop up the context menu for a hyper ink displayed in the margin The unl wade he primary document pane sgh at ese Ume Choos tor Lan Coma Fe 2 camming ot Open the yp Manager vit Newous Hr Meat othe HU select hyper the armen in test pane bow the ink Iso apen a text esitar by icking the Etor bution TREET ERARE DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS 1 aaa ST one 2 Wg compe rag yp anne Be Hp age TO EDIT A HYPERTEXT LINK COMMENT USING THE NETWORK EDITOR Qpe t tawk tons ttn att enn of he ype i test mena wh aright mouse button ek choose Er Couma e T A TAEAE Special Tools Inths hap a colectia of miclaneaus lls pestle that do not ft ie inder ary ofthe obrer eategones eluded ar tol for perlorming word Searches in al objects and telde tor exploring he componente of MU na eschialy manner are for emoving redundantly ceded quotations The Object Crawler Use the Object Crawler ta search for text and pattems in HUS PDs ard al other ents that make up an HU The search can be etic 1o certain facets Ike mane author date comments ard confer Regus expresions GRUP a wel st Categary Search can be uted as search expresara Qee GREP Search
90. Chery oo page 258 the co cecwenes lable explorer Concertos Toks page 290 ana he codes primasy documents able C Codes Primary Documents iox Tabuston page 302 betore preparing the Exa table for mp A genera recommendation to indie the flowing variables from the online M Vahblesdeseting the respondents i e te dasste demographic variables ke ae group gender profssen educational level income poupa ele Turn trose vais mia PD faries Responses to open ended questons Tum thase into coded segments 1 Selected ther varables Ike answers to single or multiple chace questions hat are mgortantin ron to analysing the open ended questions Preparing An Eate Table Far Import he flowing able shows he ist of al avadatie prefs that you can to add Tote coum headers in Exel in orde far ATLAS onc Ihe celi in arna way Jeanpie I tine he can ate nae fhe pray documents kets the aur tte priany doesent ator leas the pansy document s date expos 1508601 farmat se i carat mgt 35a el at etary 198 0 1995 02 G8 BED format e Jieore this cla use to nce a eed by the suey seats a Pay ars the ld aarne Caren the al nods Ma conta the number 1 re worde Yes or a 19 be applied ise for single choice questas where tespondents ean drawer yes or no or encoded sand 0 Oniy te responses encoded nah yesa or become part of the PD famiy ingle chace unto he pender rates a PO ay om the ld nam
91. Coding Toal an page 219 Graphic Quotations The cea activation and ply of graphical quotations has ites ith but aso dies from their textual counterparts Ayah quotation i a rectangular gin raide argh PD From is at rutare siden to tentas quotations nee Der main abs ie aksa the Peni and bwo corals nt mark Ie beging ard rd dering a rectangle Uwough supper eft and we naht corner Handing graphical quotations is aged analogous to masking tet passages in esta document Creag and Working wih Graphical Qutabone on age PDF Quotations POF quotations ean be af a testual or afa graphical nature The quotation Perea for testa quotata indicate te page nue and the stat and rd panton on the bate ol charac counts Fr example 1337 11 1745 ean that th quotation i from page string at character 157 and ending st character 1745 The reference for coded images nese he poston ofthe quotation within the POF fde Ie 0422 0618 Crest and ting with Textual and PDF Quotations on page 166 Audio And Video Quotations Audio and ideo quotations ean be as short as a few miliseconde The length of quotaton s selectes on abe Ine Segment stating points and length are played in the flowing frat smieconde HELMS frames or videos MAIN CONCEPTS ano FEATURES Codes See Creating and Working wih Multmedia Quotations an page 174 GoogleEarth GE Quotations When creating GE quotation you sc the ATLAS icon o
92. Dume Associating Two Already Existing Documents When you aeady have swans that i not yet associated with s audio or ie le you ean sytranize the two documents by gaing through the Irani and setting anchors Thi e how won rele a new association in the Association Edr and add the two documents ae page Start he mule fle with tn to ve i Stop itat a certain ot pes FA again cate te matching toe ne esr et at Behar at the eal the matching let passage bess FB tat the mundi fl again with Fa stent ret Stop itat a crn pat prees F4 aga locate he realign the ware end Sta anchor at te end ofthe matching tet pase elek FB Ana Ae you can apen the two documents sid by side you can move through the ocerets quite quickly 1 should nat take much longer ta create the Stele han the actual duration of he mule Importing Associated Documents Transcribed Elsewhere Curent ATLAS i supports the import af transcrip produced wth ft eo 5 Mac ats Tranan Tene markers tom the ante Storrateaty converted ta anociation ana The connette sud cr Yde fie i ako importes Fot more intonation on tarts see i a alain de engisivi hin For more intonation on Tene se i o aa cor Preparing Transcripts In F4 F5 When preparing a transept in 14 2012 1 is posse change the format fer ime tamps However for Impor a ATLAS B the dela format s needed 000 040 noes mnutesseeondsmalsccand eens te angen 2022 Preparing Transcripts In Tra
93. Edt apens with the selected abject and as neighbor The nades we inti placed ing the semante yout procedure but can be arange manualy More rodes can be added to this Neto View using diferent techniques e Nsom page 316 for detal Adding Nodes To A Network View There are several options available for including objects n a Neb View From Object Managers the HU Explorer or the margin area You csn ad odes by dragene safes hem Object Manager te Newark Vien Manag the uy Manager the margin or the HU Explorer irto the Network Eta ACETATA rag amp drop gives you better control of the intial pation af he ported modes 1 Open the Network Vew to whch you want new abject imported Open the managert for objects tende ist memo lit ete that you want ts partinta a Newark View 1 Select the nodes you want to import into th Network View H Drag the selected objects into the Netwod Etar ag etn of a pay tet Pis metho restes noes fr testual unlaos or new sachon of tent pet the PD thst contain he test that you vant ta gart inte a NeW Make a selection within the PD or sect an existing uot H Drag the selected tent into the Network Editer elas the mouse button at the poten you want the new node to be placed U the sect was nat afeat quater a new quotation ele snd e quotation node spayed rag text from other ATLAS edors or other appleatons This method allows ag you to drag text from drag amp drop c
94. Engl language tert The Codes Output Sub Menu Quotations For Selected Code Prints al quotations for the selected cade When quotations are exported Renders for individuasi quotatons include references 10 other odes und meras that ae bked 1o those quotations This ako We for other output Options induding tao Quotation List Prints a compact hit of al quotations for the selected code appearance asin TAA Quotaton Q0 Include Sub Terms Prints al quotations for te selected code inating al quotations connected to iny of the codes that we arty inked to Inis code Ths tesenles a Gery Tool ated term using the SUB operator sse page 262 and page 322 Query Tool Opens the Query Too sce page 258fr detas Code List Prints a ist of codes according to the curent sot setting Code Hierarchy Pirts he hierarchy of codes as indented text The hierarchy i not ceed ioral by ATLAS I E based onthe type oink tween codes 25 defied by the analyst ee To create code code and quotation quotaten inks Sng he Object Manager on page 322 Codes Neighbors Simlar t codes racy but rest to ane Neways a current ces with oniy ter immediate cde eights Cades Primary Dacuments Table Sub Menu Pints frequency counts umber of quotations or sum of all word ofthe quotas infor o lable al eurent codes eae by primary documents ran Yoa may alo export the table to Exe Yor futher proceving or mote Teise reporting Th
95. Moute the mouse pointer on top of the target code node and leht cick Tis Sats the rang procedure The codes you Sete est dssppe and her quotations ar added he apt code Suggestions For Structuring The List Of Codes A requent questo show te add a structure to the thereat cade stin mast Adding Structure Via The Order In The Cade Manager The east way to work with higher ad lower arder codes to structure your ks alphabetealym the Code Mangere scorang ta the se pattem AEE TTEA THEOATA LIVE HAS FUNCTIONS w catagory ee Asa means to vue the beginning of a category you can enter a free code Dat anat inked a any quan as shown belom Such main category eode ight italy be ety but may proof ta be qute handy during further coding ak You may come across some data trat WES the egy but here no Titing bede yelar yau are unsure where to put t Then you ean ue the main category cde 1o Colect these instances Once uri fans are Called you can review ther and thnk some mote apet he By eng rough or veveing stning to a couple of examples tect often eater to decide hom 1a cae You may dee to create a nen subcode ar deade ual Sensing sade ater al category sub 4 category a sub 3 category sub 2 A further pouty to sort codes by numbers or numbers and eter AEEA THE DATA LIVE HAS FUNCTIONS w he Quick Tou project stage I shows a structuret code hst achieved by uing Uphabetcaly sted
96. N project at diferent times ATLAS ti supports this teamwork by ting othe partite in creating Hemera Unit requires a few breaca adusiments one af ich the delitan oes The simple concept of the ATLAS B user managernent lows al data that wil be spared by dierent uses to be paced In pubacly acess eto ut ten with the Hermeneutic Unis Stoned in puie decoy secs can be Sete othe author In oter words Hermeneutie Unts can ether be private or pub The deta vetting publ If set o prate other users can E ied as co authors or the Hermeneutik Unt Ges Ace Rights for e HU on page 151 Fe 124 Le Magar en a keep simple batt leave the default seting 1o publie eee and to ow ast create an account wth adits gs These gts ony ply when warang wih ATLAS Uses defined 1 ATLAS E are nat clsuaty the same as Wado ier Furthermore adsve ihls aned te an ATLAS user havering to do with Wns user NNS Adding A New User 1 you do nat intend to use ATLAS ina werk group envionment the aly reed you agnt want ta knew iho 1o modiy the dt accaunt eld pe sek mance ATLAS knows to classes of ses aint and alate Administ have more rights than rom ser The key hs of Sint are the aly 10 define new uses ta See packs or se he more advanced dats source management festar Tus In arder abe ste to create new user accounts you need tobe logged er wth Srna igh By deft ou are logged ma Supe uter and the ar has adminis ahs To zeae a n
97. PDF Quotations Videa tutorial id wen youtube com watc by ah In the majonty af cases creating quotations pat af a ghee procedure he toding or wrting memos esd ae There are a umber ol ways ta eats a quotation Thee options are eae athe tar and menus and va drag amp dop For edie dbase when Stang quotations sete onthe margin area ol yet activated Before a quotation can be created an appropriate econ mates Selecting Text Segments Ir addition to the usual election techniques known from et estars and word procesors ATLAS B ofen an extended senate double clitk eon tchnie for ttl primary docimets Doubie cick selection sequence Woa Sentbnce aragraph Complete Text Unstlect aE Double lt ick to alae the word assuming it is not yet elected Doubleclick on the slo to expand it 1o the sentence embedding the Double click on the seletan to expandit to the ul paragraph suruneg Double check again to select the complet text gt te once more us rwsia tna stee waa Forth semiautomatic selection of sentences and paragraph the curently ad Paragraph Madel plays a cual ro For stanes 1 you have aigned a acy decent wth hard retiens tor every Ine ecg a paragraph wil lt line unl you have sched nspetaon te an CAd Paragraph ede Ge ATLAS Veron 5 manua Selecting PDF Segments Selecting POF segment wares estentialy th same way as selecting Segments in text ol graphie Ses I
98. Savt Guo Fram the network e s main men Keton ewe can be saved in diferent tae Choose Enhanced Melai at fe format ance the is akso the Seal flora used bythe HTL eet Save the lee on the desktop and then copy i into the ATLAS U HTML fee The HITNA fe ean esl cated va Toos von HTML Fam Open the HTML fle in the Windows Explorer and go ta the Network View section by ceking on the link in he table at contents n in addition to the testus information and the network view bitmap you see e image of he saved netware view AEE TTEA Export And Import Of Document Attributes PD Families Please reler 19 PD Farnily Table on page 234 fr deta on how to esport rd npr document atresia an Baca le Exporting A Mobile Project iPad App To export your ATLASti Mobi project fom the Pad app to continue your rk det veron gon asp sate ios objets oo cet nark view to opts ae avalabie You cn pr your poet othe document ect your Pad oro Dopo 1 you export t to the dosent drectory you can dra the project hom you upload your project to Dropbox for the tist ume ATLAS Mabie wit ask you to enter your aes data You can lag out om your Drapbar account ny tne ap the Sarmas buttony Tni a necessary ora you want 1o hange the Bropban account ated to your ATLAS Mabie ap Export A Project I select a project and then tab the Boe button Select he destination Deca Daron of Drom You il we progresi opr 1f you seeded Dr
99. THEORY ULBNG TOOLS 2 RIP We tenet ge al Use MS Ec fueinaly tke sorting by highest to lowest frequency for futher exploration Word Cloud The ward doud output oaks as falows but owa children Je sont tom hat happiness happy n pn DE Wad pyc r Pa Fading ade out the sequent words ih the sider Limit you can eet hew often a word shuld ocala be played in he k hth on a word and select pac mou aoup our yuo lange want e ward ta be daplayed in e caret view 1 you do no langer want the word to be coun in al falming runs select th pon Beee maeno wo stop made th mean al he word 3 ded to the slp i Go Uat mode the words eaved tam the Go Lit REETTA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS m Query Tool Switch the sort arder by nare weight or wora sae by cicking on testable he ue Tool is used freeing quotations uing Ie codes they were Steg wth ring the proces al ceding Tis a Herent roma fet Sarthe seach recuse o Lert Wak makeh a speed patem or ig you have to use the search uneton othe Obert Craw ee Te Search on page 211 and The Object Cramer on page 360 he simplest retrieval of hs kind search or quotations wi codes ha you requeny do with he Code Manager duble dckng on a code retrieves 1s quotations This may already be regarded 25 a query although imple ane The Query Toci are cormalex in Ihat t ean be uted to eae rd process queres tal indecombantns of sodes Ag
100. Tgraphic ey ot he quotations to the abl ofthe arg abject racket width Sete the width of the rackets shawn for a quotation in the margin Ure short ame sted Aetvatetiaptinn to diaplay abated narnes for the margin objet The Shara chosen the ld nest othe option Double cick toggjes short name When selecting tnis option you can change back and forth between ful and Hort names by doube cicing in te margin wea Show margin tps when moving with the mouse pointer over an entity in the margin area a t 1 daplayed providing infomation about teeny such as s name and Enable Drag amp Drop lows drag amp drop operation in the margin ke dag amp drop coding replacing jets moving codes ype king In ace Ation This refers to what happens when you are inplace eing marin object None No in place acton wil oc Global renare The selected object wil be renamed this aflees al occurrences oan Loca replace The selected abject wil be replaced at the current postion with an abject of he same ype and with name as entered If na object with this ne exis it wli be ated only lar codes or mermas Include odes Memes and Hyperini may be selected separateiy to be displayed in Semis You can ako change ise seting ng We content menuin PRERENCESeIINGS one Cone te wn 8 at Sethe fant characte for the HU Eo and other windows and controls Select Font theme You can creste diferent font temes depen
101. Therefore the Path clin ean be ed when creating a table manly M nether the Path nor the Origin clu is define the name of the document is wed as tle relerence a crbination wih Ine spezii lt HUPATH n order to be abe to access the data you need fo store the HU He and the documents on comman folder A tolowing columns Enter variable nanes and values Lethe document fees tae subsequent cones Novel ORANG vani variantes PRIMARY DOCUMENT FARES a vatables For all clear varist use a hash 4 as the lead Surat as in APrelession Gender ete Enter the values Sing Ming values Missing values are indicated by a zero 0 and uted for acarana nat signed ta any ay M the HUPATA setup tas the easiest and most ee pet setup suts your ess then an Ence able ready fr import could look ets e ee a me pole i es esmi temale poit i Rore20 an fue ely pt Fay ae You simply enter the concutve numbers tor PDS the document names and evans I Save the tbe rate Ea dtd te ar in co famat open anasa Frm the main menu select Docu wo oe an luron PD aay Tane Th opto t aka sua ar the Documents Mielanenus HU belare proceeding This needed to be atie to acest HU flow M you are importing into an HU a dog opera asking you ta save the documents uzing the specit HUPATI Save the HU into the same oder where the documents are stored ness ou have entered an Origa column with se deed path tlre Nent a te alag
102. Usertanagermert to ce ona daub M relaxed uter management t ed users need te enter their scout pasnword when open Merging Hermeneutic Units The Merge Tal reunites HU s that were originally died for analytical or conomiea essan Its main purpose the support of teams inks together The contributions of diferent members of a research team A common senario the anus of diferent sets of documents by dierent teara members Shoring a common code base Of cone the ngle esate can aso benefit irom is fencion sng the merge acy to help organi ge poets Examples Of Application Text Corpus Reuse with oniy PDs to add and everything else IGNORED you can transfer al documents om ary U into a feshi created or aeady existing HU The PD Comments and any exiting quotations are ao warslerred Theory Import ith ony codes nets and code fares selected a theory can ao be migrated to another HU This srndar tthe current Import Networks fete but ab migrates Network View and code fais Team Work Add codes unity PDs This woul be the strategy when the same set of POS teed by dierent team members using dierent codes Unity codes add PDa Diferent POs were distributed to tean members og he same set af codes or ly the same set of codes Codes tha are dierent om the cmon set are not lost but added Main Concepts Of Merging Target And Source HUs The main concepts in Merge ae the Target Lard the Source HU The Target
103. a data segment fee Coding audio and vdes lactones on page 193 Two orange siders that appear when you move the mouse gainer aver the full ari ene gure G8 Pay Pare Play P sich between play and pause press the Space bar Stop 5 Removing Primary Documents From A Project thee lect you have documents to one of the two es the document remains in he ary see The Document Liane on page 100 arsquence ah neletepens to other quotations ype other coder and 1 Select he PD to be removed from the HU in the Paty Document Manager ight cik on the document and chose Choose Daca Raove Pc ror the main men Or select a PD ose mon Proce iror the conien em Data Transcription he A Does unc introduced in ATLAS alls you to nat nly Iran yur data within ATLAS N bat a alio irk decent each other in suen a way that you view them synchronously Ths mean you can vead eur transept and inler to the sc le hearing the orignal tone of vote or Viewing he segment in the video fe When in he midit ot your analys you eur segment or a quolaton oan seated document and mtani Steno tne original auci or vew the video The audio video fle stops at the ho he marked segment You can dko we Me moian paso navigation device g lo enter at a area paint in the Me 1 ey ump around Adding And Associating Multimedia Files And Transcripts Below the process af adding a Man wane fle t an ATLAS project and the praeest of tanciponw ex
104. a in SPSS ie SPSS Export on page 405 fer futher detai Memo Families Memo amis are useful for sorting and tring your wrtten reflections about the project Memos ean be separated by type such a that or inguste Gee Working wth Memos en page 23 The procedures for creating and handing memo amis resemble those for Ende lamiies Working With Memos Writing merce is an ior taskin every phase of the gustav ana process The ideas captured in mermas are ohien the pieces ofa puzzle Pat Sre lster put logethet in the phase of report vmting Theory bulding clten Social mth bulang networks aka can involve ese of meme Teed eik tases ae a mea iirc ol seco bee er Rae rete e Aai in a a r Tantan eee R aT parar nnn ee r aia ea eects Memos can akso be assigned as primary documents you want to code them Seepage 247 below Difference Between Memos And Codes Code names are ar should be susie derse descritor fer concepts regi sing the stage o dos tying the dala They often reduce ripe ndings to erig placeholders andar theory relevant concepts Sesion otten stuff lengthy treatises into a code name baring the station helween codes comenents and memon and they milking codes for their mor appropriate ug you jours sing more than a fe words as oe word consider ng ulations othe code comment stead Ute codes nem have names These names or tiles are uted for laying memas in browsen ard help to find spedite mer
105. a word Peter wit ely ho ocur eenherein the tent or instance when another person eer o peten The markup Por Peter however skal 1o accu elsewhere In order for the Auto Coding tool to select a complete speaker secon a con date s meded As discussed above speaker or section an wi Slo with he speaks lener markup The end of a section west marked by an empty ine By ding ths you can sil use gle hard returns to segment 1 peste seton into paragraphs When auta coding such a document you would choose Mum Ha Renas for extending te matched tox sng Petr as the search pattern wouid then yild a quotation incliding repbing from Peters up Lo the empty ine econ i Jers gs ep 2 ee revor tessa Fe 11 mgt Family Life us a odes desebe sets of quotations ais distr Primary Documents Cades and Memos One Important objective it to manage large ameurts of jets by ashing them into subsets eg all horde odes al PDs from respondents ofa ertain age group or ean memos elated to thre Purpose Of Creating And Working With Families Inthe flowing the role of fares as variables super ames and for controling the HU merge procedure are introduced Whe feites are used to classi a group of objects the objects they last an be memben of more Ihan ane famiy Unike Network Views which can contain objects of diferent types as nodes faites can oniy contain one type of abject For example a code can never be mane of a memo fa
106. aded butare loaded via the fallback path are shoin in a hk ed enor The ll path is either he HL or the TBPATH Tas oniy Sls Inked document TORSTEN or ieee The PD Manager Toolbar The toolbar is convene allematve to selecting procedures via the main menu The diference where apleable the selected optan oniy has an tlle on the cent selected document When ecg the sare opon irom he ma mena ts api to document Fom elt to gt Ad a new dosent to your project Oper tent pane tor wnting comments in a fledged tet editar Open a network view on the selected primary document Disconnect the primary doirnent aus View options Open the Primary Document Fanty Manager Search the a of documents ie or show the side panel PD Manager Columns The columns ef the PO Managers detall view affer a vast amount af lomaton to keep tack ot pose aces problems The arrangement of elu may Sher bom you curent seting M nmo modis Quotations tention Author raves _creind_ Mond usis origa J pees o saeco i The intemal ID namber ase to the document ent was fs added 15a PD An ienn indicates the document ype Name The nane of the PD Note that this name can differ om the He name FD can be renamed within ATLAS Medis The media ype Quotatons The number ot quotations created for this PO Location The actus location of the data source Ne This could be My Library Team ry a HU the document is embedded ar the actual taton of
107. aence Epler ones HU Etats The Code Forest ant Code Tree see page 378 are sub views ofthe Object Explor an thus are no expedite same detai Both aow dragandi drop coding See Using the HU Exper lor Coding on Page 372 You fd more detal on the Caoeutence Exon in the setan The Co occumence Tree Explorer on page 290 The Object Explorer The upper pane displays the ee suc contents of the HU The et pane Below displays the comment that aoc wih the acted ject The rot abject af the bee of cause the HU isl The det branches hom hs roa are rman Docs Codes ios Pimasy Dot Families Code Faries Memo Faries and Network Vems AEE TTEA Expanding And Collapsing Branches Yeu can expand and elapse he branches of the HU Explorer tree I a branch ean be expanded s plas pn displayed to the left of te cjet unless thi Sted ts Vens Has Bor Expunded branches are ese by minus ugn Yu ean expand claps brane th a moute sk on fhe plas ar minus gn Below a pariy expanded branen anew showr Ee se Ds foe pan baaa ks a maa oe Expanding the Primary Docs ranch displays the PO expanding is branch delays quotations expanding ate dips codex memos and ether aaee quotations Expanding the Codes branch dpa al codes and their cannecons to other des Flowing te code names bre sermant relation cancing the code h s parent code shown ach code appears at east onen This menns that a
108. af ine bundle cansiderabiy Ge How io Create A Copy tune icon age 131 Onee ul documents ate avalible in the arya the various locations you aniy need ta ave back and forth the HU fle Can Still Use Linked Documents Yes if you prefer you an stil manage your documents yourself ie woring Wh ked documen as before However our tecortvnendation would be that you tanster your projets to the ew managed fra sirce i aders numerous advantages There much le io consider n lem of poet and data management Res ane compressed so you tive har i spate al document eons we ache you ca ea ext documents ako orginal doc and docx es abd your entre poe more ob The Document Libraries he Library Manager ers access to er My Lita for single user project Gr he Taam Livny The brary manager roves lean about he rame pean size ot ach imported ocumen the time hen famed he odialion date of the source Ne and Ihe location where i wat Seed asigned tom To sues the ATLAS braves select Dosa Dare Sovnet Macau Ores Luar Mac DATA MANAGEMENT ATLAS 0 Sch betiveen hee easy ling on either the My Library or he Team Livery tab ith cek on each enlumn you can sort the documents by the various heden Use the earch feld on the top right hand side to look for patel pn The pane at the to leht provides information about data source revisant L E wether a document has easy been edited ar not Inthe pane next to t a Hus that
109. age OSL ox more special XSL ean be leveraged to crente seh le prograna Sd even ft own appestans on the bass fraw XML tte data A Hermeneutic Unit exported to XML cn be converted into a wide varity of thr representations by using siyle sheets Ineul eprts conversant into ther programs input format or creatng cable viewer verons Your HU are among the pons aval The default XL ole browse convenienti via Tomus Einonen XML Foe hosts some sup of such ye sheets wating abe supe or meded io sut yout oom nende or ladet The XML onver can be viewed ara knd ol plugin interlace for user wien programs or macros The ATLAS NML Converter a convenent ta for user created teports vere and viewers N dplaya a KML and XSL fe cated 1a De default Ter Requirements ATLAS W s XML Converter requives Miers MSXML v 3 XML parser to be len tr IML egies the nemet Erplorer or ter tobe le H you have WindowsXP as your operating systern you shouid already be wl Clipped However is econmendd that You downoad the mast esr Sardan af the parier rom the Mest web ute un the Check MSXML pln bel TIRE ARAL a check fr the version of MSIL ial on your computes run Tos WML XML Cowra Mhe main men or diek be ge btn 1 the Checking MSXML Compatibilty M you receve an error message you need to check i you have a comptant vardan of MSX stall From the main menu select Ha Mone Resins Ox MSXML Ake of ald MSXML dle wil b
110. ain en you fink seer PO se out er 7 Pm Manen erren am BCP Ganagercoupt ene he ptr dialog apens tf you have made a lacing manualy or by cating a quolaton and want to reste the output lo Mia part af the cone check opton Pint Selection betore sing the Print bution I You want io treste a PDF document select a POF wer at printer Our WYSIWYG of annotated documents has ts mits Fa instance f You have ended the document qute deny wth lots of overlapping quotations ard nary memas an hyperlinks clr recomended for best vu The Quotations Output Sub Menu Selected Quotation Pints the sete quotation In the Quotation Manager a weieeted quotas are pe All Quotations Prints al urent quotitions any ol the quotations have a coment you are Shed t these are wo be included the prinout All Quotations List Prints a cutet quotations in a compact format including oniy the quotations ID and splay name This i a stale option fora video mage and Gelert documents when you have renamed the guotatiors ta serve as me By defaut te quotation name has ony 30 characters You can increase tin he Generat Preferences Wan in the eld Lst name size for quotes yo a his afer the quotation have already been created you need to update al na via 1e pion Quoranons Mewes Una Ns Fe 38 tn out Speak Quotation Lean back dose your eyes and let ATLAS read the quotation to you arent this works oniy for
111. al Network iew where every node has a pati ater deci neo is intermediate ode to wach ather rode To select sghbor rodes 1 select the ntl nodes Chose Noss Saser Naciams frorn the Network Editor s menu or press Cm N on be keyboard To mark a complete connected sub network repeat the previous step nt pes tha the partial Network Vew are hghlghted Selecting Or Deselecting All Nodes To select al pedes or deselect sl selected nodes select Noves 7 Dear a cama from te Network Ears main menu or press CHA an the keyboard Ta invert the curent selection prest Cosel Non bueno tom he Network dors man menu This wil select a unselected nodes and deselect a previotniy selected Moving Nodes By moving nodes in dierent postions you ean modiy an nl layout crested By the automate layout procedure Fo pression placement ot nodet use the nade abanent options om the eto etal bar or Sle Larout 7 ce ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY UDINE TOOLS ps TOMOVEASINGLE NODE Mowe the mouse pointer ono the nde to be selected Hot down the lett mouse button E Drag the selected nde to nt new positon H Create a lige telecton of nade as described above Hold down the Goya drag the selected nades i he new postan To move NODES wiTh THE ARROW KEYS Select one or more nades uing the selecta methods described at Selecting Nodes and Links on page 318 Use the aro keys in combination with the Cow key to move the nodet
112. al place hol doam the CTRL Key hen dropping Tis resembles dragging objects trom managers ard bees Int the marge area wh dos not change exting Ins Linking Quotations Drag a quotation bar onta another quotation bar crestes a rew hyperink between he to ee Creating Hyperini n Maruin Area on page 339 Merging Quotations By hsding dow the CTRL Kay you can merge the quotations The flag messages pops up one i tat lek YES if you want hat the new quotations encompasses the length af both f the quotations liek Mo if you want the dragged quotation te be deleted thus merat into Dhe larget quater Data Analysis And Theory Building Tools Analysis Tools In the frst part of hs section you find a desertion of exploratory and hanced aa toole These we The word tue the query loal the co ecurere too the code pay docunens le Spe ode ad super fare isuaaaton and theory balding tools encompass predominantly the varout network view functions and ATLAS Ws power hypertexinng facies Word Cruneher Crestes a word frequency count for tentus primary documents ee page 253 Query Toot Finds quotations based on s combination of codes hke Show me S gulator wher bth Code A and Code B have been apped Such gute ean also be combined with vats form of PO fares This you Ean restrict a query to a eertain sub groups of your documents Show me aA Guotations were both Code A and Code B have been applied but oniy or f
113. aly sending tothe printet of you at haus about the eof thee Ptr you selec this opto the output wil be printed he pinter disiog inde opent where you may select Ihe deed pint opens Fle yu select tis option the output wil be saved to a e a save Me dislag pen le a you select he at option the le log window opens After it Tas ben se he e wil be opened bythe appeton ete for ts entension e E amp CSV ar xi le wl be opened in Excel Common Header When crating textual reports a comman header precedes the ist of objects e yal eede or al quotations or alerted ode he header includes intonation about the kind af report AT eurent Quotations the HU nare and the pathy the curent uter the date ad re Tike creation ofthe repart and the caret ert ary caeaarnc oureur w one 254 pt esser tomatan Sorts amp Filters Many st reports are alerted by the carey aie fiter for he reported abjecte For mstance the pary docrnent e fiter isset ta a specie famiy Seating a report of AY quotations yes orly thoe quotations far primary docerete oti thal speci ary one 258 cuatro tae TREE The figure above shows the report generated after setting the the quotation tert Hyper inked gt The gustan liters displayed n the header Restricting Output To Selected Objects Output eptens fer selected objects availible rom the HU Editor s menus are eteted aingle jet Fr example you can pint one code as
114. amp Drop on page 73 The HU le can be savec to any locaton Pram Sont PASE Serd the new Master HU to all team members ard instruct he a o create er account on the computer and teil he oat he learn brary Ge below Tasks OF The Team Members rete an ATLAS user acount on your computer and login under your carne You tnd The Us Mungan menu unde the Toos menu re ho User Management on pape a7 Mest set the location f the team library to he shared con as instructed by the praet simintan TET EAA semma upa new ECT select Danan Dara Sounet Musca Ore Laver Muneet in the Libary Manager select B S Lv Locana ono sat won Set the location of Teun Library to the shared etn and elek on the OK Save the Master HU tle unde diferent name e g by adding your name or ntl ia The HU fe can be saved 1o ary ao a 2s j an 6 Tam pet one Make copy of he Maser HU and rename Reg by adiing your name or tl ia e fie arne he HU fae canbe stored at any loeation eter eal oron the server a wal une the project ontan inkad documents hata soned on the server in te latter ease the MU le should remain on the server in the sare folder as the documents REETTA serine UPA NeW paoncr oe Continuous Project Work Ater an agreed upon interval the project adinistratar merges the HUS of the Sam merber H tarn members ore the HU fle localy the shoidd move them to the serve ee Figure 97 b
115. and forth Or ick on the preven mage 1o jump se tplyed page tn cue the PDF document incdesbookma and you want to display them let the pproprte optin nthe Peteenes window oe Figure 0 okra are splayed inthe navigation pare TERETE ARAL ATA PREPARATION one nya Portas Changing The Display Size OF PDF Documents M you inerense the size of he editor window the size af the PDF page i endarged You can ala use the Zoom buttors in the vertikal taol bar ard he Sze tab in the satus bar t set the display eof your PDF document The sie ab insta bar shaves he actua sae of the PD When clicking on the Sa tab when a PDF document is loaded you have a ew editor option theme A so oaos or 2 Sage Fare 6A gy post POF es Navigating Within Image Primary Documents Ta change the vse section of a graphical PD vee the sroti bar You can see up and down using he mause wheel The cursar arrow and other navigational keya can be wed TET AAE ys a red dot in the upper ft hand cornat th image contains Navigating Within Multimedia Primary Documents 1 you move the crore the video pane the media contrals appear and you tan stat lp and pause the video sip torar and backward W you rightecick on the video preview you can set a number of play options in the content menu Se Figure 67 You can for stance hide te preview rages the audia maveororthe ime care are played when Selecting a mutim
116. and paste itinto the grimasy decent Protect the document by quitting edit mode You wil find the edit mode Suton in the main ola towards erat hand side Cek on The pen and Sle the ton Saar aro Law Ear Meot Proceed in the same way with all ather documents that you want to analyze I smete nu te Adding A Google Earth Document EJ From the Documents or Pret main menu chose Nov Now Goosen PD OF ck on the le loaded button the main tont bt ATLAS tart the application Google at far yau and displays the Google arh window wi the ATLAS t editor Depending on Ihe speed ol your interet connection it may take a few seconde Create And Adding A Google Earth Snapshot You ean creste a snapshot from the georaphie reglon that carey shown nour sereen within the HU editor Tha shapshot aorta add as mmay document From the Documents or Pret main menu chose New Now Goor Barm Stor PD Or cick on te tke landed button in the main tol Sar Then check you lut al pinay documents The new GE unapshat has been oda th end of PD ist and can now b loaded and teated Wke an image Adding Memos As Primary Documents You can lio use memas as PDs They wil be tumed int embedet documents ie Adding embedded documents Tert es oniy Talos you fer example ppl codes to your ana noes on the dala Jl Select a memo in the Memo Manager J Select he menu option Macnee Ust as Puman Doc T You fnd more detail on the merma function on page 243
117. anges he careers the Ink nthe HU loaded previous Athough thi comple problems arly acer because diferent tons wth the same name rt St vey men every work To Set HTML Preferences Anumber of options ca be set to customize the appearance of the generated ttt document To set HTML preferences select Too 7 Poms HTML Panne or Tab General Fe 8 HTM Pet an anes Caracter Encoding Controls interpretation of charactees encoded with vais beyond 7 8 ASCH ie default K UTP UTF has become the dominant character encoding fa Ihe Warid Wide Web accounting Jor mere than hal al al Web paget Fle extension for mage Inks yeu want trl network views in HTML output you need to save them is graphie tles to the ATLAS TIAL folder Ge Genaral Preteens Seting ab Bathi on page 432 and Ta miert Network View mages mto HTML ies on page 43 Shor Report Oniy the name author date and commentary of the HU become part af he HTM document AN ather setup options are dabled Aso all sections i the HTML page rested All sections can be jumped to fom the contents labie Inude HU comment Indes the HUS comment ine Ina statis Ashot mesa mary a the main objects included in the HU i created Include bnk to projet Aink is included that oes the reader of he HTML page download the HU a if dis ink acted scopy bundle verson ofthe peel must be provided and epi ae locaton ofthe HTML page Ince authors Inches the name a the HU s
118. apn i explained in detall in page Codes Pay Documents Cross Tainiaton on ge 302 Quotation References Prints a lst of codes including the boundaries af their quotations Code event can b eluded All Codes With Quotations Prints a odes with a fli report of their quotations A abe based cut can De teated asing an XML stye sheet ee page 399 low AEETI El E Codes With Comments Code Baok Generate an output of al codes wth cormrnents inchiding wreation and modieaon date merbenstsp fami and number af quslatans elreead by each code An erative optan toute Me XML Explorer to Greate a tode bok sce page 399 Co oceuring Codes Outputs the rests of the Co acarence Expl int format tae page 295 Yaxt ean choose tine the gustan Bat or te output aniy hea co ceeuing codes The Output Dialog in The Code Manager When ling the Code Manager tpt button tee kef a dialog opens Mow you lett he chance you output Alona cies oka options are the exclusion fin hear tonnaon ek cents Onin omy coresponds to menu opin Quotation Lit one athe same as menu option ae Suber Reports For Code Combinations Via The Query Too When lig on the printer buttar inthe query tosl you ea pn the ist af ustations resting tan your lected combinations of codes and code fame ther al length rin het fara Before eating the ouput lected quotations canbe exuded ce Output on page 270 TIRE ERARE caeaarnc oureur
119. arn he menu ee 17 Act ay ep ce MAIN WORKSPACE mehu conor 7 Launching An Object Manager In addon ta the pins provided by the navigation pane you ean ako open Aat ot al documents in a parate window eae the Pray Document Manager Ts manager contains a number o1 aatan lunar To open for nutans the Document Manager set the muin menu optan Doct Pa Dos Merk on Ihe Pa button o the et edap ionni inthe same way you can auch the Queunen Coo Maven Mano ae 1 ry amet anag the right hand ideo the window you see the ist af abet Various view pls e avalabie ae View Menu the left hand side you see an optional sde panel that shows the existing fers Fars er a dewe n ATLAS E that lows you io grop bec Gee he Manager Side Panel M yu select an tem that is part of a andy the ay an is highlighted In Figure 49 franc the mrema idea memo i selected AS WIS part the memo laby Isacos he a of hs famiy a highighe TIRE EARE MAIN WORKSPACE THE HU conor SL ST sccm M you cick on ay in the de panel you seat lier and the t to INE at oniy hows the terms of ine selected famiy Note tthe fry alaye n tld cara 0 peal py aaa is ho posse set a glabal fter in the de panel and to create lars rd super ues right ubere you ned thar the Manages Gee The Manager Side Panel on page 52 lek an Suw aas to view the ful ssf es again You can activate or deactivate the side pane by
120. ary Paces on the eft hand de To oud FO select it tram the drap down at by hang doim the Ct tey OR Sle the menu optan Danes Masts Ura Const Eam PD Displaying Google Earth Quotations The hierarchy of the elements under temporary glaces in GE resembles the inetute of Ihe HU At the tap you tee an ATLAS ti oo ler far each HU in ihe senon elow th folder the name the HU repeated and al 18 Gee Earth PD and quotations aerated 23 GE features 1 you wre a ment tor a CE usin ar document t wit be Shown wel ing tans pisce mak n GE wil dow aon tin wth the GE quotation it can be shown as well Modifying Google Earth Quotations g H Ta modify a quotation select t in the Quotation Manager I Double cick on a new location where i shouid be moved ta Select the revise quotation button fram the vertical tool bar Or select Quote Moar Bouens io the nat men Moving Around By delat traveling to another quotation is by ying When you press the SHIFT hey dung a vanier you are teleported 1o the elhet eston lect Te dla sperd ean be st via Toas 7 Pramen Goocie Eur Poms Extrusion Display Quotations At Elevated Levels sly the placemark icons are ed to the ground For ly envronments or between large bulang you can raze the ion Bk a baloon to a centan Height in meters swe paund The on always ted tothe pound wih a connecta bae You can set evtruslon Va Toos Pree Goons Ext Proc Display A GE Quotati
121. ast Saame 8 if yous want characters to mateh the searched text eaaet N Coat Smam i selected yau wil not led Love when you search frs Checking the GREP box enables GREP mode I unchecked the Search Tl is in standard mode You may ise he Standard wideard character even out CREP More deusen on GREP searches is provided at GREP Stuch on page 213 Category Search The Category Sesreh method combines two powertul techniques Paralel search i a sophisticated method that hares textual varaton You nay peci a number at pattem that sean he lent smal Seca Starch expressant areh swarms ean be stored as a search elegy and ier rate Besides baang short and handy atures advantage feos is that their contents can be ocd iate thou hanging a Single characier in other expressions uing ts category THE DATA LIVE HAS FUNCTIONS n Categories alow abstraction froen the search sting self and permit ensy re use St carglex espresson n later sachs With the mutanecus set ders a search request sing a search swarm ight la allows he nd elements ofthe search swarm are lie by the vere bar Character I The bar can be read as Soles OR The seach dened hove yids text partages incding any of he owing sing because Statue ematen before and thereon wh an ance euch suas hat have oven uel ean be aie names each legos n ATLAS to actate re use Fr example lees CAUSE as a placeholder far the original searc
122. at HTML code ght ck and select View Sauce when bowing web page you wil have a hard Ume ening content in the chati noise produced by tags representing abies frames butone rulers fonts mages eration ee Both HTML and 26 descendants of a much more pl and kest opener language SGML the Slandard Genrazes Markup Language What XM shares wh the latier that you can defne Your own ew languages something HTML does not alow for Wik HTML a freer ngage Hl KML is a metalanguage fr defen new Engusges HTML has no clear separation f content and presentaban With a Mied set of tags there no wat ely markp document cote in a mesg M you have ever seen the sure cade al HTL coded web page you can aly recognize tra he main charactar of ML whch makes there sinc om i he presence of ase lt MEMQ gt lt SPEECH TURN whieh are net vate n the ede of HTML tags where new tags would be eher praprelary ar at least deviations frorn the standards The lags uet inan KMM Ne represent YOUR data wot tailing any sana Belov A aw XM esha The absence ot presentation display layout rested informmaon tables Tens imagen ules eo you can see an XML ves af an interview Sean with some added rato M you interested a era mone abou ML there are countless sources one Style Sheets The real power af the XAML standard is unleashed by applying soca style sheet fact an ene stye guage the eXtensible pe Langu
123. at dates nt cae we Thecus can be sed ta art the families according to these cena by kang the corn hender The left ist below the ay bt displays the tardy members ready signed The tmo buttons between he at panes are fr assigning ar emoving Heme irom te sete ay The fight ist plage al tems not cure assigned to the sc fay The cornent area contains an optiona desotplion for the famiy To Open A Family Manager Select Eau Ons Fur Mancan from the Douwes Coes or Maros AEE TTEA The Fmersuena s alae from the Documents Codes and Memos he Fay Manages ako eae by cheking the Family button in he Cnetponng Oct Manager eet Creating Families elo ig ay t mast et be etd the Fay Manager 1 Open the Famy Manager or Po codes or mamot lek the butan Coane a Now Iran or select th menu ton Fa Na Faase Enter a name when prompted ard ciek OX f you enter the name of an sendy entstin famiy you wi hear an enor sound A mensage pops up iting you anew tate entered name not ceed Non you can add members and wite a prebninary comment deserting the pe Adding Members Aer a tariy ate ang members is otten the next age step However he esignent and terval af tems ean be dane at any te dung e te eyele ata famiy Toa new Rast a Tara H Select a farny you have just erated the family it aed selected E Select one or more terns in the tst pane on the right hand side Clk te Aad ea bution to make the selected t
124. at require Coogle Fath to be walled Poston Google at to the deed view ether manualy or by selecting a CE gustan Resat the GE window to the desired size The content you see wil be uned far the PO On the main area e sed the sde bar ttk ele are gare Contr at needed layers Frm the drop down Ad button ar the main Documents men select New Googleen Snapshot PD Anew PD is crested The naming convention is as falows M selecting a quotation in the Quotation Manager and seating a snapshot Based on that mew tne name for the PD wl be Googl Eth SN SN for Sapho M selecting a quotation from the Google Earth sub ee in the Places Panel the name tat shown there i used wth Ihe prefa GES Thus if you have given your quotation a unique name and want o use it ax ume for your PD snapshot then tight be preferable let the quotation Trom the Placet Panel 1f you preter nether ofthe wo sanded options you Ean almaya renarne the newly este sap PD The source Hes fot te snapshot POs are jpg they are stored i the same feller E he HU and thei name stats wih CES para eter enor eration Deleting Quotations Quotation can be deed Ofcourse nating emaved fam the primary Goce data ute Deleting a quotation affects only ts references Fee quotations ae deleted Senty However lerences to codes quotatane of memor ex you are prompted or contatar he option ta delete quotations s valblela a number of dierent plazes the main
125. ati in ar HU reading menos and coments AEE TT ERARE How To Embed An Object There are several ways to embed an object I Copy a table or aporton of in xe Im ATLAS ele edit mode within the PO area ar in the mema or comment ea chose i Pasme See and select the Bes obiect Fe 18 Panie pacat oe ehh engage Wiese The of formats avatabte in the Pare Sem lg may ako contain ether sore orate Enter eit made ae select Eo ear Ou om the main ren he Insert Object dislag opens and offers all objet types sae on your ypu However not al al tne jects sted nthe aay me sense dea Grete a new object To creste ane bject select the bjt tyne and cle By lal he option Create new object a activated Load an object from a fle cate the option Create rom fle in the Insert iest aala CIKK Ox and browse for the We to Deserted th Wiet cantent is rat an embeddable beet an xan representation sere and played inten TERETE ARAL M you choose to inthe object wi ako be sre but wih gest alenn Ud objects A inked object keepe reference to the ng tle When you Si e ogra ce labie Die eng ewe oe es A ard vi e updated i ALL documents where this object was embeded Beau of ths place activation i at avalaie anad the orignal application launched When doue cieking De obec An objet nr without checking he ink option amp uly embedded and has a elerenee to the ie orn wht gated Eig hae wil ony moths copy of the object Coding Embe
126. ations ou ean trente one oe mare codes a Spe ep eet he data section or the quotation you want code lek the Open Coding button tiee left ar choose Coene Ben Conr a am the main or the content men THE OATA LIVE BASIC FUNCTIONS m at i es Cg oe a ed maT Adal wl ope Enter ane a more ade names and cick OK To enter a Second ende name ether cica wh Ihe mouse Into the second nly flor i ot are wed ta enter he eel bar you can so se the verted bar 1 ta jurm to the nent bne Fme 6 og amet M a few codes aeady exist you see whether a simlar code name beady existe the feds are automaticaly completed as yau ype The new cede now appears in the Code Manager The coded segment Tauotaton clot the Quotation Manager Coding Via Drag amp Drop From The Code Manager An easy way of coding bevia Drag amp Drop from the Code Manager 1 Select a data section Open the Code Manager J Select one or more codes ia the Code Manager Drag and drap the codes ito the piraty docizent pane Ita quotation heady et you ean alternative drop the cade ns a quotation bar n the nar mea TET EA THE DATA Levet HAS FUNCTIONS m a7 a ia io Use The Code Button In The Code Manager For Coding ight one or more codes in the Code Manager nd click onthe code Suton in tne managers tal bar Gee agure 171 oa et cn ta eet th AEE TTEA G In Vive Coding Ue in vivo ending when he test el contains a
127. ats the main menu or via he Network View Manages or va the navigation pane ce page 3 p QDraiacnieignee rca 0 Spm eg mi ew ne nan l chet on tte button in the muin toot bar ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULB TOOLS ns H select a network and e ck to opent VA THE NETWORK VIEW MANAGER 1 select Non Nirone Viw Maca Simlar to the primary document manager the network view manage ao er a Ties ew th various preven aies l select Vaw Taas and then Vew Panew Sar Junso Or ty aut other sses 2 Pn el et ue eh vaw anager 1 open the nga an nde the tk vaw ab Aka you have te opto dy ven ae TET EA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AUNLDNG TOOLS 2 owe 28 ang wen ra e soon ne Ligh and select Show Preview Ei Foe 20 resin nage et onon ee o angetan pa TET ETA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS m Analytic Functions This method ingots all drect neizhibors of the selected nades into the Network Vew This option ao avaiable Fam De node s content menu Importing dect neighbors allows you ta construct a connected Network View step sep na connected grap tere lay a drect or met path beteen ary two nodes Toimpat neighbors ol selected nodes Fe 36 mg nr aaen 1 Select the rade whose neighbors are to be included in the Network View igh ck and select oe Neco from the content menu import conemon Neighbor imports al directly inked objects AN other options letyauspestealysace
128. automaticaly at the end of each paragraph lect Tor Auro mer a wt ara he Association Elor Delete Association Anchors M you set an anchor accidentaly you can comet this by clicking RB a second lime ar eack on he emove anchor button ice left Another way 1a delete anchors i via the Associaton Er Select an anchor in heer and then ether press the Del key on your keyboard or select the mene optan Assoonnon Daere oe Undo Seting or deleting an anchor can be reversed via the undo apn Aopen wo Csa Naming Anchors You can use the ist of anchors in the Association dtor to navigate tough e associated documents For Wi purpose anchors can be named a name an anchor select t iek on the name fielt and enter a name You ean lso st the curently highlighted tent as ue In order to do hi click ppor select the menu option Tar Gua Ta a Naw see Faure 7 Adding Documents Via The Association Editor s Menu Fs you ned to creste a new association select Fut New from the Asotation Ets menu A new aoc inetaay created The delat names are S 1 52 53 54 ee Pamay Documents on page 78 Then select the menu opten AsookTon Load the grimasy document tat you want oars te Loading tat Puan Doin plo Ascano hae Paman Doce in Now the to dures io oa the le hat you have prepared for transition Select the mana seaweed Deleting Associations Theale action that showin in the dtor etn be deleted via he menu fei
129. ayhetd point ta the deed end positon Select arta set tind pont o a tegment Depending you natant eo Previewing The Selection Fe 14 png ceo oan Lyawanta reve arse on the py et sen Sete reat cuttin ston ere 159 1 amste stee Corresponding enn the qotaton moras Bac gpa peste onan poor Fe 18 iy ao ution Anew quotation wi be isted in the Quotation Manager The del name fr Adis and viden quotiiens fe document sume Eth quotation ca onweer be renamed To do sa right ck onthe uot are the Qustaion Manager ands he Rawr option See aso Desertna Multimedia quotations improve output an page 200 ladon the start postion and the length of te segment his the number in braketi fom arise mics provided S131 oesrpton of motive 0026 moez 15 una ton ni ne tat Activating And Playing Audio And Video Quotations I To play the quotation douteck on the quotaton bar pese tani retara an sat gien aor he Cie and thek an the sustain Bar move R elter over the start ren posto the pointer saps To overide You ean leo move the plyhead pointer with the mouse As soan 3 you This behavior hold dowa he HIPT aey Fam 157 acon te pad pair aa pg a ce Adjusting The Size Of Audio Or Video Quotations Te dust or change the length af the quotation drag the taro end postion i he desired lace and ciek on the modil quotation Dutton nthe vere tal bar an he left hand deo the sereen ie Figure 158 bow B
130. beaded ith proper handing ot your projet thee sould never been a issue e x i you dlwar havea copy bundle He ol your atest proyect verson However ection wien can be unpredictable I a hard dial for examp Met might be destroyed or no langer work property Users may get mixed un ith diferent veriora and mistakes may occur aleng the way durig Pe proces of merging and tasler projects Sometimes I dieu to ean teary af what happen Plese do cont the help desk i ae a sitaatin Ike that They wil help you 1o sot ota bestas pose M you can no anger apen an cited document and ATLAS tels you that Ihe latest revisar tek ming he an the dovaent in the Pace Manager and select he opon Dara Sovnet Mucan Re 0a n gt hss ean mean that some af th coded segments have hited and that you eto adjust te mana However probaly better than having to iar fom such ap User Management storey keeping ack ofeach author s produtans Every objet gested inducing the Hemeneute Unt il aulrateady amped wth a date ene and auth Ths entieaon he thor what rates the in process upon salem tat necessary teh by Sela proceeds automate Simultaneous claboraton not supported so aly Ene person ean work on a speek Hermeneutie Unt at ney default orly the attr wno created the Hermeneute Unt the omer or orignal author 1t thorized toad ad ard edi the Hermeneutic Un Collaboration or mulb autharing rears that more thar ore autho may work a on an ATLAS
131. c one or mare amis to whieh the Selected objects are Ia be aigat aiek ox Creating Families From Selected Items lect any number af terns in an Object Manager by holding down the CH Et onone eta mam en Enter a name for the new farny and ciek OK Accessing Quotations To sees the quotatons related to the jets inetuded nthe famiy double lk on a tamy whe holing the COPA T merion Writing A Comment For A Family The ay ant ean he waed to deserte why and ter what purpose a iey me aested Tha spay een ams ae eae a somite Creating Or ting A Family Comment 1 Open the Family Manager ar the elevant object pe H Selec tay the test pane at the bottom af the window unts ar s ta comment Alternativy you can apen su gee by cheking the Comment ton in the foot Using Families As Filters Access The Filter Options Via The Main Menu One ded value of fares is that you can ust them as Aters For example Jou have created adel including ony Abstract codes You cane Ths aly aa ero reduce Ihe totai umber ot codes dspiayed in the drop own itn he Code Manager and the margin area Fiter tems Using The Family Manager Open the Fami manager Dose a tami Waleh haw the digla in the Oljer Manger ard the vg ae changes ta dpe ony fem that are nner fhe ed pes amy Ure Ma fay activated as a fiter 1e family kan replaced by the ier cn dition he batxground cao he leeds changet The active ter
132. cedures common ta most output fines are explained ATLAS B offers numerous options t create output and reports Most output is Textual but numeste or grape outputs aso avaiable were appeale Network Eon Typical textus reports include sorted and tered ats of ets ke code memos fans and quotations Comments can ohen be lode when naded For textual primary documents a near what yov see iswhat you get YSHWC outputs stale ncudng the annotations populating the margin area Output options are avaiable tom the menus af the tools e g the HU Editor s rer te Object Managers and HU Exons menus Semne ob offer an tpu button eter as the aniy option fg the Query Too orin ation to he menus Code Manage The target af an output is nat necessary resvicted to the pinter Many of the terete repor procedures low output tobe directed oa text edt the pinter orate ther kins of output are nat necessariy intended tobe printed cy bu are tote processed by ather sppliestions ke the SPSS export opten several xe ype outputs and HTL and AME export You ean ed hone procedures in chapter Export amp impor on page 405 Output Destinations When creating textual output or when cresting teat based exports the felon dialog a sully layed te course o the proces You can send output to Report Layout gees Connor ait oat tor The output wil be splayed within a text editor This option is seit dications are needed before actu
133. characters specited in ths ld willbe moved from the source before is counted tarp inchading eliminates the atfeence between Helo and Hele Enter specia characters that shold tet be counted Use a stop eto exclude words from the count Instead of enumerating every variant of word you can spec pattem You ean reste power stop Itt Tor diterent languages derent opis and herent evek ol et Deactivate the option Exclude words to tum the stop ist into a go ist This means oniy those words Ihat are the slop Ist are courted and al other ards wre igrared The Stop And Go List lk on the button Eon usr if you want to modify it The fat ies ating with Sem colon cantain an elanaton a terns that at be used AI ines staring wt a sers colon are noticed m the equeney coumt DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULB TOOLS m one 22 pn tt he tr to be exe or included can be combined with regular expressions See below thei of regula expressions that can be uled ea work cong a rae SE ces ues of ny i peta ngs often aN a Word Cruncher Output The figure below shows the result when using the bul taol for a single PD AEE TT ERARE DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULD TOOLS m we l ne 21 ord Co wan ge ern you ste tho Excl output option message pops up ring you that E Ean Tke ean aow beopened ard whee a aired Of coun you need to ove nl ed tobe abe tose he el TET EA DATA ANALYSS AND
134. ct tat and end postion her apples Us Gwo displays ines between rows in Deas ew Lama Sona shades every other row Dena Fcune Otters viuleaton of quotatan frequencies in the PDs Manager anf proundesnest ard deny cours Ihe Code Manager It est to be canned wth the Dale ven _Ame Cton Moo only available in the Cade Manager Codes are Moat agra a color according to ther proundedness and deny See T on page 347 for deta Paves Sa is related to the tles view You can chose among vasa ses Saing ith the standard dre 32 x 32 upto Gea sae 3121512 rom So Pa The side panets can be wed create and display ames te Eretna rae to select umes as local or gabal iter ne iain a Geese Tas Qee Super Fase Stow Teoume turns the ily of the toolbar on or of Um mca Shows icons far the various objets Fenn indhitushy specs the fant used for his Ist The default font for the at ERA the text area can be set in General Prelerenees Remesa Fresh the it day Suse na mes seteplratoy Selecting Items In Object Managers Nent to thnkng cleking wi ly be one of te most equnt aves when woking wh ATLASE Cleking is done in many erent ways su as ng and double cicking ard Clekng wih the lett ar the ght mouse button The senartes ol a mouse lek are not pete slghlorward and a ow variations ast be red A single ciek wth the lef mouse bution selects and highlights an em in each tthe Objet Managen c Double clckng an em selects th
135. cts many quotations om ane source quotation REETTA Fme art A de tat When creating astar there i one source quotation and ile urget quotas In the ove example the source guatation i 8 6 whieh inked Biv target quotations vas onterofileten elatons Hyperlinks In The Quotation Manager Alliypertked quotans can easly be recognized the Quotation Manager l ourer quotations re maid with an pening angle bracket all ret pets wih ing bake gest is boih ie and laget at be cate when eating chains Then hth backel sre ued 8 prela gt DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AUNLDNG TOOLS w Hyperlinks In The Margin Area When working with hyperinks t is advisable toset the margin display optan slows ore Dey a npc apm To pen thi context men fat chek on a blank space in the marg sea Creating Hyperlinks ATLAS Botten a vasty at options for cresting and wavering hypertest taks Similar t the iling f coer pou may create hyperinka in a the Netwerk View ar ee Linking Nodes an page 39 n addition hypertext irks can be created in content ar via Drag amp Drag in the Cuolaton Manager and the maine Creating Hyperlinks Using The Context Menu H Select a data segment at souse or an akeady sing quotation Souc from the context menu leave you can ciek on the Source Aer bution sth primary document oa Select a arget segment or an esting quotation as target ight chet and let he option Ga Le Ta fr the conten
136. cuments Quotations are not much mare than a set at coordinates that remernber the Siart and end poistan of a text sequesce or a video passage an image es te Quotation are managed and stored imide the HU Te actual docaent Sr the ak enowt noting of he elerences ATLAS amples bout What s needed o be able to edit the content of a document and to update the utatons sa hl Wey never ose therr conci alignment ATLAS neede to record every change that has the capacty of misaligned quotations ATLAS E netd to create lghook of changes accessibie to EVERY HU Bhat uses the PD sa necessary to protect the document against adiing by more than one user at the samme bene TREET ERARE The Edit Toolbar he Edt toabur provides a rurmber ot pons known rom other Windows applications Many of ese aplons re a avaiable trom the EAR mena The hahah colar can be set under Too Pomc Goer tab Test tor How To Edit A Primary Document Loach text or plain text PD you have ad doc or dx Hes to your project hey are eerie tu dch tet dising the impart proce and that eave et format wel lek on het butan then aos a Sle Eor 7 Dac Acem Erm for Mee kom be ras men 1a nan editable document adoe docx or POF doce lade the bing toar nt avaible Lt te document When you are done save your changes and eave edit mode Ciek the Eat button and eke Save ano Len Eor Mose Bujan Srey sent and en Ee
137. d Reasons Jor not having chidren See Network Views on page 307 for further detal Application The two Co eeurence Tol are very uel for many kinds of arly Bat ata opine make sense for al type dala f you have a vralle data et ke atypia interview study with 10 1o 20 respondent fen aking a leok at the Irequeney count for exploratory purposely Wo provide same new dea ard you may gain nem hte The coef sell when woring th arge rout of cases and straclured data ike open ended guestons Trom surveys N you use the cine pay attention to The addtional colored hinta At your data base is quate the coef rt the ae at far France Pearson craton eoeffelent and therefore aiia no p values mre proved In any case co occurrence measures need to be dearly understood n t aniy for the mechan but aso for seman tue icv ther mesninghil interpretation eg mixed appleaten a nde th erent eve She roader Tub erm Farermoe you need tbe ave a the lacs eno by Table approach ke beng reduced to a pe compation Higher arder eo ecurences whi woul tke moe than ro codes ato need more orate methods Reference Garcia 2008 ti ni om rane nd Hl Codes Primary Documents Cross Tabulation Even though bit hidden a further analysis tool with an empha on uate output te Cooe Punan Docus Tane Yo in ths option rer the anne menu and net Cones Our he tbls avallable as internal report within ATLAS in text oer ar ean be xpd to Exel The t
138. d Network Views Thi resus na new network antaiia Ie same nades as tase aad contained in the get HU per Adding nodes and unifying nets cou result in an exiting Network View Bng crowded wth both he nades er the target andthe sauce HUE Untying Super Codes combines their ques ung the OR operator Atter The Merge Atter sucess merge operation same cleaning wa might become ect For example codes with eitient names But smar meaning C ronyn are now dtd as destinct ondes They may peed 1o be merged Gee Merging Codes an page 205 It cauld aisa be the se that you cnd pith number at quotations that ovela but are coded by the same cadeta Such instances can be found with the hesp of the Coding Analyser ee Redundant Coding Anaiyeer or page 370 RAEE TTAR The Merge Report i you have checked the option Create Metge Report in the Merge Wizard deta report generar keepa wack every objet alerted dig the merge process The report displaye he rame and leon af the suree and target HUS objet tates and merge seeps far soure a larget HUL ded objects sare by eject type preted witha United objet sorted by abet ype pretnet wih a nats forthe resulting HU oye ram a merge reer are shove eins fa merging The Sample HU with ul aang the strategy Dire PD Same Codes During i merge PDS quotata and PD ares are ade anal codes are ite The fest part af the report provides an overview of he selected merge
139. d aves the changes dente sure fie ol a Tom st accesses Pa a bit later He receives a message stating that changes have been detected it P4 and that al PDs uung this dala source ned to be Synchronized In order ta load the document Tom needs leon hit assage i he ciela NO he wit not be ale to load the dane uns he Contes he synchronization Maid PDs can any be loaded after all necessary egrets have been processed ding the synchronization TREET ERARE Ygor mainat ty Tears spense pct mej Fare 122 scone ano Ater syeboneing P4 Tom can conte to werk on t a new codes Ternar ete He may aho edit he document Al ote learn mensen wil be Inlomed abaut any fuer mosseaions For the restan Bes o anger hal the tea il end up wh Bve diferent veniant othe dosent Due ATLAS Ws content survetance systern eath ear member works with the ai up to date verson ofthe document The oniy ting that remains to be done is to merge the HUS from al fve team reese ine Tove so that af coding anid other work pete on The data ined together Se page 154 further detal on merging HU Trouble Shooting Problems With Loading An Edited Document As explained above ATLAS needs to keep track of the changes yau make to Mtr in ordet to be eto adjust We quotations and ceded segments Searing dos nat ony keep was af the lest changes bet aha tres 3 umber eons es so that Rs posible to revert toa prevau verson in eam document can no longer
140. dded Objects Every obiect i eae as a single character when it cornes selecting and cdng tin ATLAS evn one tgs sr tb lepers ne cc creates ate seer ne prelate eee See coher pater ne rere Daten Poche der ert iene The same xcel tbl selection pasted into a document as as an Bee abject nd ae Rih Tent gerre ee tena Fw 18 Cai mie ct cms eal it The margin hows several codes for the Rich Tent verona ely ane eede Tar the sect versan blow Editing Embedded Objects To esit an embedded or inked object Enter a rode and doable ck the abject Ielosynerasies Activating an embedded abject i possible even when the embedding PD ie not ery est moe For example You may want to play a viden ot estes range at els without making Sch changes permanent Uf you at mabe changes and preserve the Sanges apd to an jet he TLAS HU you need to enter eit mode belare easing the objec Aer deactivating an active abject by cicking outside s border you might Be Dat he object has reverted es nal se Resizing an object can ony be done by grabbing its selection fame at any se handie escept hese located on tne ue ight border To get eruh Space to he left you might want to center or ghana beore ing TREET ERARE Editing Primary Documents In Team Projects Etting in team stuns needs to be igh conte in order to not ase hemlet af tne varou HU le involved tar members wade at dierent Gets and store data aay the bt solution
141. ded in ATLAS b you ean use the web based fool CAT to lest Cohen s kappa and rons a aipha On page 304 the ures the tool provides are Explained an you tnd references or further resources on how to prepare KELAS b data or upload Tools For Visualization And Theory Building The fest steps of theory building of course already take place much ear Ben lady during coding Ideas wre developed futher during he process of querying the data By asking specie question you gain mare and mare ght and start to see how tings are related Memo wrting isan essential Seompanyg acl aswel T The network view function oers further poss to explere your data and teva your esr a ndings nner view editor you ean irk al objects to each other Code eode and quotation quotaton irks can abo be ure and commented Farther a numer of raphael dements Wke coleret Ins the ine wth the node or background coler can be set Image documents can be used as thumbnai ses page 307 Another funcion discussed below is the creation of hypertext This is a network hed on quotations thu you werk on the data rathef tran on the more shsvacl cog level Through hypertent he orginal sequently af your data Sdeinearacd broken dow nt pieces that are the reconnected malong 2 pos to traverse Irom one piece of dala to anther piece of data regardless i ther orginal postions ce page 352 ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS m The Word Cruncher This etre oers
142. der Proen Beon XML Eero SPSS Export You can export your coded data as SPSS syntax Ale When executed in SPSS your quotations become cases and youe codes and code fumes varies In Mtoe further identiing derman inform of variables 5 provided Wk the frmary dorment nub for each ease at and end positon and sestien ate These variables alow you to aggregate your data 1n SPSS needed SPSS expo page 405 1 you need a less detailed output see Codes mary Documents Cros Tabulation on page 302 The tabe provides an output tat 8 atesdy asregate by mary doaments Excel Export The tregueney of codes across documents Cones 7 Our Cons Pra Doct Tana the resula of the Co oceurenee Tae Expo cee Co aeram Tosa the word equeney count ee The Ward Cancer age 253 ean be exported as acl compatte ie Graphic Files Network Views can be saved as bmnp or emf fles Open a network view and Selec Non Su Giwa Fat HTML Generator Publshing online or ust eating printout rom a project is vale with the Fat generator ee Toos Z oreo HTML The results can be viewed lattor ndependent win any Web browser Ths option can be found under he Eras mena and best sata for expo your ente poe NTML preferences can be set under Ton Punnt HTML Pres CHTIL Exon page 416 Other Tools ATLAS ti Mobile Object Crawler ith the Object Crawler you can eae all af the prs of your preject within MLAS that contain tes Searches are not e
143. der and decoder Thus S dee capati of encoding and or decoding al data seam ar gnal When creating a videa fet certain codec ted in encode uhan you wat a play it you eed the same cade a decade Buti ths ode nat vile on your computes the le cannot be played The solutionis ogo hi and see for cee package They are avalat in a number af Gnguage and are ususiy avaiable fee of charge Preparing Google Earth Documents Even with a non standard data source as the Wold as seen through Google Ext we sl emain tn he Penary Document metaghor Tuts here ony ONE data source worldwide and al Google Earth Pos created in any HU Sefer lo tne sarme datasource located at th Coogle servens However you can also use more than ene Google Earth PD even there ny wl in order to create ditt sets of beans to ut tours 10 Simply tl Gerent stores KMZ And KML Documents KAZ fles are sped KML Keyhole Markup Language Nes which wil start Goole Earth and iy you to a specified location KML or Keyhole Markup Language XAML grammat and fle format or madaing sd storng gragap features such spats Inet ase algo and madel ler yn Google Earth and Googe Maps KANL is use to share places and informaton with ather wes of Goole Earth td Google Map ard no ATLAS 9 You ca ad many KMI Mes that desertae teresting Yeatures and places On the God Eth Comrise Adding Documents To A Project When you add a document to your project a new Primary D
144. ding on varus tasks or project Languages 1 tor instance you wark a dierent computers and Mere 4 gh lon sereen at one locaton he standard font Soe 8 might be na Smal you want to present your projet connecting your computer toa Beamer you may want to use a larger fant so Ihat your audience can read mere conf your data sins language Wat ases pect characters You ead tot font that es compatible wih hs language ae blow Show ony fens compat wih 1n Figu 385 and Figure 386 for example you that that a theme hasbeen rete for preparing screen shoots for tha marus waing Segoe U TO and Srother none or presentatans using Sega UU 12 AEE TTEA Create new theme Clk this buton to create a new them Delete lk hs button to delete the selected theme Font sampe Displays a text sample using the sete font Show oniy fonts compatble with You can reduce the ist of avalable fants ts anly thase that re compa with e language of your project data Tab Storage The settings in Wis section relate to backup and fle security modes P Se os ean pn 7 Pete ot ge Load HU into memory completly Dusing werk session an HU ees to access the HU fle to ud meas ete H you expect tis fle to be unaualable at ne eg because ot an uae lec network yau shouid heck tni option However long Umes and meray arson are segavelyaltected when loin De HU comply TERETE ARAL Cache primary documents The cantent of primar
145. dla We cal she Dat Lave ern phase C The Data Lavel Bask Functions page 168 Campare data segments based onthe codes you have assigned posshy ad nor data fe to he rec Oxganze FO codes an memos ng Fame ue the chapter on Fal Lle on page 225 lr utherhlomratn Query the database on your research questions ute the deren tl ATLAS provides The key words ta laok or ae simple retrieval complex de eel uing the query ll spe or crete rete ia nto wth warble via the scope Button te en aceiren explorer tice and tale exploren he coder primary dca abe xe ana PSS tpt of equeney count fr further sail ana ae Ares Tools on page 251 ld semariic prepositional ar terminological meter fam the code you have cate These networks together vith you codes and memas ot the Frame for ener ery Lok fore chapler Neto Views page 307 Finaly compe a witten report based on the memes you have ween Throughou the varous phates of your project nd he networks you have Gale and even push your projet as a Work Wide Web documento an imda presenation uang XML See Generating Outpt pape SBBA Addon reading about working with ATLAS htm such natindes chalet vewArit 63203149 yt aera OH0 09 01 owl MAIN WORKSPACE THE HU conor w Main Workspace The HU Editor The Hermeneutic Unit HU Editor is the main workspace Itis opened after the slat ofthe program and wil be your home page mast of te Ume The HU
146. documents facade of the two abst paths QYUPATH or TRPATH is wed i apaleable path or part of the octnen s path matches a spec path For mare information on abstract paths see the ATLAS H version 6 manual In verdon 7 kad documents should Galy be used exceptional and 1f so Mhe HU or TBPATH are recommend Remember windows postions Stores the positon and size af the HU Etor and most other windows Ato open Upon opening the HU editor automatealy opens the selected managers stor Ode Explorer Rolup Window You can specify to rol up each window by cicking on the ean on the top left of mindo When you then move the cursor outside the window ard left the main part of he window rols up t save space and eriy the oton teman Under the HU Editar preferences you can et the width and TRE alignment of the caption and hon guy the window shouid appearidisappear Tab Margin pm eel Iie lies tienen pet anh no a show mars When checked displays the marin area to the ght of the primary document Tris optin ean ao be changed tou 1e Veen Area menu tem or T eamesponding tal button Show ine numbers hows pangraph number pane or etal PDs Use mages Adds a type telsted eon to the abel of the margin objects se Object Colors Displays cadena deine cles You can set ende eslas in either the Cade Manager arin a Network View eder Display quotation coordinates Adds the start and end poution pra text coordinates
147. drag Earp Quotation References Fee 142 ten rr he bars in he margin mark the eth af the quotation graphiealy The entry ithe quotation el shows textual relerenc Yor the quotaton H coriis of e folowing elements 1D name start and end poten 10 The quotation D is amps af the number os P Doc and a second umber inating when the quotaton was teated The 1D Bt mesne that the sion tone ai the Int ne Mat wat cated foaeent The reason forthe chronological numbering to with the fact hat you wi not neceuariy code a document from the firi ine to the st You Wl jump between passages and modify or delete sore quotations during the nding process Alar numeration woude have to be updated win eve Single qataton that s merted whieh woud Lake up wanecesary AEE TTEA compulsion capacity Sorting the quotations by thei start postion far uumpl aters a dear nar view at your guolet Recely an apn was Sed to change the chronalogeal nunberg loa seguenta order I ed be Chowne Mactan Renman ns Dono THs can for exile be ell wer ating open ended questns kam survey data and you want to atp the caus oy wh the aes he SPSS fe Mame The name shows the fist 20 characters of a textual quotation Thisis the dell seting hot ean be changed under Tana Pome 7 Gma Prem Guoltors bated on image audio or video es Sow te Vte name The rame of a quota ean be renamed This i a sel option for mage hia and video quota aswe wil ses below Stat and
148. e itbnomousy ard empl detached fam anyday information Contained in the document what parts of the structure tet be played and ina the ply should ook ke ThS commonly achieved win the heb Sova stye sheets Style sheets are a way af prescribing how the content of your XML sece fie sould be rendered This can range fom very simply correran shaw Slants ot ype X in ed to gute complex prograrening lage eate an Entre wee nich each cement of ype X dale suze an a Sil page slong wih navigation layout nleactve ements ATLAS B iready comes with a number sch tye sheets for you to use but Shot explore and poletaly to expand an by copying and entenen thar funetenty for you specitk purposes Once you understand We pene you ville wht an enormnslygowert and ene toal has been pa our posal these Pile programs Als Sheets are wn SLT a special language degre tor Watorming XML content and maintained by te Wod ide We Consortium CWAC See ala He atlast oa himt XML Vs HTML A Little Tech Talk XL shor for extensible Markup Language Ts is sready quite a useful Sergio when you compare ts compet ar recur HTML Short for Hyper Tent Map Language The cue term i extensie NOT extended HTML was intended to Mio dacuners and infration af considerable comps 1o be enchanged Sess dierent tchnoges operating tes Drawers le eal Meant as a language witch decbes te geal structure of documents M you laok
149. e TE Nr ai ba E aA is posslste to set your awn ers for codes but not othe tars asking he engin ot a quotata ase setting code clos below Unlinking A Code Jes as you can erase a pencil mark in the marin of a paper document you can eae a cade in he margin area on sereen as wel The sl eaatlnt is cad unrin Kis mosty used when a sagnant i coded with more Ihan on Po enlace gcc an the cade in the margin are and cick on the Unan option When you unlink a code from a segment that aniy has ane code the bar emais in the margin you want a erate both the ende and the quotation ou need ta proceed as opened below Writing Code Comments Like icy Documents comments ean b added to ty the meaning of a he orto apia ow the ende uta be used for coing The price of amaning sect peaty sappan a tampa an U warina aa partala Eim cooperate wring Creating And Editing A Code Comment 1 Open the code manager and select a code an chek and setac te optan a Comma rom he contest men IA text ettar opene Wet or editan stg comment Save the changes and cone he ector Yau can also use the test pane in the wer part of the Code Manager iee tng Tert on page to creste or edit a cornent Writing Comments For Coded Segments 1 you natie something interesting while coding and you want to wrie it dawn use the quai camer held for Section from be conte mena Il An estor pops up Wit a comment on the ted data segment
150. e displayed ning ther mpi with ATLAS pane of te moder carpal the Into the otlered downoad ste to get a compliant venion of MSOME Working With Style Sheets ATLAS fer rub of reports vis flexible XMLASLT style sheets Hf you eshiled in XSLT you can ces any output you th based on the raw XML fie a your ATLAS A project To create a taw XIA fle chek on the XAML button in the toal bar and then eleet the option Boor HU 0 XML oral others we have pat tagether a udacon of uel reports Ck on the DVL bunten or elett Per Bor XML Broen he Explorer divides the avalatle style sheets into tee ros Reports iewe and Programning Dernos Reports atfer a number of predelined reported by Codes Fale Memon Network Views Primary Document and Quotations Verret sheets that oler various display ferms for the Programming Demos provide styk sheets that may inspire and help You to wile dana syle sheets an you own 1o create ul the port you want caeaarne oureur w rae e ogo The following predefined reports are ave Tantin si maiaa Camme esis One deren a y taaan ens rent Auta hn Myou dk on a report a short description is provided n the commen dat he bottom a the KMAL Explorer window ARETE How To Create A Report Select one of the reports and doubled vinden opens otlering the owing Bre expr options ay ma Fe a54 et te Select the amount of content you need for he ep
151. e o ink selected these menus wil offer gpeciakeed options fom which fectoore When the mouse painter it aver a node or alin elated information played inthe tus window of he Network so AEE TTEA Ta open a entent menu mave the mouse pointe onta a node olin and ck he fant mouse butan oe 20 Cmimi memet I Postion the mouse pointer over a node Double ck the let rouse button he table below descnbes the spontic actons launched for the een rode pet gaye eae corr OT Doplon econo rene ca ig eT oe ey Doane Dey econ aPe FO Fees Bega ere e OS Rete Va gar ie deren Fee eum yo apen Heo Vwi Saving A Network View A irks that you crt are saved as soon as you save the HU le You only eo save a network view you want to preserve the jou ie the wiy ou have arranged the nodes win the ed Wyou do nat sae a partenlar iew you can always apen up a network vew on an objet again and ATLAS i serange the objects scoring othe default user defined layout rector For istels restos the uer can defined peelered layout ection tee te section on the The Relation Ets on page 302 Ta save a specit lsyout you have created select the menu option Neman Sae H Enter a name far the network view and ciek ok Accessing And Opening Existing Network Views Yeu can aces saved network views via the network button that you fod in THe tap left corne ofthe sitor uneme
152. e object and invokes a procedure depending fan Ihe ype ard state cf the object Tre eflect of a double cicling deseo far each the Objec Managen below For multgle sections you may ue the standard Windows selection Man WORESPACE THE HU conor a Sorting And Filtering The Object Managers permit comfortable song ard fering See The Magen on page tan ring ig an page 373 for Searching Use the serch Beld to search tor either docurnents quotations codes or ees ach eat ama mermas in the respectie ager you entra seh em a objects that include the tern somewhere wit be hv in he i For example yu enter he term chire n the code manage al cades tat inude De word chien somewhere wi he ede Siame il be Shaun ike cider unelte 1o perches e sourre ie or SQ Reasons for having een Remember a delete the search term if yau want to see al codes again Incremental List Search Th feature z aval helt pane of al Object Managers Select any tem 1 tet and ype in an arbitrary sequence of characters 1o anp 1a Tateqa ley matching i sagene For example spose a number of codes begin with en fe Ematns rd aies wih oe e g Enel Reference tying ern wil jump t the fast of the EMoton codes whle enteng ex wl up to Dilemat ference Every otne character yord advances the oes tthe ext ast ny aca matching mae cant be found In place Label Editing in place eding in Objet Managers ane pane a conv
153. e pu ae Une Tr sons or far multiple coe gustan feats a P0 ray Trom e fas rarae pases a sue Use for single chance questore with mone than io answer smart tue nert ow Aad na preie te al oper ended questions The Twin Te cain header usea as code To sva very long cde name use a ort tr ana te queston and ad De ful question as Ter ba Glos added ta he ee cornent Neid This can be apd to cel sig n PD ais an fm f 7 e e eee eee ee pe ay i By importing the sample able we get The name date and author of be resulting PD Tmo ihotomocs tes Academie an Amy The folowing commentis sed the PD Fay Army Di you eve Two lames Smaka ant Serfenale Four ees Favors Bells Favortes Stones ele For he PD arses the folowing comment added What band da you eno regulary To codes Tel ur a dream and Open End The folowing comment i aided io the carmen hela of the code Open End Now how do I make queston be ered at open enden How To Import Survey Data J Prepare an Encel table as explained above You can ndd the prefas aresdy when you prepare the one survey ar Steward by ing he he euling Exel ae The aback of adding the prefires othe surveys that such eariy applied markup abo displays in the Sie survey interlace and your nspondents might wander asou the Tunny Characters at he beginning of questions Etting the downloaded Ence table prior to importing t
154. e super cade and ciek OK Editing A Super Code Query M you want to et he query a super code i based upon ight the super ue the Code Manager and cet Mactan Eon Cw irom he en stg spe kon the Help button or instructions Auto Optimization Of Super Code Queries node to take into acount quotations that were manual removet from e nts inthe edt pane of the Query Tol 1e system must modied the query betore a Super Code i treated Otherwise A wouid ply the a set tice by the anginal query To accompli is tak 2 suppres eode Sealad mieh telers to the qua removed fore e it it xampl The gna query All quotations coded with Code A OR Code BF yids quotations 1 1 1 2 12 and 21 From the ht at quotation 1 1 ap 14 are removed The query is now modified by caing a new pps cde O telereneing 1 1 and 13 Theol query i smote allows Cote A OR Code m AND NOT aT Ad returns exactly what you wart quotations 12 and 3 Both the Super Cade and the suppressor code s alana crested Commen ete ental dependent What You Cannot Do With Super Codes Ae Super Codes are nat recy associated with quotations certain restrictions apply Coding The mast important constraint is that ou canna associate them with Hotabns ety Therefore Super Codes are not presented mhen dena ade by int andi drag 4 drop anto data selene Merging Code Merge operatans including Super Codes are ako not penible Preven
155. e video The sire af the preview mages is p 10 50x 50 fuels To eate These smage one Fae pes wecana Selected Depending on helena ol the video ths ay take a fem seconds or up to a few minuet You ean iready siart arin on the Ne You den nend to wai far s mages be treated Next to the preview images you see the audio wave fom ee Shaare e7 Adding Embedded Documents Text Files Only Embedded dace are stored with the HU fle Thus the data sources are meer kee evel Ties nor a copy stored in the Wary A poo sel consiting of embedded documents is statie for sma er hes with pls aproximaty 100 documents omer amaya depends En he eof he document Ths appoach sao a good apn fr working wth senstive data materia ihe saving the HU the data material gh compressed and therefore Unvedabe outside ATLAS i ston the HU can be password prolecied This should mate nau acess reasonably ica Embedded documents are also ise hen working mth sociated documents or when wmporting 14 15 Trapt tee page at hen imparting survey data ee page 9710 when uang memes at POs ee page 77 How To Create A New Embedded Document You generate a new empty test document wahin ATLAS U and then you copy rd paste he contents tat you want a analya a Open ATLAS U and select the main menu option Dasawens Now New Tar Deca J Enter a name for the document into the window that opera I The documents loaded in edit mode Copy the text you want to analyae
156. eal pet displays al PD at earns and the ces The table contains ether a frequency cunt fot each cade or code amy per documento document amy or a word count of the coded segments per ende ard pny decent Aust appestion a comparison across derent groupa of documents or fare etegary of codes Thus you ae lie to crete such abet you faves enn research questonn your mind Ths wil gue you 1o cate he cade ae PD anes you need to construct you quey Example Query asd on the Happies Stage poet that can be ace vis the Help Gk Tour menu we can pasate that express ether a pose or negative eflect of parenting actos ferent groups othe purpose bwo code DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AUNLDIG TOOLS as rites grouping leas about postive and negative parenting elects have Meen ereed To open the toal select Anas Coos Pray Doce Tane or the parenting negate rom thet Ether doable ack on the tema to mawe Ben ints the seen ilo elek on Ie battar wth the arram painting t0 thera Select the folowing documents ard document lames ad move hem ts thevacton at 5 ein parenting biog icusson P5 the New York gaa tag dkcusion sve respondents wih chidren save respondents without chidren T Seve responders that answered the question about happiness with either hikinen bing happiest or chidren bing faliment the right hand side of the window set the options as shown in Enar Reterenct soe net found Count Gustin One Cades
157. ealy activated when a document Bonded in the HU Ealar Ia cases were several acon xa efi Seu automate selected You tan alo selec a petite atsain a De Fae Ust menu in the Asocatons Er When you laad a document that has an associated fie a red eels shawn in The PD bar Bee Figure 5 Fe Ct me mat aet to mat eta et lick on the red dot the associated doeument is loaded into the document Tepon nent i Play Selected Text M you select a piece of tase ar a quotation an secede the elected ined audio ot video can be played ighight a a plece of tent and set either the menu tem Dosa Fague 7E gtd anto or sp Aso Docs Pay sono Taror press the key combination Cia The sociated viden or audio recording wil be played back trom the correct pesiion Playback slape at he and af the selection The accuracy of ced iett pisyanek depend on the preson and the number of the vate Synchronization Mode F3 in nonsynehronous mode the documents are independent trom each another Moving around inher ane af te omens does nat alert the ler When you teh to Sycanlsion mode soled documents ay eros hey are postoned nent to each other Since synehranous Payback el useku or deseed in al stab syncivomieaon mode can be pete on and ofl The ran synchronous made parila important for seting anchor points in syrehrorout mode asaciated multimedia documents falow the moverens tthe mouse ear Tha mates postonng anor at tn momayttv
158. echnique associates ast ade ts one selected quotation Sammelen it makes mere sense to aso a Iut of quan 1o e ade To Link A Code To Many Quotations ie n ata depann baade ce tt mr vith ne or mare quotations rom the main or the code s context menu choose Cones Coowc Le Coor 1 Qono A tst of quotations that were not asd assigned ta the selected code pen Select one ore mare quotatans and ciek OK To Link A Code To Many Quotations Via Drag amp Drop In the Quotation Manager select the quoatons to be esi t the code J Drag amp drap the selected quotations inte the Code Manager anto the code Quick Coding Qik Coding assigns the ast used code to the eurent data segment This isan let method Yer te canst coding of segments ing Ihe mast eal wed code select cae in th Code Manager Hl Select adata segment lk the Quick Coding button or chaose Comal Coone fror the Meaning Of Colored Bars In The Margin As you saw in Figure 143 Acting quotations wia is eade ovettspoins codes eile in fear coms n the margin area These calors help ou 1o ising whch bar belongs to whieh coe word H yau were aaa een nor layer Ihe next bo layers wold be spayed m viot and Blue Afer that siver ie wed again The calors dana contain any oration about he ferent cade levels in the sense of higher owes ranked categories When ou delete qualia tre colors may change settee j yano neoe cn Persson tor sen oe at eon meore TERS F
159. ed ere Delete Ine memo Various View options Open the Mamo Faiy Manager Memo Manager Columns one moman Dusty muno mp Se omnt mm ots Tie 3 Ane py a ame Memo the Grounded Number af quotatans ta which mero connected ety Number of codes and ather remor 1a which the meme it San Size ot content Counsel characters ard embeded objects Author Name of Ihe wer who created he merno Type Memo type selected lor ths merma Created Creaton date and ume Madi Date an tie of ast motion Fames Name of meme fam ithe mermo hat been added 1o a famiy 1 porinstes whether te merno is ted as the data sourr for one or more PD Adahindkates hat tnt uted as a PD The Manager Side Panel The side panels in document code and mero managert allow much more une acces lo fundamental acties Ike worn Taies cating fees ard super fares and sting local and abl ter Thi lows a uh merece neraton no the work Taws andl ses et ae ovement and dk You activate o deactivate the de pane by selecting Vaw Saw Sot Pa or o Select clon the ide panel button he el bar Gee et a 3 Sm ian Manager Creating And Deleting Families To creste a rew any select the tems that you want tn include sing Zarara Windows selec techniques ther hang down the Ct of Sith Drag and drop the selected ters to the side panel or ihc the sie panei area and select the option iw maoe eo une a rame fore fen larni ard ck ok MAIN WORKSPACE THE HU co
160. el the HTML browser spl dame wrap Fe nran Pate br Indie codes section neds informator about codes Balets Displays aspect ean with every code desepton Swormay Lasts a codes inclaing the label groundedness and deny count List sorted by inde lable sts that sort the codes alphabeticaly feds soluble sts that sort the codes By number ot text references Le arouaedness includes soluble ats that sort the codes connectivity Le number of eode nso dena Ful destin section incudng comments Al codes that hae comments we ste ir at entra secon The siroma Ras inks to thee despions oa conmented codes mesece seres w Faure ar WN Poo emer Inde memos seton okies informatsion about memos fet Displays the memo in wih every meme description Ful tert Indes the caplet tet body Do not wrap Ines Keep the bae paragzagh structure of the merno intact TERETE ARAL Tab Families one 2 HT Poon ome nde rie scion snes iteration aout anes ules sh fay kon th every al deserton Inde 9 opt gt ete taes gt noma aes TERETE ARAL Tab Network Views ima lt eS ae 7A Pte a ea ew Indie networks secon Indes informaation about Network Vie ules Display a specs xan with every Network View description Node lst nudes textual description of every node Code neighbors Bst Textus escripton ot te complete network structure in 3 Seats sje Toat for
161. elect the option Send Outpt to Fle A te dislag window opens Select a folder enter le nae and save the fie J Open a HU into whieh the codes wil be inprted I For hs HU select Cones twos art Cons XML Ae ag window opens Select the XML fhe that you jast exported and ik Open The code ic parte Check the Code Manager 1o see whether the procede was competed secs and accor ta yow expectations Avoiding Name Clashes When Importing Code Lists Ma code wth the same name aedy exists in the HU the imported code ume refed ith ve exclaate marks Another aterat To laad a code ha cicing name wl be note Nate to ATLAS Ax T Renaming And Deleting A Code Renaming and deleting codes are procedures that sem vl but derstanding the Scope of these operations can be probem for new ieri For bath operations you must understand that thre aly ONE ode jet e g Happiness maven HU even you applied sect wth Quotations ather ode ele coe mary Umea Wh he margi aea Seche an you may see the ode appear many tenet we seating hough Your document In act you are serang Inks between a quotation represented E bar and the code represented by 2e name cons ele Renaming or moving a code in te margin besides a tent on real paper uing fete and a pncl alecs omy one spect oceimena of a code other ecurencs o the sarme code are untouched The eflect ol Ihe operon is ka With ATLAS you can do the same However you can do anal thin
162. eletion AEE TTEA The HU Explorer Fe D6 Th Chet Caner pa The results kst an indeed be wed an Object Manager in a variety of was Doubeclckng a hitin the results st activates the abject For instance double Cleking a quotation play t in content nthe PD pane Theat is asa drag amp drop capable you can drag objects frorn the istinto a Network Editor or into a feat eter Athous the structures that can be created with ATLAS are nat necesasiy abit to haruc tees the ATLAS E KU Explorer provides eae ev ofthe MU and al of the objects al references AI ebjet tan be esd in the Object Explore More specie viws are provided by the Code re The Code Forest andthe Concurence Explore Main pupeseo he HU Explorer is to serve as a Retail cantent table Wich may be se to raigate between tne diferent parts af the HU Linike he pure Objet Manages that display ony ane typeof oe the HU Explorer allows a integrated and stucived psy a al heterogeneous bjt that make up an HU These are POs quotations end mera fame and neon The ply though a not sly herrea You wil als tome redundaney when expanding the bee vew For nse Quotations are sted under each PD As PDs ana be members af PD fetes the quotations appear thee a we he main tol ar by selecting Toa HU Ene te main ren The HU Export an be launched by cieking on the HU Err button in You a select amang four optione aA sl eRe Objet Epo Codeer Cone
163. elow Tasks OF The Project Administrator 1 Merge the ious MU es ame e p by adding the date The ald Master MU car be ove iaa rele a newe Master HU and save iat at the shared location under a neur backup older Tasks OF The Team Members Make a copy of he new Master He rename t by adding you name tal rd contrat your wont ig 37 Maggs ta td em sh TERETE ARAL Migrating ATLAS ti 5 And 6 Projects Compatily between ATLAS Veron 6 and poets Migrating ATLAS ti 5 And 6 Single User Projects To ATLAS ti 7 Open an ATLAS projet i version 7 You wl see the wing mesage meaane ATASTIS AND GHRONECTS e Q Peteno it cent ro ranaget te tpassi ezee oreo ite oe mg M ATLASA Select the at optan to impart al documents The conversion process starts and may take up to a few minutes depending on the nrber of pranary documents i your pret Dung Ihe inport process a quay check takes pace ee Fe Cy Check on page 74 Pa pales Seta One ths process is finished you wil see the flowing mesage tte tenance ature fon ata hay J Cik on he OK button and save the HU int necessary to change the fle name i you want to keep your cld verson ATLAS imply adds a new fle extenson hp Your venien fle remaina rteched a eeann fnm 0 apy ADEA eP Sine TET EAA Migrating Version 5 And 6 Team Projects To ATLAS ti 7 Team Members Work With Different Documents At D
164. em hw to manage yours how to set up and starta project ad howl prepa and et documents Ater a project isset up the basi faneto ke coding tent search auto coding ing memes eie become relevant Conceptus ievel functors Hie the Netwerk Edit the ery Tool and Co oceurenee Explorer buid onthe dala level wos a lest n mst es and are therefore deserbed last The chapter Rescues on page a55 oers some sel ade on how to get Spr and wert bnd further maton on he stare How To Use This Manual Ths manuals predominant intended for Those wha have no prior knowledge of ATLAS Those wha have worked with previous version ATLAS 5 or 6 There no aed for users with por knowledge ora tug the entre manua However we Nighy recommend ha they sl ea the fl Selous Me Concepts and Features on page 13 Main Workspace The HU dtor on page 30 Supported Formats on page 4 Data Managementin ATLAS Bon page 103 seting Up a New Poet on page 109 Project Backup and Tare on page 128 Coding Techniques on page 187 Family Lle on page 225 Wd with Memos on page 243 Data Analys and Theory Bulking Tools on page 251 Network Views on page 307 Creating Reports wah the XML Converter an page 398 ome general farndiatty with concepts and procedures relating 1o the Windows operating system and computing in general e gis fle paths i Asa the ATLAS Training Center offers a fll complement of dedicated
165. end postions The figures in brackets alter the quotation name show he locaton lat and end potion in tne dourment Far textual quotations the ference gen s to the paragraph numbers wahin which the coded Segment accan 95 Bus means at he quotation ate and ende in paragraph 9 For mage les the rectangular area marked as the quotation is referenced Au and veo quotes uae tine reference rousimautessctonds meron Aaference tor POF quotations consist ot page number and number of Caradon the page for slat and end patoas In case the doce Ertaina columna the co aber is provided as wel Vido tutoris ide youtube com watc vebu WYM Activating And Displaying Textual And PDF Quotations Cotations can be activated retrieved and displayed by selecting an entry trom tne drop down Ist by double eiclang on an entry in te Quoin Manager by cing on the quotation Bar inthe marajn area Coded quotation can be relieved by double c cking on an associated code ee Cade Manager an page 48 for detai Quotations can also be activated fram the ts pane of the Query Tal ie Output of Cur Rests on ise 270 A quotation can be ated and payed rom vital ay beset ebipingeuctatons up down bt jet Manager Network Etr Objet Chiwier Hu Epler ete Modifying Textual And PDF Quotations Tis etre els you change the boundaries start and end poston ota quotation Activate the quotation if not atend selected Select a data
166. enient way to etme objects On a selected tern you can nite in place editing by either icking Seu resting the F2 key Dont ah he second eack though as i insiales a dobie tack action Under Eat 7 Poe Cann Promo lb Margin you can set whether an in place schon adla be amp Gera globai acon The defaut lee AEE ERARE Editing Text tothe Object Managers the cormmnent othe selected abject or a meas cantent i played n the tent pane below thet pane Yau may dt Mhe lent ight there or you might prefer o open sf fledged tet eto ne button to the let For minar changes working in the Object Manager s text panes quite camtoriabie There are several ways to save a changed comment With General Preferences setts Accept changes browser slr an objet seamen ot a mera ody is saved atonaaly whenever you select another abject inthe Bs Ti the delat seting and a quck way 1e save However youl a change the et you elek on another tes aden M you sre not using the Quick Save option you need to cant sang the comment mera when selecting another abject n thet Changes can be explistiy saved at any time by pesing the CUS key inate Eon Acar fom the Objet Manager a mena en a ar ea pe Primary Document Manager ot many operations the Pay Document Manager i easier to handle than the drap doun lt ee Figure 18 1 you doubled on s document t wil be ded into the active region You can ala drag ara rp documents rm here anto the re
167. es Sipe Faries are combination of other families lug other Super Fas Yoa ean bald complex aries irerenentally Vom exiting ties Gg a et of powell Bolan operator From a letra pempectve Super Faris function jut ke Super Codes iee Supe Cadet om page 273 They can ther be ces in the Super fry tooo in the sde panels of Manages See Creating Super Funes at Cal ites on page SE Using Families When Merging Hermeneutic Units A speciai application of ais is used to ply the sets of objects to be ilued in the process of merging Herenaute Unts ice Merang ermeneute Ute on page 14 Common Procedures Although the handing ol faries and their members i identica their usage iers between typeof nes in he folowing he general aspect of and procedures or werking with ane are described Thee desrpon of Specie characieraten 0 tne derent ay types alos A procedues tor disglaying edling and creating fares are found in the menaa o tner object ype Le undar the Documents Coes and Mero en AEE TTEA The Family Manager Ung the arly Manager you can cate adit and dete fais You can SA a temave ems amy member we comments roncen a area may or et a aay a ie Fipan 2 Pay Dat Fay ae ay Managers and the procedures dese inthe allowing are the same feral ary ype Components OF The Family Manager The Famy Managers main pane ats al fares for the spe objet ype Theo aps he arne ember see author and ean and e
168. es are payed in ariy fae page 40 Ghotitons that can be loaded but ane loaded vis the fulback path are own ina dark red cor Th apis ole doce oy Sethe ATLAS n mana ore deal on tke documents Quotation Manager Toolbar tessa xe Fe Gaon a ar From tt ght Open text pane tor writing comments in a al edge text editor Open network view onthe selected quotation Move ors to the nert quotation ar back to the last one Crente the ink source Yor a hyprik Hypertext page 352 Crente the tage ink for a pein Delete selected quotations Various Vew option Enter a search term into the search ili you are looking for particular quotations Quotation Manager Columns ae ayo oon S SnD Aah Ct wa Fe ata Set Code Manager The Id combines the PDoc number and the quotation sequence number The quotation 1d 3 10 means that te quan past of the hed dotsent nts the 10 10 quotation that was crested in is document Quotation are numbered in vonage and nat in sequel order Abie sign ince that corrent was writen for this quotation the rackets or ite ha he quotation a start anchor or larget or ype Name The frst 30 characters of a quotation are used as the default st name This name can be changed it desea The delali name of a graphie ao or deo quotation is the nae af the data fe name Primary Document The name of the primary document t belongs to Codes The codes that have been apped to the qu
169. es members of the elected fly Gae Figure 193 you want to add one tem at tine you can simply doubie ciek an lem nu 182 tng meats amy Watch the member st being populated with the tems you have stad AEE TTEA Another way ts ad members is to drag ther fram an jet Manager the AU apone or the margin area into the member s pare Removing Members 1 Open the aly Manager or te relevant tiect ype H Selec tay Select en oe mon tein tht pane forbes lick the Remove lems button ta eave the selected ems fr the Selected tay The Nr are oniy deleted ats aly and oto the Sse 1 you want ta emeve ane tm at a time you can dry double on enchem Assigning Families To Objects The option Eom Faves Assen Fames is another way of adding members to a Tariy Tuis opb slows yox t easiy as salable trates to abeh he lected in Ihe Fay Assignar oran Obert Manager Assigning Families To Objects In The Family Assigner Open the Family Asie Fanus Asn Pa Select an bjt the example below tis a primary document in the top ean then the appropriate amie in the lower ighi han ie ek the Atm button to assign the ais to the selected abject conan re ag nts et eran A Assigning Familes To Objects In Object Managers lect any number fae an Object Manager by holding down the Cities ight cick on an of the selected ite and select Assign Fae or chaoe T us son ae othe mema From the lst of fails that opena ule
170. es to make fitering fer Me survey materal easy Save the Hermeneutic Unt As default name the name of the Excel fle s ted you ort the sarne table repeatedly rows vith already esting POs ire ignoret Thay you do ot Tave to wal unti he last espodent has Med out the qustonnire Analyzing Survey Data Inde to analyze survey data you shoul get acquainted with the sowing fatures and acon of ATLASA AETA Primary Document Familet expec their ute as dala tbls ae Fa itn page 223 and Wing wih ata ny Saco Fares an pase me Basie cong techniques to add some aditional codes to the precoded spones ee Coding Techniques an page 187 Coe Fas uee page 240 I The code Pranay Documente Table tee page 302 I The query toot and the scope function ce page 258 page 278 H creating and werking with super aes tse page 280 H The Co oceurence Table xplorer tsee page 291 Data Management In ATLAS ti As exlained i the sean What happens bein the scene if you add oriznerts ta a project on page 71 you can delegate your dala management 1O ATLAS ATLAS E7 smart enough to manage your documents or your In ATLAS 7 you add rather than assign documents to a project ATLASI res copy the documents and pls er ita one te Iai My Library for engle we projets ad he Team Lb for team prec The ates are a werkt for ATLAS and yau do nat have to cone ous wit You ca however change the location of the brary you enh for example ts
171. evef alphabeteay ned node aay del eghbos Hierarchical st Convers the network into a hierarchy Mei the root Sheets and pls an ented torest of mees Reference to Network View graphie fles 1ncludes st the graphic tes Gtaedfam the Network Vie Trese cs have lo be dented manualy A anne tle format i Windows Enhanced Meta em Se Save Network iew Grp Hle on page 340 Inne Network View graphie fles A above but dps the graphic images in he web page be To Set Google Earth Preferences To set Google ath preferences select Toous Prem Goart Eum Prom or he mast menu qos one aD cng fetes Tab General Embed GoogleEath within HU Editor Tangle between embedding GE in to the HU editor or paying GE in a parte window Timeout tor staring Increase this value fakes longer tne for GE to start and ATLAS does not potion to camera en Fy to spend Ads the speed has sed to travel between two quotatont Tab Snapshots ee whch ay buttons and setings sa be ced when eng a GE rapiho fem a GE document Tab Export Open features after Exporting to Googearth When creating a new quotation you need te export t to GE before you can et ace Etor Refeence source nat found on page Eror Reference source atau When you activate th leatre the Tamparnry Paces er sown Showing the HU andthe quotations as branches tinon Set the stance between the placemat icon and the ground a meter Snippet ines Set the
172. ew confit wih exsng edet ted kot be resolved For etal please reler 1o Merga Hermeneutic Unit on page 154 Below we describe how merging codes can be accomplished in a Network DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDWG TOOLS m he figures blow lustrate that the mer of two or more codes is not a il task beeaise al of their references inie and comments need ta be Iraseed ta the art tode in a canssnt manner Open or create the Network View that contain the codes to be merged Here elects ot parenting mare stess more burden ore expenses hore wot They shouldbe merged ilo a mor general code med iets ol parenting mare Sle source codes tobe merged into one target code Make sure that e target node i already vse in e Network Ear 1 choose Naas Menar Comes from the Network Eto main menus oer apg can manne ear Move the mouse 1a the target noe and eck the et mouse button Ater the merge The fous seed cds have been merged into the target delet e patenting mare nen The target node inerte all the references i quotations inks to other des ard remos and mmens Into e incorporated nodal TET EEA Hypertext Network Views As Graphical Tables Of Contents M you use graphical PDs you can we Network Views to display hua sme copies of these PDs Sae for example Figure 297 rate a new Network View by chaos Newonss Nw Newa Vew rom De HU Ears main menu I import some graphical PDs see
173. ew user account select Tos Uae Maraca Usa Enon Fom te main menu this option grayed out in the menu you are logged in as standard user Chose Toots Usa Maacivn 7 Soros Usd sh og a Super user to be Se to cas te user adrian windon In aditon to being an administratie uter in he ATLAS context you ao shave adnate rights a4 Windows use in order to weste access the Gar database whieh laced ATLAS t a PROGRAM feider below De rota Fles lelder Tha older k inualy mrte protected for no Smita ses on serine mek in pine operating systems Ike Windows XP Wows 2000 Windows Vt Windows 7 etes For Windows Vata and Window 7 usere W TAEAE pea ee 128 ar ian ar A uter is characterized by fve sttbutet faur of which you are prompted forin Sequence Arroun name pasword lst name irit name Account name When werkng with ATLAS the acount name has ta be rtrd at grin te Every abject created including the Hermeneutie Unit Stipe with the account name Pasowod A password shout eat leat 4 characters eters is symbot hg ut should not exceed 10 eters sherk typos A password ean be hanged later by the administrator owever when logging in you ae not Segred ta emer a password the dau setings are Kea Relaas User agement bl Last and fist name Bath suns really have no important uncon other then piang the ner a tomet wecame However Botn a ast and a fest are ust B provided when deining a user To add a new
174. f more operaator create a gay lk he Scape bution To zeae the above deserted subgroup you would double ck the ee lame eral age group and Cy New York Then you ck onthe AND operator es DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS m Super Families M you need certnin combinant of document families more oe then you can seste scaled Super Familes How Ihis works i deserbed in the nert Super Faries allow the same underlying lagie as Super Codes et Super Cades on page 273 They are conte by combing families or ead iting super aibes Thee members are determined dynamical whenever you activate a Super Fay Super amis canbe created hased on panay document les eames and merno ales Below an eraen 1 sown fr pny oriznent fate Creating super code or super mera tras works the Sime way Using Super Families Example Yeu are working in the Customer Department af nating ard have been Been the a lo analyze customer compan A ae for your ana You AEE TTEA have aset of documents desing with custimer complaint abot domeste Tihs are a set of documents deal with stoner compas stout iniermationai tights Your company purely eet erences Seton dot std meratinal lights and dieenes beeen Bess td ke revelers imporlant factors 1o analyze ight be gender lel a ieme and equenlyraus The mar below based on the our tomer groupe eons rror maton rg Ta mpresent these four groups ia ATLAS i
175. f seguenta test However in conventions media nl uch navigatori support is provided for laverang beaween Ihe pieces of dala thatelerene each oe Computer hypertext apieaons nude for example antre hep eer hat play operon formation sable amal chine Leornpared ia iengthy pated norman but wih crete amount of inkap fo other lees of information A mell known hype seule the Wad ide Web ts textual gape an other mule ntermaton aiouas wove Benefits Of Hypertext What are the advantages of dect connections between text segments pret he tonal pods quale ex ana What Codes Cannot Do Maybe we shuld ask diferent question fest How ca you espress ha alee intext contacts statement how ean you tee Si contradictory statement of specie utterance ial you have codes and er aon ith the st The ende a retrieve paraig which issa prevalent or many systems supporing the quate researcher i not adeguate far certain ps of srl n ooal tems attaching codes to chunks of data creates named sets Gl segments wth almost no ternal sinuctire Ts nat 1o say thal urna ta tnt segments inta sete sat utet On the contrary sean eads to manageatie amount ol segments ht Iter can Be eteved wih the hep o the attached code words But he may not be the aniy way you want ak at your data The concept at hypertext introduces expt relations between passages These inia have ta be Butt manualy and cult from an lect chort The sere Cannot decide for you Ihat wegre
176. f you select text ea POF Ne you need to fay attention that te tarsar i posted leht rom the ist tar a the et IE you bea you selection turther to the left or above the et then ATLAS Tandes the selection a a rah segment ae Creating and Working wih Ciaphieal Quotations on page 171 Creating A Free Textual Or PDF Quotation iaka eain ed kannat a Gesamte pe ieee aren vee eta eae see ee aaneee eree e Tamaan inme vat ct et tone Anew ent shown in the quotation drop down tar opened the Qustaton Manager The delaut name const af he hat 30 craters of the Bete tant Text quotatan ate highighted according to the ight elo yeu have setin Widows The highlight col for POF decent ean be et wn ATLAS the POF pelreres ino oo Parens POF mec Creating Quotations Using Drag amp Drop Tis technique slows you to italy Uo gieees of et int the quotas st Ths however nly werks fo textual not of PDE Ties t doc denn Mave he moine pointer into the selected text Te pointer wil change to as drag B drop appearance By hoidin dow the left use button drag the telecton inta the quotation drop down it or the Quai Manage AEE TTEA THE DATA LIVE HAS FUNCTIONS wa ae 4 can tao ng ep You have just created a quotation A new entry appears the quotations drop down it ad the Guatan Manager 1n he margin a bar wil be aye Cotations are ako be created in the coure af coding or meng using
177. ftware that enables playing of certain mutimecia fle format on your Computer and Mes thak rom RTF converters the doc and dos iet Homeer ATLAS does provade a fle qusity check when ang document to proj ce Fie Qualiy Check on page 74 Language Settings ATLAS can handle documents in pretty much ANY language and character Set athough the program interlace of course in Enghsh ony Requirements A frst equieenti that language speiie fonts are instale on the Computer N you use special reglon languages the might regure tha you est an appropriate guage pack on your computer Next mae sure that the corect language set in the Language tab at the Battin aht o e ATLAS windon tesa Deut oling ehea Bena Sg erecta Ater you have selected a pete language that is not he deta language on our Crp a bwo eter abireviaon payed in e ange Ub User Interface Language The taer nterface language can be tet under Tos 7 Pm See To Set he Ue Interface Language on page da Font Settings M characters are not displayed properly in al windows and ists you may need oa the font eng Select Too Paros Go Parente the Font tab Inde to reduce the tf displayed fonts select orly hoe that are ope with the language you sre ing eth carte i ng gag a ar Select one or more or al eet types for whieh you want to change the fant H Select a font and appearance bold talc for thee abject typet M you have projects in die
178. g amp Drop Open ATLAS on yaur PE and drag he iPad project fle anto the ttle bar af RE ATLAS t window iy i paaa oiana we 3 png ee popat t ATLAS ew atag a TREET ERARE Preference Settings setine oe Preteens dilag e sored in e USERN He hh ihe wer syne folder The ser system foe eared during Ft of ATLAS You can es seer any ei nea men Toons Enos Usa Sree Fe To Set General Preferences a lect he main ena tion Toss Pareues Gam Pcs ck the neta rtcrences butlan nthe ma toot Gee Tab General Bumm Aig belon errs Tur system beeps otf and on Be serous Reduce the amount of hurmar thrown at you in the user interlace Search with pattems GREP When tured on the test search and auto ending fins use regular expressions see GREP Search on page 215 This setting W so controled by Ine respecive checkbox in he tert search and auto code window Show Taskbar Tool Displays an icon in the tak bar to easly ares the ATLAS window manage Length of HU pide lst Species the mts umber of Hermeneutic Unite that appear in the feel sed st at the bottom of the Fe rena or in the HU Browser List nare size for quotes By defaut te dpa name of quotations is 30 characters The recommended Jengin is between 30 and 30 characters Note that sre changes apply on to Subtequenty created or ote quotations you want tet apt al isting quotations fom the main men select Qveurvs Mawes Ure ae
179. g documents that you have vase wing 4 Window 1S red int an embedded documents tte the associated meta feat added toa brary of your choc Gee mpeg Associated Doauments Transcribed suche on page 92 Imperia survey data based on an Encel spread sheet Case bwsed daia ar imparted as ered documents ce nparting Survey Dala on page ie Franaana The ter a on Creating a new embedded let document ie Addo embeded documents Tet fles on on page 70 Creating a new Google anh PD sce page 76 Crentng a inapshat fom he carey loaded GoogeEath location a Image PD Gee page 77 you nd srumber ft Assigning external inked dcinens ike you are uted to ftom oer ariana al ATLAS B Please see the VE manual for a deserpbon ol urious praet stip options The option Tue sa Taws HU activated if document were added ta the tear ibrary Setting Up Single User Projects a Open ATLAS and select Danae New Aan Dace M Lanun ot zy drag and drop a folder 7 selected docume om the Exper orie the Uttar se Adang Documents ising Drag amp Drop on page 73 using the data import process a le quay check is carried aut see page 74 Ater you have added documents to your proj save the project Nle to any Testin Pret Sae wn o Fe cag sepa Setting Up Team Projects When workings eas multiple scenarios are poste A team analyzes a cornmmon set of documents across dierent stes 1 iy te documents at each s
180. g report you might be Sked to send a systern report induding Wis fle to a speied support mal Theoret amans te ong T The Sytem Report which you can view via Mar Tuou Surmont bwo Danar Srem Rro Tre user s configuration fle USERN The ATLAS U configuration fle ATLAS NL Tne kst ot fles in ATLAS As progr folder Tre kst of fles in the users system feider The information in the package contains technical information needed for the Edna support personnel to aye ad sport reported probiers Except for the content of the ERROR LOG the system report and bwo INI es No oiher fe content andened To send an error report from the main menu select Har Tc Sut heo 7 Cue Ma Ro A message informs you that the report has been created and which sit frelon ick OK areno oes sta Tha matge tamne atait atait e Ser o me ATLAS launches your default emai chent and crestes a new message Greed o an ATLAS suport addres The repart le extension AlRep shouid ead be attached to the mal ulate In ases where a please attach A manualy Rs exact Seaton ciated the onscreen message The body of the message displays tina instructions Make sue you have an seve internet connection and send the mat Our Spor tam wil wu respond es than 24 hos Service Packs amp Patches Live Update Program pats pes and ev packs are esata pate oct Te propa dows and ads pace Conca TET EA Provided you have adminsaive nights to you
181. gating Within Textual Primary Documents Textual PDs llow for a variety ol options ta display deren pasa he text You can rt up and down using the mouse wheel 1 Theanow keya ad other navigational keys can be uted to meve Brough the tet humo spect ine puragragh numbers using the Go o Pace bution 1e he tf the PO pane You may ala 200m he content vis the Zoom PD button i the vertical taal bere ett Ta reset Te vew ta 100 peld domm bath SHIFTACTAL ey While you cick on the Zoo to You ind selector of predefined sises in he Sa lab in the battor right of Ie ATLAS t window TREET ERARE ATA PREPARATION Fore Sang tect espa dm Some Additional Notes On Displaying And Navigating POF Documents Yu can view POF documents page by page or select t view continuous paes H your POF documents contain Bosker you can thase whether you Tan io ste therm o at and wher to postion th To change the setings for PDF documents select the main menu option Tooc Parma POF marae ane sy PF paves TERETE ARAL ATA PREPARATION ck on the ota rectangular area to sleet ahighight colo Select the continuous page display option to seo dawn the entire POF decent selecting the single page option oniy one page at a tme splayed When moving da and up the seral br a preview erage te ate pages played ie below Fee Sage pap i win pine er When selecting the ule page view chick on the Page bull the sats bar move bck
182. gion buon et o lond tine a new tin Or ciek on the egon bittan fet io open a new egon and then ag a document in the empty eon pane As iready shawn for the navigation pane see Navigation Pane 111 on page 3 you can sho view your documents ses Vaw as The standard opion to sae thumb nals But you can sa increase he sey electing Vaw 7 Pave Sor Man WORKSPACE THE HU conor u ene ae at a Ponary De Mar Mest each tie you find information about the document type the fees blog to and the numberof gustan Double Double click a PD ads the data source and displays te inant nthe PO pane Src pane singl chk or F2 states in place eating of PD names Muti Selection You can select more than one PD at a trme Tisi useful fer ng a selected ist of POS Omm Lh Fiter Click an a PD family in the side panel to set a loca fer Crsitedouble ice sets arly a global ter ee Us Families as Fite olor Usable Fs are colored blac Ps wh an nace data soc le are colored sray ts happens You have either moved Inked acini 1a diferent leat or ave esumedthar you we uuna manage is ths sce Mat he lca nt evalu nthe tary Gee The Document Larae on page 109 PDS that are eval but cannot be loaded due to a consistency protiem ecole red This ates problemn with ens for Inked documents Sou have ather odied the datumet outside of ATLAS or have ao cd the tle hal ceed when editing a docement ne 91 PDs that can be lo
183. gs Tatare nt pobe using Uadtonl papet and peni techniques By renaming on removing a code from an HU you are affecting every oeimenes ofthe cade Hvoughout he entre HU The elect sgl Renaming the code wil tay change al the code ink 1n the margin 1o eci the new name Deleting wil rermave a occurence mariin and Trom al other contents n wight was engaged ie network vieue aes a To Rename A Code lect a code in a Network View ori ane of the flowing places the cade drop down tt the Code Manager te HU Explorer ar e Code Fret When selecting a coe Hom a lst you can ite the Coons Rimane function Trom the mai menu The Rear optan is als sustat am he comert H tnter the new name and ciek OK Another method to renare a cde to use nae ling This opton Satan the Code Manager the KU aplat sn the ign aon Renaming a code place wn he marin sca hat bwo dierent eet The ende can be renamed globaly allecing al crsenes or replaced by rather eode caly Thi preference car be set via The Magn tbo Gereral Preteens dog Toon 7 Pasuma Ga Pataes Tas Monan f be Pacha Deleting Codes Deleting a code removes the code from the entire HU Al freee tha involve hs ende are removed I aho dksppeus om Nelwark Views and fees tnat contained i nde H you oniy want to remove a cade fom apace quotation you should nin the eode inead ce eo To Delete A Code Select a cade n the Cade Manager a Network View the HU Explorer or the ade F
184. h Recovery Automatic Backup Abaco fet oniy td fo the pens HU when saving he Set neon woud not protect ou tan ong he wrt you Sree see last savt in th cre of cal rman of he froma cated sym cares or pone hares or such stutn an automatic prod alte provided ha wil Sts covey tat every 50 mess pet ale you ae maaa e i ta ri aa Should ATLAS t or Windows crash or in any other way be terminated regu the amount of work ot nly De wode conducted sete last Tover bac ress When ling ATLAS or aer svg PE TRU e recovery backup Aei removed satay When yu restart ATLAS after a crash wi ask you you want to laad a every bach o you HU is bah is indeed newer tan he one you Copy Bundle Migrating Ana Backing Up Projets ne anon lets you make cy o yout ete pe te snd toed fe packed Senge Wl uch seve arp Poray balers je str cats dala secie y power backup restr deve Copy Bunde powerful toal By inspecting the HU t ad and calles fe that make up the projet checks te aces o the data ours and Provide eedback in pebemate tuations rr al he project fe it complet gle compres Ne Ona target compute instaling a bundle dtrbutet the HU the date source Hes and all eotated fles to appropiate ston Copy bunte ls can be recognized bya spc icon an ATLAS projectin a Ba and the fl entenson he Pia 108 piepe FE crines apne nage Eat gunn mannan ATA The Copy Bundle Tool Ure Pager Con Bount you tnd two functions One
185. h swarm heel stead of retyping lengthy sear strings the wer may lster singly ype the seach category SCALE inta the ety Ald The dalar Sgn is pecil character that nae that the entent a he CAUSE calgary ito be ed tor the search and nat he strag CALSE il Therefore do net ie Ihe San to mata category name Categories can be mined wth erry stings to bul complex search requests sche unit seatset hen As categories may be samen of lr calagoss recive seach re of Stray depth may be defned nm sseostno soe adie Bice lovlovaielvedions on 18 oa anc aoe The defintion fr the taxonomy above flows TIRE EAR ich category structures are efficient oot ex he eal properties ot the tentus materal ou sen your research Ot core this ol does nat fd evant storman beyond the characters specie Ie Sear I Open the Text Sat teal em get a gy tt Enter a new seseh sar rset an existing category om the raya Search wars by cide on Ihe drop down button a the ight ofthe entry i E ciet Nest When using Catagory Search some of the control become abled Category Search cannot be combined wih GREP mode can nevu be ee tene id the Previous button cannot be used I Open the Text Sear toal T Enter a new defilon into the ety ld using the following syntax As saon as you press te Na button a new category is created and a search fer the ist ocamence starts Th category 5 now avaa au for the Ce
186. he HU concept you understand almost everything that Shetty to wo wih ATLAS H And in spe of impressive nae realy simple and practical ae Everything that is relevant to a particular project e ga research tpi is part tthe HU and resies in the digital doman Far instance the Parry Documents e the data you are analyzing the quotations the codes he onceplalinkages amis networks and the mermas ele are al part of One obvious advantage of this container canept s that the user oniy has to eai with and think of ane entity Actvatmg an HU ie he staghoneard Selection of a single yal associated materia s then scvated automatically Fe 1 erty aac he mene nt he most basie level of an HU conto the Pimmary Documents allowed atey by tne quotations selections from the ay Docent On the eat eval cade reter to uot eros you mee them everyaee An HU ean cere highly connected ey a dense web of pay data Stele memos and codes and intenelations between the oder and the data Ta ind your way though ths webs ATLAS providet power bung ativan eng oak Primary Documents PD Or PDoc Primary Documents represent the data you have added to an ATLAS project hase can be ten image aibo video or grographie materal that you wh ba sere Primary Document Families Data Attributes ais in ATLAS ate group of objects eth entry Fares belong Primary document amie fll a spets Tuco they can be reared at quasi ichatomo
187. he We io dak Importing Codes When you enor codes in XML format ana information tte the date of erator and modeston he author and cade comments m plain exon Sre ao imponiet This is how you doit 1 select Cone omc lar Cos ML fror the main menu Ae dog window opens Select the XML fke that you previously created ed tsek the Ont bution The cade ist including al comments is imadaly imported and displayed in the Code Manager I conflet oeur you receive amp warming and have te pio te overt ony the cde Tor mhich a eal wat deleted ar ak cos oO io Exporting And Importing Memos In XML Exporting Memos You can export selected memos or sli memos To export al mamos Choose Maas luron fErow Eon Au Manos OAL from the main smarter co meen tes ew terre and save the ie tod To export one ar more selected meres Open the Memo Manager and select ane ar more memati Choose Maves 7 ronson 7 Broar Mamo ML Irom the min man Select Faz as the output destination Confiem the default name or enter a ew tie name and se the le to dak Importing Memos select Manos woo oer Menor OAL the main mena LA fe ila window opens Select the XML fle rl ciek the Ore button Ma naming cate occurs you can choose to over al memes to NOT vert the memo for which a coil was detected of never overte an ing mema hoot ona Exporting The Hermeneutic Unit In XML Instead ost exporting a s
188. he delat elatis are sted in the ube below C1 and Ca ane source and target nodes espece SEEE E L C C E E GETER C CN C rome SEE fase are EA EE pF C Ca Seen ol these uate dey alt the display af inis ile others tec procening e g search utes automate out Ak between anceps dplayed i a Network Er by 2 Ine wth the elas abel You at chose Irom the diferent labels el abel and the name sed far fhe menu when selecting alan he foal atte affects both the display and processing capabilites of a lato Far extn AI esyrnatc elo are pbataed fe Network Ear with an anaw pointing toward the target code Symmetrie raions ae A tyga tanstive relation theca relator if C1 irene of C2 and at eauserot Ca t follows that Ct heat C3 Transitive relations ako ube the serail ue Semantic Operatori on page 262 The flowing properties are user definable the we lsbels and the men et tich canbe ed as alent play optan the width and erior of he Ine Tht ro nodes wether a brk i doce or norr dwecied and the prefered isyo decan The pretere layout econ alec he layout fans When ATLAS automaticaly aranges he nods See Layout Procedure on Page 57 Link Vs Relation Mis important o understand te dilerence between a relatan tar a hrk type sr the Ink seli There i oniy one part ef relaten but plenty many irja using it in the Retort View below the relation consequence aed nonce w
189. he entire or oniy parts of the network othe Cipboard and then paste i into anaterapleaton Wren paring ou need oitlet he pante specal optan i arder to paste Ie reer st irage I you select ost the paste option he network view 8 pasted in et Farma This is the equivalent to the code hierarchy output see page 391 above Creating Reports With The XML Converter AMAL the extensible Markup Language a power standare fx inom ache between apyeatane and has been used by ATLAS ance ete 42 XOL is increasingly ue in any information technotagy related dors The mobie phone veb language WAP bans ete by open ure resem loal Tranentber and Microsoft Oie a use or are baed on In case you don t know what XML is the short explanation is that XML simlar o ita ss document markup language Xi concentrates on structuring information Structured information contains ath content actual words piekares cte plus ypiealy sme ideation a What rale tht content plays or example text content isde a heng has trent meaning from content i a ootele content in a igure ton les rm content ina database abl et Aosta doce have some siueture and a markup language sa mechan to wey ths structure in a document The XML seston eines a standard way to add markup to domes se re 3 A era ts gt Stay ane cn a M you create an XML output fle ca be rend by other appikeatons that Support XML One man sdvantage bat the appt an defn
190. he ly 1t cal fle repautory When you tal ATLAS E the needed les for the wo avalan rae we ested automaticaly The ibrary locos ae 3 Workspace far ATLAS and you de not Rave to concer youl wih hem You ean however change the location af the rary yu want ta Tha tor nupl eleanor leam projets where documents are stored at a shared Teton ie seting up Team Projects an page 110 Two predefined iar are usb to you a peat ay or unge uter projects and a team Ibray tor team projets ee The Document Libraries on Paa 108 tor turten deta Once you have added documents to either the privat or the ea ibrary ATLAS wi not need the original scrce document anymere Unique Fingerprints For Documents sing the proce af poring documents into the ray each document is provided va igus tiger 1n venion 6 he order othe documents AP PA Pa sti maered when merging projecte This does no lenger apiy due othe new way of entyngdocaeni n ATLASA 7 In users everyday work we eae that this new way ot identiying primary ocimerts va ert is ather not trown or ine elect has not been ly derstood In cae you end ap wih wa prerary document afler meng Us Ihat however cantai the same content piense read the folowing ouble shooting alie merging on page 1 Adding Documents Via The File Dialog To add fies From the Documents or Preject main menu choose Nev Asp Doce OP chek on the We loaded button nthe main toal ba For age at TREET ERARE p
191. hen exporting the Pray table the et wl be as follws sun oti uae wer Te tabe shovas ane variable for Lain and the respective values as string Bertin onion New York and Tok Nate hat he vate name i refed wth a hash sign N This the syptax that needs to be used when Prepa a ble for port e be The hash sign ideales to ATLAS i fat table pede to be turned inta mile ates Super Families In PD Family Tables Supe Funes se page 280 are ated he standard ames yu donot ange the default ume sggeste by ATLAS when seating superar then hey are pref by an asters Inthe able belowe jou se vo super fees ming the fares fo age group 7 and 2 whe fay fermate en ip a Sgt Fant Preparing And Importing A PD Family Table rate the allowing slurs when manual preparing a PD Farniy table fo npot roma speadsheetaplation uch as Exte Fs cola Use Documents as the header and a PD number in subsequent Stead clue Use header Name andl enter a nare for the PD in esch row The next one or two columns Asay mentioned above the acer path E stared oll mhen a abie i created by ATLAS The actui path the irme of export tenlu Path and the pat at the tne ofthe augment of he dorise to the HU sun GONGI The atter car aso cant special path components cHUPATH lt TAPATH that wil be caret resolved then rtd ite ATLAS When reading a table into ATLAS the Path column has mare or es eaenptive character the BOn abaya prefered
192. hy fom sl towns Aree set of peat feed nate that orly Boolean operators make inae here and an be sed to conta scope sencton queries i much he Se way a the query isl ne 25 tego pgs ie 235 above shens a simpy query fre cea reas or hang The senpe ie set to the PD family genderc male Th means that thereat pane it tered orty displaying qustatons ram male respondent This reits gna waneh an be en at De botam eh ey lol RAEE TTEA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AUNLDNG TOOLS m Doutle dicking an the PD Fay gender female in turn ls 10 Quotations Further crpaftons old be by satin evel mara staha ether sommeone ea parent ar not ete Fo the els always look at the result pane af the query taol window The Bottom pane af the Scape of Quay window shows al quotations harn the Selected decument group n mathematical errn the esa pane n he ey Bal window shows fc erection beeen te code query and al quatatons frm parade document poup You can lso combine a number af PO families or individua PDs using Baoan paar in the Sepe of Guay Window or by creating Super PD aro e mbing group of documents to reret searches teow ar Crean Sipe Famkes as bal Fiers on page B Combining Group Of Documents To Restrict Searches Acambination of document ais ite all eral in age poup N 21 40 fom New Yrk licked n he same way sy ciek a code query You ht Select two of mare PD Tae and hen you ec ne o
193. iew Menu The tems flee by the View menu let you change the font ue before turing screen shots Yor presentator the dip of abject ems he length of te Wree indentation the presence f he clapie expand Buttons the ply ofthe obiecta com andi the carament area acre Lit Yous alia able the place daing capa Code Trees amp Forests pec HU Explorers can be ved to display codes ony You ean apen them ia the HU Explorer button in the main mena ee or Relerener source nat Teun on page Enar Reference oures not Joure or a the flown mes Select a code e g in the Code Manage From the Coves Macaca mena choose Coe Tat H To display trot codes with their ees and branches H Select acode Choose Coo 7 Maceo Cooe Fous he rules and procedures decd above for codes in th Object Explorer ply here as mel ee The Object Explorer or page 368 Codes displayed in code trees and forests can be used for dag amp drop coding Tris a a prefere rave fer users who ike to wo wh Racca rere acing schemes Redundant Coding Analyzer his procedure identies overlapping or embedded quotations that are Sucdatd wth the sarme code Sut endings poy indenting elandancy cat esl from narmal coding but may cur untied during a here procedure You might aot need or wanit to comeet redundant cans but these ccurencer may be indeave of rethodologa aues jou ana The Redundant Coding Analyzer Screen he Coding Analyzer
194. ifferent Locations a tear ments wos wit a diferent set of documents they cin open ther ATLASE G HUA in Vion 7 and alow ATLAS impo a documents into the team ary Gee Error Relerence sunce not found Common Set Of Documents Stored At A Shared Locations Ste Figure 99 for a depiction of the wat Tasks OF The Project Administrator Open the ATLAS 45 6 HLN of the vagous team member in ATLAS 7 part a documents inta he tears Hear Figo 101 an ave Ihe fles G Ts emer Uri l ti a Q Ate npea eae 9 irer caret 11 Peg nr fr taan pat cc eat sed bean Merge the ATLASI MUS and creste a new Master poe fle Par Mae wm HU Mon the team ibrary needs to be moved by the poet administrator you t0 locaton that can be accessed by al team renters The step ae mesana amas m SAND FROIETS ia Select Cacao Dara Sover Macca Ores Lanay Mace in the rary Manager select Ems Magee Lm Loar 12 he sage yw Select the appropriate eto for the team ary and ciek OK You wil be asked to restart ATLAS During hs procese all documents ae moved tothe new locaton Serd the new Master HU to all tear members ard instruct hers to reset the Seaton ofthe team rary te bel Tasks OF The Team Members The tear martes need to set the location of the team ay to the shared eeaton as instructed by the poet aia Select Doan Dara Sous Mae Oro Lin Mac in the Lnaey Manager select a Ser i Loca TIRE ARAL
195. ile the i neg und our tne Another way 1o think of inks and relstions i to view inks as instance of ations Links are mel informed abaut the characterises elas which etine te styles acral ofa ean changed e B bae ath lor sol hee changes are propagated to al inks ising i KpE ruvina ang as sy aa The Role Of Relations Mtis useku to understand the rele What relations play in th construction ata theory The canespts codes ha are baked ining relations represent sperts ot the problemn domain under investigation On the oer han he laos used oink tte domain concept are patt ofthe methodology used 1 ana bre shenomens A mmportant ester tok hey comillas the main ust that gue the development of a model or a theory The Grounded Theory method af Cte amp strauss uses relations hke i shenamenan ietanen ol ircamequene ol a candtlorfer i Sitegy for leo elite concept ound dng the dala open ox phase inthe analysts of argumentation sets other relations are mre sabe p wewdenee a cantata ta wana ele A medical expert attempting to capture apaste knowledge woul use ies ot and emda fa The Network Editor he Network Ets an intutive and powerful method to eae and manipulate eto tures I favors a ec manipulate technique You Ean erly gab codes qustatiant meres or other obiect sna your Eirsar and meve them acd tne wren as wal as drav and eut fk between then The flow
196. in area best Stale fo conesing ta quotations that are in dee pray ta each other select a quotate bar in the marin ea etanoa et een ttn Release the left moute button The Relaton menu apers Select a resten he akng procede ende here Utilizing The Multi Document View For Hyperlinking The ul document ew makes t easy to set hyperia H Load bwo documents side by ide Left chek a quotation bar in the active region drag the mouse quotation barin the same or a neighbor region fess thet moute button and Select arelaon ee Fagre 327 bele AEE TT EARE 27 cn pt gne H you deutch on a hyperink a window pops up providing information on nt inkedqucaten and yous can elk msde ois tae quotation Or see shortcut Chl double medat jmp to the inked quotation ATLAS loud the docmen containing We Inked quotation no the ahora region and you an vien he Inked segmenti ey ie ce he Travesing Hyperlinks on page 36 Modifying Hyperlinks There are two glace to modify existing hyperlinks the Network Editor and the Hyperini Manager Gee Unk Managemnt on page 340 Open a netwerk view an a hyperined quotation e g by right dicing ona quotation an ther ecg the optin Orm Newom Via from the content Senad In the Network Editor right ck on a ink label and select Cee Ramon from tbe cons mena The relation menu pops up Seleet a dierent ton Defining New Hyperlink Relations The procedure far defining or editing hype
197. ing conventen The nation of a eme here is rather fine grained and diers tam the emman derstanding at hse Usually cases quate reser elt pesos interviewa or documents We chose oa he mest un as eae far the output to SPSS ta crane that no data is ding expo Broader inlormation e whi primary document a quotation belongs coded into the variable PD porary dace SPSS Syntax File The output of the SPSS generator ia complete SPSS anak fle containing rable detains optional the dala mate and sore detak at VAR LABELS are taken from code and code famiy names VALUE LABELS for variables crested rom codes are Yes code s ase No 0 code is not assigned Every ease not aniy deserted by the cades bul alto by information about selon pr dace start and end postori author medla ype nd There are two variables fer the start postion SY and and two variables far Ihe end poison EY and DO fora quotate Depending on he medi pe they efor itlerent start and end coords ren nemen pamah Camna peg Colina za Teena ccd age SATS RR poe e Baa PY ae en THe Ho Cae and pirma document ais are handled using COMPUTE statements M applicable saper codes can turm into non dichotomous variaties he SPSS syntax output crated with ATLAS is plain ASC and can be eded Before storma at Ne for farther processing wth SPSS Below you wee an sample syntax Nle TITLE ATLAS Chiko amp Happiness stage IF
198. ing deste various methods esate for cleating and editing Network View Characteristics Network Views have certan emportant haat Seyeral dierent Network View on the tame network are pose Netiork Views can be given names under whic hey are Stared and essed inside the HU Network Viene can be commented Network Views ar played and edited in the Network Edar Netwerk Vienes alow indvidual layout af the nades As a nade a single objet an be a member o any number of Network isa tke a code can be an dement at mare than one code amiy Anabel eg a specit eade an aniy appear once In any Netwerk View ewer Views fo tor a flexible but ogy consistent ply of the eto fabs Mee are a Te constants to keep md M code Ais inked to code Busing the eatin is associated with then vey ews View that contains code A and code B wal necessary include he elation is acid wath ten the wo Furthermore ax ony one nk teat belareen ay two nades at any gien time no Network Vien wil glay any other elation between tose bwo nodes H however you want to ink eade A and B diferenti in a different network ey then you need a merk with dren or moder odes These are ry codes e yoli have nat usad tnem for con but pou ned them to odiy amaton q _ __ Gap G3 Gams ae 27 ng mace ca a vit Node Types The following eect castes can be dlsplaye and ted as nades within the Network Edito
199. into ATLAS has the avantage of rot displaying unusu formating characters to the user A lt Geavarage B that you neeg to do this evey ime you dowmload the te for instance because you are chedang incrermentaly and not al respondents have led out he guesonare yet Mark all celin the table an fonat them as Teit ig cik on the Dghtghed table and eet the option Format Celk I save the utte tas s or ic fe eel or at enst the dorment that you want to impor Open ATLAS and siec Donans 7 Niv bror Sonar Dn The impot procedure starts and ATLAS u informes you when all data are parted Dusing the impart one pty document i created rom every raw Unlike normar PDS who pet the contents ton fles nese primary documents need io have their zantent data taures created as wek These data soues are eed within te HU Gee Adding embeded documents Tet fles orly on page 76 The creation of the textual contents is done as falows Each row scanned Trom elt to right colur by cla Each cals content banging oak pen ded question held sap pended lathe curently buh document ease N Sdin cach piece of appended text ako referenced gua Sutoateay coded wth the erent gustan ATA PREPARATION ens hes ial pon Thote etn defined as variaties are tured into PD Fai Se the ection an Faiy Lle on page 225 oferta I you ect a case al Slab aries are git tee Figure 20 Speci fries sre crested for all imported PDs andi cod
200. it the fob sakes and ather parts of he yan He belare proceeding I le epraon ssl eth SPSS fob le td the data fe are created stance Yo cadet RUN the result SPS is instaled on your computer and the PS extension has been associated wih SPSS Export amp Import Using XML odes memos or entire HU can be exported into the XMI fermat Exporting des and memos a4 XML fes alowes you 1o transfer fay selec codes rmemosbetocen Hus uang the port ureten f you ate locking 10 merge rps HU sec he secon an Merging Hermenui Unit On page i Exporting the entre HU in XML apens up numerous possi for indiidual farts ahd convenon for oiher appar Exporting And Importing Codes In XML Exporting Codes The code s name author creation and madison dale as well as the query far super codes and tne respectie comments are ued in the expat feat However na Ink te gastatan or oher sje are ed You can export acoder sled codes or dl cades that pas the curent er To export al codes ral tered codes Choose Cover wooo Bear Au Cones ML from the rrain mens Inthe output target ialog select Pug Confers the default name or enter a ew terre and save thee te dk TERETE ARAL Toespr ito seed codes 1 Open the Code Manager and set one ar more codes Choos Cour hero Ewon Coot OML rors the muin nens In the output target dilog select Fut Confer the default nare or enter a naw terme and save t
201. iting cares Ie ag mets ifomaton to your documents frst code nades a er unin ts tnde detritos ital thoughts abot speci ala segments he ATLAS quotation to mare extensive memo wring dun the laler tages of he analysis One your dat coded ead ta be queried ug the in del ved The his ganed can hen be nae sng Some sips eo be taken n sequeneeforinstaee logie aes that yau cannot query anything ook for s acutenca if your data has nat yet been ded But other Ihan Mat there are po ste rulet Network views In addition o presenting Inding alsa have an exploratory component and as such ean hap you 1o ee your data roma tft perspective Thi rnay provide fuer ideas or coding querying or even futher data collectar kanie hy Data And Project Management The Process A rst important but often neglected aspect of a project is data and poet anagement The tnst step i data preparaban You hrd more information on Sported ie formats in the section Supported Formats on page G4 Apart rom analyzing your data you ao manage dial content and tis partant ta kow hone the stir does i Far detaled tration see the hon Wht happens behind Ine scene H you add documents oa poe on page 71H As basie puide consider the folowing basie questions Should data be edited after itis assigned to ATLAS See the section Gn Eding Pranary Documents or page 137 De you need data to be shared among team members For further information on eam
202. k Views a last but not ieat as poveril apeands in quenes allowing you to inerermentaly buld Campie gores AEE TTEA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULB TOOLS m Creating Super Codes To create a Super Cade you must have already conticted a query using the Cery Tool whe is displayed in the te stack Note that cae Super Cades are intentional you can alo reste a valti and se Super Cade ti an empty vel st hich might wel change in a later stage ot yo pe Clik the 5uper Code button in the query tool between the feedback pane tnd the eal pane Fee Lao oan ey El Enter a name for the new Super Code or accept the default nare crated fom the query expresan Cerk OR WEL blog enuy COCCI ects of parenting postie r o 28 ip ip cate Cace age The ey rated Super Code immediately appears in the Ist of cades and ean be iea for new gues and Super Codes igh away Is eon and code name cnt You an aceea and et the query lster see Eng a supercode Query on page 276 but the notation Ihat is used in eet query widow not ony E undereland Therefore tis adva that you eriet the query inta he ment beid of he sopes cade You can copy and paste tram the feedback pane irla the comment hea AEE TT EARE Creating Super Codes In The Cade Manager You anal create super codes ung an OR corbination in the Cade Manager H Select multiple codes in the Code Manager select he menu option Coo Maceo Ca Surm Cont Enter a name oth
203. k an the bowie button and select a source HU rom the fie dog lick he Nr button The soure HU is ded and you can proceed wit the ent ep the mere procedure waited by drag amp drop the source MU already rtrd into he saurez entry ld You ean nate proceed by can on he Nar bution Next you Ao to chose a merge sate Choose A Merge Strategy The second step the lection of ow th soure HU is ta be merged into the arget HU Four broad predefined stage ane vate that can be eutiomiaed na second slep bec dattes can be selectively added wed or grove Gee Man Concepts Of merging on page 135 above minano Henugnenc unns Select one of the tour stock rat A short description of the strateny is layed at the alo et af the dalog bo Frat the strategy so t best auts your neede For al major obiect types ou can dart rom The predefined sieck sategynd ancaly dee haw he vaun able pes te to be handled the merge pose one 12 age To Ec yal Boe or ee Same PDs and Codes Choose this strategy when PDs and codes are mas hese in he larget ard source HU AN o the same POs ard codes se han ied Diferent PDs and codes wil be added Same PDs Diferent Codes Chooses strategy wen target anet scutes HU artain the same PD but diferent set af coden ier codes are our Suring ie merge procedure the dupes codes from De saurer HU we Siloti renamed by adding a ror sulla Original code name Abney Dipl code Alhemy Diferent PDs Same C
204. k vewn T B ge pon nage rete etn Status Bar 12 he statas bars at theta of the window The leftmost ll el te user Bout suetea termination of operators nd asp the le rame he Grenade At es do contains short hep teis fot menu ers Sr buttons and shows erar messages when neces RAEE TTEA ee eee th sou nanan ee Pesan Towards the right sd the curent view seo the loaded document shown Net toi the ATLAS ican IE changet 1a a pen when he PD wlth 1o The next eld display the document s content type e ich Test POF m ge auta video and GEO and the selected language Un gue 12 hss DE fer German lek he Delais button to weler he language ge tine rae Pop up Menus ante ar popup menus are used for command that apy tested ject or lo apecieab pun inde a muli pane window A pop up menu is vated by aight mous chk the current ton of the moe pi hay tet ltned cnet entre because the lleed canna depend nie ype and he cent tat the abet or tne content 1a which the Tenu was cited ng posae menas ote pretreat pedi peo T Select a jet Oper the pop up menu with the ght mouse button 1 Steet cman wih the left mouse bution The HU editor provides specifie pop up menus each af is sub paes The PD pane slone oftere a variety of popup menus depending on what s ereny toledo selected When there e na PD displayed eg see afer Stoning a session or alter closing a PD you get the wallpaper
205. l codes are ated cy under tne Endes branch but may aiso apear ter down in he erty A they are connected to other codes The ordet in the hierarchy a determined by the and of elon you have used Ia directed ea trante relation tke hep of velaton was apeg codes are payed Weal the arget code becomes the higher order ce andthe iste cet th ower onde cout aM temtio iata heprea a BE omame beware vow rental DA arash an ant a manna aan When ug syed elon he codes appear in at least two places ce he decton cual elton cannot be deteriined cept ee 3 i mong rep 2 ci a Danean noa ao eanu a a Benoa top ata saaa 9 anaman cece cen th sheng ng ee By nano namnsa ara pano n 2ce oaranes otne Rone 1 pay al antn Ba on hate yrant m myene oe Associated memos f applicable are dipayed under the eae branch Expanding Super Codes alow access ta the vous parts ofa query Below Je can te Wo expanded branch forthe Super Code name of suspect Cahen Renson for being suspected we igure 342 When douche onthe try Co oceur tne bwo codes that are part of the query are played Clking the phas ugn is expand the ue tows a associated eae te codes hal tee inked othe code rame o suspect Cohen and he igh member des he cade amy Reason tor beng spect e ore cent vise St Horo diene Expanding the Memes branch displaye al mema and then the memos Socted wit other memos On he nes evel al socaed codes are own When expanding he
206. l which objets ou want taper Belon the optant forthe various jets types are sted Quotatons impor cornmon Neighbors port Memos T inport Hyperini import Meas impor Qustatans import Farnes Fas part Neighbors ie famiy member AEEA Importing a document s codes neighbor slows to creste cate based network Mews You can aik questo ike Whch af te codes have been appled n Wich dacument and where do they net ocru ATLAS ataraely draw iaht gray ines between codes and the primary documents The netwerk view Hypenk web looking at sources af haps he Happiest Stage H sample project provides an example ee 57 mgt sca bana td ie What ean be een tha statements that support the he one is personaly ressante ar nes swn haps sre mary coming om the Bigs P3 and P5 They cont he en Dat relatione might bea ourer of hapones as met heh however i supported by cen dence Pon Another example provided by the sample rjc ir the network view Si huts for having ot having chidren by gender For code nodes here is a special import feature Mat exploits he spatial lations of dflerent codinga A code co oceurs wth another has been sed Te cade quotations that are i close prow embedded overlapping orl two ore codes sre ape to the same ust The prosimnity of coding applied to a text can also be exploited vit the Query Tools ca aecumence pronimity operator However wile the Query Toal yeldi quotations for entity spect codes te
207. les te your HU Make sure you kw what sin the tle Adding Documents By Dragging A Link Ad docurrents by sagging a link dct from your web bowser ints the FO Tet feld or PD Manager window ifthe HU des not contain documents yet you wil be asked which ary you ant to use ee igure 54 above File Quality Check Dusing the impart process a quslty check kes place If you add large sized fies you wb ated wether you want to keep thee documents ed abr than impo them your audio fles were crested with a varisste bit eate VER ATLAS oes ta vert them inta fles with a constant a rate instand Unless you have very ood reasons agarat i you shoud ays alow convenon tha increases the preven qutatons AETA se ec uy ga N you a a nan tompatii format ike an Open Ole document you wil bbe ntamed etl ety ree ed Aa starna noens seca als pn ct anaon inpe anrang etaren ERBER Hei FF mamet rine pS ty ec Aigo cng eas M the deinen aniy contains plain text you can hac a por ste document Adding Multimedia Documents You can add audio and viden fles using the methods described above As the daia soues are copied when they are pated inta the er you may Want io canider 1a add ge video et ai external document Thee gusty heck wit slet you tf hae he ease ae Fie Cty Cheek on page 74 When aing a video e preview images are crested ond lye an the aht hand ue of th
208. m and otto Sorting and tering primary documents codes memas and quotations an hap You gain deeper git into your data Sorting and erg ean be ceed via the HU edors tenu or the Oct Magers mens The columns the Objet Manages report ves ay ao be thal ovine Some ops srg a eng ae common al aes thoes a dependent on the ee pe Sorting Sorting is avaible via the Object Manages calins and he mair menist at the MU Edlor andthe Managen Sorting in Object Managers Sorting i convenienti avalible al Object Managers via the lst headers ey deta view cheking o a header ulton sorts helt nether Kenna or descending oder one 307 Sng ese at agen he column wed for satin displayed in a darker shade The sort direction i used by an araw in the hese Infor of the sai bar the sort terion dyed A dabei on the status bar s sort feld relreshes the curent sort Thi a sahd colin because newly added objects are appended othe er of the at regards of he conect postion in the sorted sequence Sorting Via The Menus The Sort menu option is avaiable in the abject menus of the HU Editor Documents Clair Cades and Memos and om the cariespording Manager s menu oe 3 swt mani ets The figure below shows the Sart mena for documents wah the cument sert eri etto ID wbich a the default als bar Aft ne items are added othe at rehen he sort itha double ick on the satus pane sort Re Overview Of Sort Options The f
209. mal selected part of your poet you can alio Export the entire HU as an XML le The ATLAS XML expert option for HUE abe uses Jor een purposes Ferextemal te at a non proprietary format e g ta archive data The uae data archive n Eater for example es ATLAS XMI format at HTML Export blue print for their stand see Hip rede ac ut ouadata aboutinaducton asp Asameant to mpari data into other appleatan that afler an import ineton te the tofware GDA Mimet GDA Miner ollen ther untae anasto he hater and coespondens ale Sh fr some tue presenta very sell cormplernent to ATLAS To export an HU for any of the above mentioned pupos select ether the aw anon vet he XML puttan the main ol bar and hee pn Boar HU oo form the nes select aan 7 car 7 Erm HHI Select he aout of content that needed ening primary documents eles mela oration oun ll cnn ol uoltons awe Select the output destinatino Editor Printer Fe or Fle amp Rur se Output bests on page 385 M you select the Fle ar ile amp Run option enter a fle name or accept the eft name and select the falder whet to store the XAL He Hf you do not Want io apply siyle sheets 1 e yau need the output far aching purses or ant ta import your project irio another apples pou ean save the sung Xiu He ta any lator M you want to apply style sheets save the XML fie in the suggested lation Ihe ATLAS OAL fede The HU ta XML expt and conversan uty lows an alte
210. mat pret and ed you may have to repeal We procedure TERETE ARAL Ven
211. mative and very powert and Nette approach Yo creating web pages for aers wiling toe howto program style sheets Using HTML Export and specihying te layout Sang the HTT generator on the ather hand i amply a niatie of sin pons without any need a leam HTML Potent ressons for creating HTML versions af Hermeneutic Units include Clete a web pletion Even intermediary results can be presented to other aeaiee winaut mach efort These reports sre reatabe without newing ATLAS Lon sver syte that has a web brower avaiable Create a report A convenient way to creste a pintout of almost at beets Gotabed ha Hersenoite Unt ising a web bowser ATLAS W s HTML code generation converts the Hermeneuti Unit curentiy Sng worked mi into an HTML document The user can eantooi he HTML Gealon entrei va the HTML Preferences dialog box O couse the fee code cari be edited and vied wih a plain et eor or specialeed TAL tol you are krondedaeable in HTML Exporting An HU As HTML Document Spec a deed hance using the ATLAS HTML setup under Toas Teen Prec HTML Prox e374 he pt wn Select Pane Boar HTML fror the rain mena Select Fut Run the output destination 1o enmity open the gerald outgut n a web browse Select Exon yau wart to aly the eure before ing oy an xg oA ATLAS ott Special Considerations Size Of HTML Documents The more plans you speclyn the HTML Preferences dialog the bigger your TAL This
212. may ret be a concer ou are using he decent lehuse However hen making such documents accesible thers va the Inert slo ansman rates my demand teers ol output optant Itt e content nade nthe webpage primary documents may Bost these conden ard teretere varana dion tne depend upon th ssf the documents Rich Text ch Text formated documents cannot be included in the resulting HTML de AS contents orn nen ext primary documents Grekading Ward He ments or memos are converted 1o lat tet Jor HTML ouput Linking Primary Documents To The HTML File For eaeh PD there isan embedded le nk in order to be able to apen your primary dcirens va tiis irik the the MTAL fle you neca te copy the rigina fles inta the ATLAS H TIAL folder This fer ean easly located via The main menu option Toms Emam HTML Fo Network View Images Checking the option to inchide Network Views is not sufficient to display then in an HTML document Tre graphie is have lobe created manualy or every network al you want Wine By dela a network view entry looks as foliowe pee renin yt totoe damodam to hator iW meet Muka i ata 9 er it me ei ee ett ete et On i ans singer i gestae ae art Sant e375 Ne eM Alfie you need to create a graphie feof the network view This fle then east be Ined to he generated HTML ie I Open the Network View in a Network Eto Set the fants colors and the uze of the window Arange th nodes as ese Choose Newent
213. meaane LASTS AND GPROMECTS i oe a etn ine et the location of Team Library tothe shared location and cick on the OR Binon Save the Mater HU tle under a diferent name e p by adding your name or ntl The HU fe ean be saved 1o any location TET TA Work Flow Team project migration to A7 common data set shared location The projet administer E a Dy ber 10 Wn fw rapt ntsc ct anda se tn Common Set Of Documents Stored At Different Locations See Figure 113 for a depiction of the work flow Tasks OF The Team Members Option A Team members create a capy bundle len ATLAS elore Upgrading la ATLAS N 7 and send tothe project atl Option Team members open their ATLAS 6 HU n Veton 7 but do not Sou ATLAS E te import the documents tiee Figure 1051 They ned to slet pon 3 Do not manage ths Hermeneutic Une poaae Dh eterna O mal oen hnede re OGN mporn doamenis gt import dooumems rora team projet is Woa mpina aE om pa aa oe ETS Then they creste a copy andl tle and send t to he project administrator Tasks OF The Project Administrator The project administrator frst install the copy bundle es merges al HU and hen eanuoiidates the dover ilo the taam erary Doutle eik the ATLAS 7 copy bunde eof you received ATLAS 6 nates select Pyne Carr Bane 7 has Binns Ck on the button Unbunde When you are asked whether ATLAS A should manage the documents for yo
214. miy Patni objects inta famiies reduces the number of hunk eau he searcher lenin Faries are often used for ilern e soring and Fatege on page 378 and when formating quedes in the Query Tele Creating Cer wth the Query Tacl on page 267 The ide panels in the managers offer a convenient way to create them ang to et them as lacal and liters Qee The Manage Side Panel an page 52 Example When conducting an interview study with respondents fam varous Backgrounds and locations PD fai can be created to clasii the apondent in Age Croup 1 20 0 Age Group 2 31 40 Age Group 3 41 50 lear worker Wite cotar worker Management ete Famiies make effective user defined ters For example you can fiter PDs to oniy vew emale respondents In the Query Tool PD famiies can be used to restet the scope of the seach For examp you can sk oral qutans ended by Cade A and Code B that Seur in document f wher ernal respondents wo aon E The PO amly table unction provides a convenient way to import and export arabes fe below tor a dele explain Code ails an be used to loosely stoup codes that belong together You ue Ihen ta sart eer and organize your odes the Code Manager a e side pane ther than in Network Views where specie riationshipt between codes need abe defined i cade amis ti nat necessary tape he waya n wen Endes relate o each ather Use memo familles to sort fter and organize your memos Super Famili
215. mo The Ps coun in the Memo Manager incats whether a mermo used as friar document The number displayed inate the amber of PDs ing the mene asa data source A dasi eats that he mera nok used as a Js Essay An examination ofthe fal so Rezene ary Fe 28 Na eas Miscellaneous Memo Goodies Memo Preferences You may specit a number af settings for memes via Tos Paes Smam Perwouts Tal Manoa chet onthe peeves bution fhe main barr Dragging A Memo To Another Hermeneutic Unit You can drag metos between HU This transfers the merno nae body Wyp but none os referenced quotations odes ek are migrated doni Using Memos To Create A Code List Using pedo memo alaws you to bala a latge rumba of ee endas Type a lst ot codes with ane code per ine or copy and paste an existing lst irom an appeaton Bte Word I save the memo ram the Macrueous menu chaa the option Creare Coe mow Saacro Meso Cades in the ems ode lut that aleady exist are prefered with vee exclamation marks I ueh rel codes already erat they are igeret Drag amp Drop Text To Create A Memo While dropping text into the text pane of the Memo Manager ar the meme kattar iara the dropped tent at the drop pouon Margin Drag amp Drop Al objects populating the margin area G e margin objects support drag amp rop The tr veualze quatators segmenting the document and dependi ar the content De oiec tached e the bar
216. mo When a memo is cele a memo ehor pened Open editor on doute cst quotes Species the double click behavior fo memas in the Memo Manager You can hoot ether to apen the ere athe quotatens ied ta a merna The carnentan to deactivate thit option you have easy acces ta Ihe remo citar by ching on he tr baton Ihe tos bar Global Memo Types Spei the dela type used when creating a merno Akso allows madiying sig ana removing memo ypes For delala se Mem Types on page To Set Network Preferences nthe setings mode sing the Network i s menu cmmards several pons can be made permanent ung the network preferences ag Nole Tiat mostmedieatons are not realy deployed the Netart Eos Close and reopen a Network Banor e see these Change Fo al options that were already describes in the Netw Editor s mena lt Secepion hee wia oniy be a eens he Network Editor prelerences are activated either rm the MU ets won Pane Fars he Network Er Sets Parra nens ge 3 Nea Pt a ant Display nodes 30 Display nades as ene bons wth a 3 D border Uncheck for a box with a drop shadow Duplay gra a the network view with s gid ta heip ith manasi pleament ot ade a the gw colored ight ay you eed 1o uae a derent background lr when ng ths etre y Automati redraw ea M disabled the network tor wl redraw its contents ony when foring a pain va Danar Rant Danar or by presang F Ie automate redraw e nat wodt propety ec tings
217. mpt ineton ings Unite coder Ta impart co occurring codes eect one or more codes in the Network Ete 1 choose Name vor Co ocamane Coat om the Network tors men Working With Filters In Network Views In ATLAS N7 fiter settings do have an effect on netwerk views In previous vardan f you used the import coaceuing code options a coocg codes Were imported This esa prety pictures but ment aller olin reanngl osuta Being abie ta work with ites rs he network aeton Imo powert anahi loal Les take a loci at an example again based on the Happiness Stage I peje Ta ind out what people who have chidren and those who do not have hen tha abaut sores of happiness do Ie folowing Add the cde fr have chidren 1o a neat view Se the cade family Soares of happiness as gibal fter see Seng a ob fiter on pane s7 tn the network view ight c on the inserted code and select the apn Murom Cocca Now ely the Sources happiness codes ate imparted The linies that you Se between the edes have pray been created many Repeat he steps wit the super cade Mar dont have cide and compare he outcome To create the two ew dn Figure 299 to separate network wows have been created at rt Aliet the eld codes wo ed Meades were added to one newark vew e298 ccs betan parot ant nampan an regana te a eo aaee ar Aen ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS ne Use Global Filters To Fade Out Objects M you set a lb fiter and ciek on
218. ms uung the Cut A or Steyn Combratn wh the elt moe GREP Search GREP w a welko ech tool in the UND wee The origina GREP tool printed each ine containing the seach pattem hence the acronyrn GREP lay oa for Regular reson and Bn In ATLAS N the results of a GREP such are not printed ney eter the text mateng the search pattern a highghted on he seen he coef a GREP search s th inn of special rcs inthe search The ATLAS GREP stich offers a subset ofthe Regular Expression language din piste te each ter vain peo ing Siet Cre snd dhe Ate Catto Supported GREP Expressions SLASH ss the engine ee by Vas Bykov to proces GREP based et For dete ntrmation about regular expressions see ten lied org wii Raguiar expresson Sey Sey pie neces a a ae eE epic os mains or D T ace sage oct res TE oi own cae Far nape L maha ample The expression nan onan matches man and woman Andhow about tne angryldazyistuptdi manjuoman xalk relay esghe ing vita che ge fa 1s y dag get eles Beer prac oeeipion eastern dt enemi wT sche arna as Sa she ang ka wi a a examples L salphas gt matees whole words containing ely alphanurnerie Character dase can aa include the flowing eamente e e a S EEE iy sapea carr a a onan Ea menar Example
219. n aA pa aE Chek om Suet vew the al ists of tems ag Creating A Local Filter Using AND And OR You can make a selection combining the members of mutiple fuites via AND ar OR You tan se which one t the cumenti active operator at the bution olga at the top tte Ist of larmas Te deta operator K OR ce gue 35 belon AEE TTAR AND oR Fem Ano m 08 spent To change the operator you can either cick on te button ar ight ciek inside he tide panel and select the option Gower ammon fron the content menu N you select multiple tases in the ide panel and the OR operator is active aE eof al selected faries are showen ink ps ifthe AND operator is acte aniy the comman items af the selected ais seshown lin inesecton Setting A Global Filter M you want set ay as lb fiter thus affecting the display of he Selected terme in the nite MU ight ciek on a famiy ad select the mena ption Seron me es Fite bl or hald down te CNSR ty Pd double on a eet ooja nn Fe gy ata pte The family eon replaced the iter icon the name af the andy shown in ro character and the eect show a pale yelow background color To seset a glabal fiter ight chek the family te and select Reve crom reran or Ceo double cic M you have set pelo fiters in more han ane manage ute the rn enu opion Tamus Rar au Fene To set lob titer you can aniy select one tant ata trne If you want ta Sets combination a amie as glabal es you need ta create a s
220. n ang many large documents when might i um ele felomanee ues on yter wi aufident memory Casing ean Be ted ff amply but you ca also empty the cae peioealy by homing menu plas Docu Dra Sovnet Maseru Cn Doce Go ATA PREPARATION Multi Document View When yu diek on the pls sign an the night hand sde of the HU editor you an open up ee mare tine for the ly of documents Thuas yol an Sew and wort on up to four documenti ie by sie raga document rm the navigation pane ee Navigatan Pane 11 or the Dees Manager onte the reglon butten at he ight hand side of Ihe HU E amp i io load secon document Atemately eek on the reglon button ts to pen ane region snd hen drag a dctnent nthe empty rein pane he PD baris yellow onde the arent active dociment Al inactive PD bars are gray Yau can turn an ace document into an arive one by cher lenge ihe gray PD Bar Sey eke he doatent pane di the actie doae 1 you ory want to compare the doesent without seng the margin ares ou can sinten the maryn sea of tach te main mens option Vems Z Maca Aenor cick on te Margin butten in e verte taol bar Th shes Re maar area an ar oH for the curenti aie document ony M you want ta change the positon of the documents ciek an a PD bar and drag drop tit the deed document eon TERETE ARAL ATA PREPARATION 5 ing ete ngone Navigating Within Primary Documents The avatatie raigaton options depend on the med type of the selected PO Navi
221. n i ta clik the sequence H age group under 25 residence New York fo inor I erder maie iao The resulting query looks kte this NOT residence New Yor age irou under 25 amp ender male Create A Snapshot From A Super Family Asnapshot cientes hare standard famiy containing he tems derived fom Super Fay as 1 membere Example creating a snapihot rom Super Cade famiy Chemisty a new Garda famiy s created wich nudes al codes that the Super Famiy has visemes ths timme Whe a Super ary elects any changes egard o the memes of aiy combined tame srapol wa not change hss dena ta cea sags om Super Coder Snapshots are a means to ait the processo your ana By coming Sige Fumes with previous snapshots you can see how and m which rection yaur thoughts have developed To zeae a nse famiy select a superfine manage Then select the menu option Msema ae Sse dea the post f SN a consecutive number added 1a the name Fe 20 Sipe lat act Additional Query Tool Functions Stack Management Several anton are avalale in pocket cleo style as a vetes futons Dimer functions can be activated by cont menia opened in ane of he it pane one 20 Gun ttt eo lar the complete rm stack af expressions Sap the ba top elements of the stack Use if you min up the input ordet Push copy of the topmost element onto the stack n ather words ptt Tis a unetus entute i you need ta replete a complex reson M
222. n the GE map is Tike toone location and thie een ern al ather types ol quotation that pretent a range The usta 1D shows ether the name he document forthe estes narre QE apple nae tne geograps eletence 9l he mara ean prod Creating and Wang with Google Eat Quotation on page 182 Addon reading Wosing with Goog etarth data tp dowroads als com ibrayCneros 2008 03 17 pt The term codes uted in many een waye Prst we woul ke 1 define that that em man in gate esearch aa then ATLAS E Coding Objectives Fram a methodol standpoint codes seve a variety ot pupae They Capture meaning i the data They ao sere ss hands lor Spe orsences he ta thal cannot be ound by pete based search techniques Cade are used as lesion devices at dierent levels of abstraction in order Geese sets ol related infomation units for Me purpose of comparison e E Soneept ke Caping Strategy Keep eode names brief and succinct Ue the comment pane for longer catonar Fram a iow level tooi perspective codes are yey shart pieces of text elorenng other lcs of text ahi usa or videa dala Thes purpose te ey an fen large number fel ar ather data uns Inthe realm af information retrieval systers the terms index indexing or keyword are aften used for what we cal cade or ening The technical aspects of coding are deserted in the section Coding Teciniques on page 187 Text Search Tool Fram le sting matching to sophi
223. n the vertel iaoi bar ot gt cc on e sera then select Ciare mat ean 2 the content menu or sect ths option fror he main en soe Chante Faer Quran All qlatons wahin graphies document se merd eons Activating And Displaying Graphical Quotations In addition othe general activation procedures deserted for textua quotas grape quotaton canbe activated by deci doubke chcking this box In the document pane Where wo of more quatatiors Intersect you are presented haat of quotations Far whic to choose Al graphical quotations are indicated by borders A selected quotation is epee famed or ied To change the depay Reh anywhere witha the graphical image and select Sasenon Danar Permanent display of graphical quotations frames can be logge of and on Right cick an area on the syaghical document and choose Toca Aes Diar tom he content men Modifying Graphical Quotations To modify an image quotation double ciek inside the rectangle so that yu eth preen hnes and dts at the four corners Te dots act tke handles and lick the modiy button on the vertical tool bar or chaose Quorn Meo Bons or he mai menus The quotation wi be changed reflecting the new boundares Creating And Working With Multimedia Quotations Lond a video primary acumen P6 Happiness proves of famau people n Ie sample projec At the right hand sie preview images are displayed When you a a new es tn a profert you do not mea
224. n their apezi ert spy by doude ciehang an anne IEE Preparing Primary Documents Primary Documents PDs play a major role in ATLAS As meer They are e interlace beeen a Hermeneutic Unit HU and the data They pone sect to data owes which are aul es stored on he diks of your eypuer or a network dv Thes chapler cules the slepa needed 1o crete Selec ard prepare documents to that hey wil be sale lo ine in ATLAS Supported Formats In principle mos tests graphical and multimedia formats are supported by ATLASE For some oats thes sub dependi on the state a our Windows system pal in vegard to what other software saad tae Before deing to use an exot data rmat you should check f is feat sealable ants suthcany supported By your Windows system For abt of formas tha re eatery suppres primary document choose Docs Nex 7 Aon Decne om he main menu ancl he Fe Type ip it at appear i the botom et of e window te Documents va the Fie Dog on page 72 Oniy the formats sted inthe drop doum Bst are supported by ATLAS U To ensure ha Tes are compatible ath your system stg a few of our documents ai PDS They should leaded rd play or play hen the source sulted corectiy See aa the Sections below on Prepatng Textual Documents Presa POF fles Preparing Graphical Documente Preparing Audio ard Video Documents and Preparing Google Earth Documents Fis that might prove problematic ae multimedia les uing enote codes G
225. nalt to ade Den test paisage you ean contral he proces By cherting Can a Spacie eofinaion frorn the uset on each new code wl hen be requested An example lor the usage of semi automatic coding woul be to code for the inept stess meleations that a persan ght be seed could be war ie nerves tenon uneste edges eie 1n ode to apart You wel d the flowing I crate coe wth the name Dates 1 Open the AutoCada toal 1 setet me appropriate code Depending on youe data set select stale seapea seh teuent PD al ieni Select tne segment sie to be coded e g sentence 1 Check Conf Aways sd ck o the Smr button Every time the program finds a piece of text that matches your search Category tops the search and igh the tert has ound You ean then ead the uoundg content and decide whether the lent pasaar maly has sonating ada with ass Wit doet ciek Coe ethene ek Ser The program continues to sareh forthe nent match You an uncheck the Comm manes box at any time and et ATLAS scan ough the est ot your ete thou prompting Yor urthe animation neste ft nan tg eine Brushing up Results After Auto Coding Simce no automati search an guarantee 100 neta rests he Glin ceded ard sapne toed Code tg auko sadr Soir cane nd ot i ede oounc AND MODIFYING QUOTA 1 coe the Ade coig toot Open both the Cade Manager and the Quotation Manager ste cae yout nd fr ant J ithe Quotation Manage the quotation fiter to selec
226. nforming ext es As such hey can be eed with pe text edor Conventions You wil nate that the XML Converter days more than st the fe name at e siyle sheets it found n the XIL Tolder Tna addivonal forma is part of e Style sheets themselves The atlas description nade within the atas dala neipace contan hs sl scion Sy seas that do not use ts header are not displayed in the converter AEE TTEA Export amp Import SPSS Export Ths chapter describes procedures te epormport data and structures between ATLAS H ad ather Sftare The expor procedures nboducd inthis chapter are nat ays lear disingushale Irom the cape Generating att on page 185 Whe the ep ptne are generaly ay and Pint ent eng ofthe HU ar parte Neel alaws for ana ol data and Sucuee cated with ATLAS U oth oer sofware pacages ATLAS is intended pinay for supporting quate reasoning processes athe ather hand especialy wth latge amounts of data sometimes Selo aralyae te data i a quantitate maner using tats approaches ATLAS proves an export unto to permit further processing othe syntar We by SPESE We Stats Package fof he Sacil Seene Cases amp Variables The busie components for stats ar cases and variables The SPSS export Huncon in ATLAS i ets codes aa variables and data segments quia In contat to the dichotomous treatment af codes within ATLAS you ean es codes as ordinal or otherwise sealed vale in SPSS Jobs by Laing a pecte code ram
227. ng changed data ure was eae by anater We LOG fe wat ehted manualy AnbiguousReerence Confit foniy apples o inked documents A inked ites fused by mare tan one PD tastes wang eent pate Report the report pane the statin elt creating the copy bund ies Spurned TMS includes a kst of al excluded documents andthe renan for ther exclusion How To Create A Copy Bundle File H save the Select Pac Save Cory Ben frorn the main men The Copy Bundle Sandow apens Aldocens tnat can pe bundled are sed the top ight pane 1B her maneai ora om Sea P iatamma Seo t a apy test et a PD fay afte before open the copy bande window Dee Lung To excirde documents deselect document by cc on the check bones ar Fae a Piters on page 2317 Check the pae on the bottom leht for poblemate documents some are sted vy to eile the conflet see Confie Color Coe page 134 Check the report pane I everyting is ast shouid be cick the Cao Bat A standar fe dalag window opens Enter a name for the bunde fle or Sept the sggeted he marne Tre Tie extention aicb lor ATLAS U py Tindle is automaticaly appended Chek Save By fat the le saved in the same folder as the HU fle PRONE RACKUP AND teansa m Install A Bundle To unpack the copy bundle ie on a target computer t need to be stale The stl Bundle dialog box laok as obows Unbundiing Strategies nbucing s the term we have adopted for unpacking ar extrac
228. ng the stack Ce le to the resus ist are we buttons for ening unwanted ts and eating a repart In igure 234 you see de other buttons highighted in green A super code i 1 Sed query ce Super Codes on page 27 for further detal You eed the Sfacency perator stings f you want W seach for rodes nea to een her ee adjacency Operators on page 266 Behind the Scope button you nd Another aportant feature When you cick on the Scope buton a tecond inda opent shown the PD ais ee page 225 you have cal DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS 10 These are atten variables ke age gender education profession eaten tine intervals ete The scope lain lows yout caine a code query th ables Far lane you ean ask for al quotations where you heaped ade A and code B but oniy for emales between the aes 21 0 30 Operands Basic Operands Two sarts of hasie ar atomie pean may be usedlin a query Codes and code fares A code represents a set ot quotations while a code tariy yds the quotations tate cade that ts mesbers have 1n ter words afi a mterpreted a Ss member codes canneries bythe Balan sperato OR Selectang tode ay Ft which conan ve codes C15 is equavalent ae query C1 OR Complex Operands Open does not oniy apply to basie sips An operand ean be any ha ual ld asan argument An expres AAND Ba be SEAT a more complex query as an operand NOTA AND B A AND B ORICAND NOT D ete Al types ot operandi can be freely mixed
229. nor m Pinon Cg rena pa a ee a ail elect Rin the side panel ight elk and select the option Dam TREET ERARE Renaming A Family se 3 pening abc ae panak Renaming it possible via the in place method Select an entry in thee panel rd aek fent again Enter a new aane Side Panel Context Menu iho spen the content men of the ude panet Fe Cont ot paret New trom selected items See one or ore codes in the Code Manager en tthe opton to eresie a new family Another option sto wag the lected des the sde pnd Ge Figure 30 Se global iter Remave global er Se seting a Local Fie on pape 55 Sra Seting a Gob ite on page 37 Create Super Family Change operator See Creating Super Fai as Global Fen on page Open Network View Select aende family and ck ths opin 1o a apen a work ot on th any See Fass as Nodes on page 113 Delete Famy See Creating and Deleting Fas on page 53 MAIN WORKSPACE THE HU conor Association Between List Items And Families M you select an item that s past af a famiy the famiy eon highlighted in Figure 40 tor stance the mema idea memo s teletet Aa tp of the emo fay Iuctos he on of hs famiy sigh Bremen Setting A Local Filter M you cick an a famiy in the side panel you activate a ocal ter and the st ta hE riat oniy shows the temes of te sled famiy Note tthe fry olen bola characters aT RT aa
230. ns a cea yet systemate ways Tool te avalble to vitae complex properties an ms between the lets accumulated doing the process of cling meaning and scr trom e analyzed data The object oriented design of ATLAS N seeks to kep the necessary operations lve tothe data to wch they are apped The vil approach ol the interlace keeps you focused on the dal and ul often the functions you eed et few use ks ay Integration Another fondamental desig aspect of the software is to integrate al pieces Revi per not to lse agnt he wi when ag to Therefore a relevant ets are stored in a container the so caled Memenctc Unit HU Like the pera web th HU keeps al data vt reach Loading a project wh andes of Tesis merely a matter of Spening asinge HU Serendipity Websters Dictionary defines serendipity as a seeming git for making fortunate discovers acral Other meanings are Fortunate cede Moy discoveries Inthe content of information seme one shouid add Finding sorta without having actualy searched for The term serendipity can be equated with an intuitive approach to data A typical operation that eet on ire serendiply effect is bomang Tis inlormation seeking method is a genuinely human actly When you spend a ay in the ocala or on the Wod Wide Wet you often siart with Searching Tor parteular books or key words But afer a short whi you Iya fnd yourself increasingiy engaged in browsing trough Books that een eracy what you gal had n
231. nsana When preparing arse in Tramana you need to save 2 as extemal fe Fue Sa Tasca ele you de irat you need to activate the time Edo vest show i Figure 4 Hide the rne code net pl soe Sox can stl porta document hss idee but they wl just be igloo an aston yon addition othe ed dt al mark he tine Slam in ATLAS i and that ae more dating han het one 7 Sg ae ig tat i Tanana How To Import Transcripts orp a transcript elect the main menu ern cae Mr Tamsar A fle browar opens Brownie othe location wher the transcript stored select Rad ciek on the pen Button the sociated alte ei not autormataiy Ragrizea you wil be asked a select Thee bowser opens again and you tan eet he malted fe lect wheter ta ener the mutism My ry the Team vay ee The Document bars on page 100 he tanned as an internal document see Adding embedded lees Tet tes only on page 76 A new assocaon ese in th Associaton Eder he two document are added to Ihis action and the ie code values are converted to anchors Load the transcript into the HU editor and di on the red cinde at the top aht hand se othe document to load the anociated mimea fle ee Foure 75 belon Working With Associated Documents AN A Doc functions can be accessed either via the main menu Doamews Asooxne Docs or om he Association Edar A Mermeneutk Unit encarta nimed numbers ol associatons bul only one can be eve at any given Attias between documents ae aitomati
232. nt M the hightahted segment was not akeady a quotation ATLAS creates a ew gual and athe the meme Attach A Memo To Multiple Quotations One option is to drag number of quotations fram the Quotation Manager it a merna in he Mema anager By uing the Guo Manager ene es como browse and reven delay quolatona belare aliachia he Another optan isto select from a ist of quotation I in the Memo Manager select a mene Chasse menu option La Mano ro Quon frorn the context menu or A windon papt up shoning al quotations that are currenty nat Inked thie ema elect he quotations lobe asiocled wih ths meme Chek OR Ahi option you can connect a memo and quotations sy by using the Network Editor iee To inke ore than wa nodet on page 321 Memo Types Mera can be organized sorted and ited by the type abut several land mema types are lee by ATLAS currently commentary method und teary You can add raw types of mod eiting onet Memo pet may either have a global or bea tape lal pes are sate na is local memo types are know aniy for the HU for which they have been Mema types sre displayed and can be sorted in the Memo Managers dete et in a entra Type clue Create A Local Memo Type When crating a new memo simply overt the deta meno type pled inte mema eto ype felg wits a new pe Afer sing the memo ne ype may alia be sed ar other memes le hs spec MU Add Or Remove Global Memo Types 1 Open the General Pe
233. nt sin contradiction to segment y But afler Die wark af ean the ins you can mae semana et eas Show dalemente canary to statement x Hypertext alow you to cele teret pains trough the data you ar anayen Fo erariple You may eae a tame bae derent Irom the sie sequence of the ial tnt Graphical Hyperlink Maps ATLAS incorporates procedures er creating and browsing hypertext Structures n ales Yor bwo o more quotations being connected uong amed eons Further you ean reste graphical maps using Network Views to rate parts al you hyperspace ateesabte na corniert ble way Hyperini may nr quoter tua grape multimedia aros documents nter textual inka or may Ink segments within the same par document inte textual ink The natura boundary far hypetins be a structures in TLAS B the Hemmeneute Unt The hypertext Network View to the right displays quotations in marmur Tertos set fl teat Oher node typet can ako be included 1n the Melia View the memo in the upper comer DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULD TOOLS m General Procedures When inking quotatans yau have the option ts create a eal a itar or combina of both Below a chain and slar cometon te ated Fe 20 An an When creating hi chain the quotation 23 served source quotation and Was inked othe target quotation 3 n order 1o continas theta e eet quotation 35 became he taurea quoaten and was nk o ihe new target quotation 87 A hyperiak star conne
234. nt work seasan I the new category shold be avstab in the futurs you ead o tave othe sereh ay ikon the Options button and select Sam Canons ego te the etn see ary i he ame bk ae i Incase you do nat want to create lige search irae add your new tthe suggested locatian in Ihe ATLASI folder Search categories are managed in search ais On startup ATLAS oad a defaut brary of search categories named eck You ean update this brary by adding new categories and remaing GE meding ening agate I ao posite create comply new Starch ares th beter it your egurements leer languages domaint ae Ta manage categories hree options ae ave lek the Orne button in the Text Search window far this menu m l ores ood tapos EE sve Categorie EE Delete Category Fee arte nh aye Load categres opens fe dialog window showing existing sarc ber tles he searchin skt ar chat H you see vay te fe dialog widows the categones Irom that lary are added to the caer loaded claps Save Categorie stores te cure loaded and newy created earch atcyotestn the dead vary eet ar a newe eH you choose a ew name be sure ta ive the le the extension SKT a el To dear the intemal database of search legos before kading new ones se the option Delete Catagory Ths opes mati slecon Ist window Chane one ot mare categare to be temoved rm he intemal database ot Such categories You can ute he standard Windows tethaiques or mp Sieeto
235. nte documents fror the HU before instaling the bundle Check fer confits and ry to resolve thm ste Cotlet Celar Cade on page lek onthe Unbundl button When ies have been copie to their spective bean a message pops up informing you that the unbundling procesa ie hed REETTA Editing Primary Documents One ol the cone eas of ATLASU tha PDs are shared ard part of an archive Ae you shea knon al quotas codes and mamor are cual not parts toy but are taniparent ayer that are Stared win he HU Because of is citing Moke by delat when you view a PD m ATLAS However t may be necessary ta eeit the content of a PD Far instance Taneenbed tet are otten oud wth typar ard other wating errs Documents might not be complet and tet may ned to be aed afer they wee tng Eeit mode mst be ave switched on tor tertua PDS This sactan introduces vue edling options and theses to be conse when eg POs Two venions of a coded text ate shown in the ute below one version before rd one version alter an eg es The aed etre et Anew paragraph was added between paragraph and 5 in the original loaner As aconsequene al quotations tha referenced paragragh and beyond meade to be updated to ake into ecount ther new pasion The quota ating at paragraph elore the ting procsaure and is Boed eode have shifted to paragraph ieee eens oe iiin ines jpe meneer ge 115 nay cet ve saan Inside Editing Primary Do
236. nter a path to be mapped Fp 4 Boca Pan sop at Ino the or any eld on the ie of the Path Map Eder ype in the th ful path select a path irom the drop down Ist or cick on ie fle brwser symbol Generaly useful options non aczessbie paths used in the eurent HU are ready tee in tre dropdown aat PRONECTRACKUP AND teansa ae Onee a path is entered or selected ciek on the Add Path button The path ibe added to the kt of curently mapped pains Non enter far chaos ram the drop down a replacement path inta the To fied on the rignt side ofthe Path Map tar in he same aon ikon the Ace Path button Repeat the above steps for every path to be mapped Press Apply amp Close to store and activate the new mappings The option Aways Use Fallback Paths is activated by default i he mapping tool ative he folowing happens al elie flet are unbundled 1 Me HU folder Le the fader whe the HU PR he sored ee the ATLAS 8 Version 6 manus for more detail on inked documents and pecil path ike the HU and PATH How To Install A Bundle File select Pacem Corr Boneur Ie Boson the main mena om the le dialog select a bundle fle and cick Ora or double cick ona apy Bund lee ie explore he Instat unde window opens Select a strategy far tli the bundle Migrate ar Restore ee The Copy una Tos on page 129 M in Migrate mode select the target location for the HU via the HU Pathi anty feld ce uma
237. nts Loading Primary Documents Whenever the content of a PD needs to be displayad pint or sestched it sures ts data souze fle mema and iad the content Tha regue s ten viggered indneety e by playing or printing a quotation For periormanee eons documents ae ony aded aner they are cached nish option tre at The flowing ists a few procedures that directiy onde ad the content atapo 5 Activating itin the document drop down lst or the PD Manage 7 tating a quotation in the quoation dap down ist or the Ouetation Manger Selecting a quotation foran activated double click code or mema 1 Aetvating hype in the margin area Using the Lom option fror the context mens af PD node in a Network To Load A PD Using The Drop down List H ek on the Po drop down het Select a PD by cheking on an entry in the lst The selected PD i playin the PD pane th st does not display all PDs assigned the serolbar lets you navigate the katol entie To Load A PD Using The PD Manager Eip y aang bent trelat er aap Bien Double ck an entry in the PD Manager ta laad and display the PD Content Caching By deat te content of PDs is cached G e keptin memary ls tis ogion has been suited ff i Gen Pras berett o sachara i Mat Ihe times document equte te pe reay tar ue i reat reduced Whenever Rs conan is accessed mor than onee eg When aoc text pastages The drawback ot caching 5 ha ges amour of intemal memory E heeded whe
238. nts Are Edited Past note even under the managed document concept edhing the same ata sours at wo Afferent locators should not be elowed Ifyou do so fry pany dct ean no longer Be merged You end up wth Tasks OF The Team Members Create a copy bundle Me and send it to the person who vonteed to be e projec striae Paar Cone Bunena Cue Bie Tasks OF The Project Administrator tsa al copy bun es Par Con Be ra Bo Merges al Us and saves he outome as new Master HU see Merging emeneute Unis on puget Creates copy bunde fle and tbe t to a team members Thi Sarto the proesa shawn in Eror Relerenee source nal found serine UP NeW proier Initially Diferent Documents Are Analyzed At Each Ste Tasks OF The Team Members rate an ATLAS user account on your computer and tag in under your ser narre You tnd the Umm Macau menu ude the Toos menu Gre ho User Management on page 147 Setup your su poet creating a new Hermercute Liit and add cet io the earn Weary oc Non Ae Docs Te ama and drag a older ected documents fm te Pie apo ota the HU Edir ee Ang Documents ng Drag amp Drup on page 73 Save the project fle to any location Proser Se J tegin ta work on your sub project Continuous Project Work Atter an aareed upan interval each eam member sends their work to the oj adit tor merging rate a copy bundle fe Pao Corr Boas Cae Boe and ser to the project adminstrator ce
239. ocument which i SR ATLAS U intemal abject is crestea eg CCP 1 andthe data soiree e 1 fle text if soci with hs PD at the samme me Excepons are Ehbedded documents The content of embedded documents stored wil he HU fle This the ease when you creste a new tent document Gee Adding Embedded documents Text Hes oniy on page 76 when yop a 15 Tracts ee Importing Associated Documents Transenbed eer and hen moting suey data sae Importing Survey Cas Maore than one data source can be added as a PD at the same time e by Selecting mull fles in tne fle dialog but there is no need to ada a ocuneteat one ime You can adad mone Mes during tne course of the Sra procen ule fles are isted in alphabeticaly order For every PD created diring assignment an 1D s created comistig of prefa P and a consecutive umber in adn the name of te data soutos ke nare i appended 1o Te ID Tis nae can be changed later fer dsp purposes Thit ane soree multiple FOS principle ent restricted to one HU A data Source can be added a a PD or many PDs more than one HU Each PD ower refers to exacti one datasource Thus yu plan to analyze a single document source frorn severa diferent perspectvet there i no need to create pial capiet ofthe document and Sd each of he copies as a PD to the MU A single data source can be added ore than one which creates amp many PDs each wth sown number and ID ERR they al refer to the same da
240. odes Choose this strstegy when target nse MU Cana diferent PBe that have been coded with these ode set Thi a an suston when working in tears and diferent eam members have ded diferent 90s nga cameo se of codes fe adluonal codes Save been added tothe cameron set these wil be aed Diferent PDs and Codes Choose this ststegy when bo PDs and codes are Ciera The PDs and edes trom the cure HU wil be added othe oes in the target MU I ental cades ane found during the merge procedures the peal codes frar the sauret HU are aural enamed By Adding a numer at thon above Check the opin Creste Merge Report to generate an overview of what has been done The report ets a added and urd abject and there ind re rames Stas about fe soues and target HUE and the ein enged HU are crested The report wl be apered n a Neh tent ettor alter Te merge poe conte ee Mere Repon on page 160 ett minane Henan unns lek Fame to start the merge process This may take a while depending an e tize o both the tanget and source HU and the sly chosen The Ti atsay pny mon consumptie ncn mean dng Conflict Resolution For Links or certain entitas deta confi elute stategy i uted Ithe elton of aber col etn he moda ofa ink between objects inthe target HU the arget Us preferred Esp fer nk ockedith between codes Acer and Caid in he get HU Sr scot Ink i contrary exits between the corresponding suet HU endet then he bak in the tage HU
241. of creating video quotations eame them so they can serve as te ar your vade segments Te da se right cick on te quolaton name in the Quotatan Manager and select he Ra option 1130 characters ae not enough for quotation names you can extend the rm the main menu select Toots Puranas Goer Pros Go AE he bottom dg pou al fd he opto Lar ue rom cone Ince othe desired number of characters 80 character ae prbably rough far shar es Tris alow you to create a meaning text output of coded ae and video egmente To create wuch an output eleet a cae the Code Manager Stet the eaten Oum Quorrox Ler son sc Con The output wi show an overview of al the tiles you have ced for your des ar au tegmenta Plan 1 providet Ie pasion within Ihe audio a eo fie Making Use Of Quotation Comments tn addon 1a using quotation names for tiles you ean add a description for tach video quota in the comment feld When yau cult quolatoas and thereat lemt one carmen ATLAS as you whether comment shoul be Included in the output Ar above you can ute the Quotation List output optan Trom tre Cones 7 Oure mera Coding Google Earth Documents Cacing Googte tarth quotations is simlar ta cacing ao video quotations 1 Open the cotton Manages Ta make tt a bit easter to select quotation set a iter for the currently Bade Google eth doeiznent Quran at Sacre PD 2 s ceta araser and dg and dp cdo he code Marager nt the quoation in the Quotation Manager Cor vie
242. ollowing describes the sort oponsin more delat Dele sot order D oromon errore Jooseen eno ee a F C C F Filtering The statu bar fall Object Managers play the arent eran sert eting The delat ter enterin A pee set se eee 38 a tint lr et ao at mage ipo ta combine tering and sorting al hee codes sorted by the ie of her eaten The fiter options ae available in the abject menus of the HU Edhar Documente Quotations Codes and Mero and fror he conesponding Manager renu The ie teld in the status bar fe a tew addtional options Ike reversing or removing the Iter Wren ae ace te Ridkground color of e seca ists and Otc Managers ange he figure below shown the Fiter menu for codes with the current fter set to Al uhin a the dla one 250 after entet Aer setting a iter the background colar af the affected Object Manager ard dropdown ist changes You can madly Int celor by changing the Qc Calor via Windows delay preferences In the figure belon tne Daer is set ta Sbatract codes andthe Cun elo sett adhe yelow under Windows preferences The deta color ple yellow and depending on your computer reen tay be difeal to see TERETE ARAL An overview of a ie options far al abject types is provided dow Overview Of Fiter Options pre ee perereron ermena wes ttc nt J a fain Pra Oa
243. ombinations To retteve quotations or generate reports tar eombinaons odes use the Query Too Fot more information see Query Tl on page 258 Other Places To Activate Quotations Qian for acode ean be activated fern the ag aren and any ber Saying codes The Manin Area splays codes and ather object associated wth quotatont Cicing en a cade the mg area set the stated gular i the primary document pane By activating objects in the HU Explorer isee The HU Explorer on page 368 lot re played in contest ar e bet Manage he Network tar ie The Network Eto on page 312 a le aces tmatecated quotations va a nde canes men In the Query Tool page 270 you can aetna quotations in the result pane of the query tool wind san you can activate quotations n the Coe occurence Tools that resu rom a co ecurence query page 291 AEETI Text Search amp Auto Coding he Text Search T sed to search within primary tet for the aceumence Bl specie lent singe Inat maleh a designated tog or palten The Text Search Tol offers three sine methods eed Standard Search Category Search GREP Seach oss nay terts ar sarcit tet patint The fanny ol te Tert Searen Toci i ake fly reat into he Auta Coding Toni e The Auto Coding To on page 219 The search mode automate determined by the kind of search sting entered Regul Expresion Sat GREP however mus be eraic Selected H you need to know what CREP San Jor and what GREP searches ea de
244. ome ec lomo The er options yeu ony need there wate problem ith ereating the review ages The Multimedia Toolbar e0ae 4 o Fe 1 he ra br m oeren p nera url ihe part or aip uten ced seatoiee neater snare etan hr ecm frat payed eth an eror iese eB Bi Met audo votame cnet o adst he ohne GD Aten tn ripen E cecoewt efsguaienice a Gt eona masa atatan eeste ani mosty guesson isan nr ond r arth pa wo Ia cert e ttle nage a My Lay or Zooming The Time Line You can zoen the tme nine to select just the section of the audio or video When yau move the moune pointer over the l preview two orange siders Spear ae igure 151 and igure 152 Move the right and et drt the deed poston Tine ear py Navigating Through The Audio Or Video File Via The Playhead Pointer se ae pg down 1o more the poston f hel et by smear of Oo eg oft ea at a curteni Sale inte marpa Le tha ee the Cy oh ston o the ahead Creating Audio Or Video Quotations Using The Mouse pointer Wae ard mark a secon by leding on the et muse blo where you IE cade a video segment mave your mau printer an tp af the auio rant start The drag Whe curar othe end positon a Using Shart cuts here arto tative to marke start and end postions by using keybord short auts Mave the playhead pointer te the dare tt postion Select lt Gr tose the stating a Move the l
245. omp ant applications Bke an ATLAS Comment beld or Words into a Network View Er Such text converted Inte new memo and displayed as a node cera e etter actin Remork Ve Er H Mark the piece at tet wiin the ate apteaton Move the mouse pointer aver the elected text The pointer changes ts appeararer oid down the teft mouse button and drag the selected text into the Network Vew Bitor Release the mouse button a the poston you want the new node to be lace wth Rs upper eft comer A ne memo node eed and payed The Import Nodes window lle acest ol avalable node types The ist pane oles content menu isco desea played ee Choe Noa barom Noes from the Network Editor s menu A window opens oening cee t be ported Oniy objects Mat are not abend embers the presen viem are sed Fs select he type of nade you want stedi nthe Ist pane from the node ype drop down i DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY LDN TOOLS ne I Select the objects to be imported into the Nebr Vw H chek impon The imported objects are placed along the upper lett comer he Network Bor You ean eer trate hem manualy by reg each node win the out you can place tem stomatal by fang he open Lae Save Laran Selecting Nodes And Links Selecting nodes is an impartan frst slep for al subsequent operations targeted inet cece within a fetwork View Such opto pave arnespandng men commands the mln menu a the Newark Ee Move the mouse pointer aver the noe and e
246. on In Google Maps 1 Googe Ear is juat too heavy you may open a GE quctation in Google Mage seo I Select a quotation e gin the Quotation Manager I From the sceluneous menu select Openin Google Maps geuh gd typet cong arh utr a eidean te Ayin and cet he opton Open in Googe Mape Tris opens your lemet brosse on the same location However you do not Tave t and heading Curry there hed zoom factar or he Google Map vie Import Google Earth Quotations ICKY fes include placemark features hese can be pete as quotations Tne meta nfm that was red tae placemark seed inthe Quotation comment Beid in ATLAS The defaut setting is pert cemars during the proceso asigring 5 KML 7 KMZ fle an primary done This an be configured the GE Preferences window Assign a KML or KZ fle primary document Docu Now Assen Erea Doct Currently KML and KMZ fles have to be ated in Congleat you have Gea thr ehotee open them in GoogleEarth and save Ihem again Then Sgn ther et et Docuas Macau ott Quota mou KMZ KML from the ma menu Create Graphical Snapshot PDs The images provide by Google Earth are not stable They may change over irme When views are changed i nat knon to the eg er Tisas hough poston on earth we ae the views are nat A newe set ol aerial and satelite imanes may yild a whole diferent stot eis Tis mates malang snapshots from a caren view a paca tang Futhennor you can code dee sections within a graphical PD Such PDs do T
247. on page 213 and category search on page 219 nl the Test earch too the Object Crawler can search through al eects fr that contin text The Tet Search tal only searches primary tet cures However tas a occurences of Use entered sete emt sad Ightphe a maten at ts ongiral ation The Object Crane ap at the Ht eeurerce nan cet and hight th hit in the esis pane he Object Chater windon How To Use The Crawler A Crater sears teste procedure starting with entering a query and Speciying he scope name cornent ete and then selecting e abert det ta be clued the seh and as the Bid step dpa the eu EN Frm the rnain menu select Tots Ou Coman ciek the Object Caer button inthe mai ob The Objet Craver dislag starts wth a page to enter the guey and pei the Hope ne 8 tap tangy te Oe Cate Cr Sear on page 215 and Category Seach on page 212 1 elect he elds that shold be search he so caled Search Seope E Chek the Select Objects ab to proceed to the nent stese settee tree et ee one smp 2 ected set te jc 1 be cd ne each cing ees chk a jiran Proceed with the next and last step by cicking the Display Results tab Al abject for which acorespondig mate has been found are dled he upper iat pane The Pg eae aay the et ype whch the math appeared The weed ta PD it the ge below ade mach itn the content of the PD The it el emphasized by ted cared font rd meth angle brackets Yor easy d
248. one Vew Irom the Network E s en In the Printer dog window that apens check Selection to grint selected nades ony M the size af the network view determined by the node layout enceeds a sngle page depending on current pinter settings seing ot masa paint w Be trad aa choice Make your choice and the network view wil be printed Network Views For Other Applications The meru opon Newent Corr ro Cara opts the network view to the Window spout Pror the cploard Ian be mud in Word or other orig acumen The Network ew al nodes selected nodes on it pled tothe cpu in a variety of orate A testa description of the contained nodes a node ops A Winds Enhanced Mette tor high quality graphics 1o be ued in epars Depending on the processing expats of the target appiestion uls may sometines be lens en oper A btmap fe that has mare eer layout and fonts but less qualty when inte Inthe aplication Ward Powerpoint ete selection ar al of these formats sored via Paar Son DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS ao You can save your Network View as a graphie fe You can insert this le into porte Wond Powepoint ee Chante Nero Save as Gas Fat Link Management he Code Link and the Hyper Link Managers see pape 362 aher a very lent may to reviews and ed frst dant rs ode Cade Bniet ard quotation uot sa teed a as yen inks can be eed ped and removed and a Netw Editor can be pen on selected ik al podes lected
249. onit de itis hoever sit pole to ciek on an anchor in the Association Editor and pamp to the associnted data vp yee made can be enatled and bled via the main menu enuy Domens Asani Doc Smam Moe 354 via the F3 key Inthe Associaton Etar schons mode can be selected via the menu ier Assoan 3 te Seng ation nthe ol bar Meting the mie carr he test ching a test passage causes Soc multe documents ta be epotened Chek Fa tat payback th postion The oppose case i e moving the caro in the multmedia document sen cursar change in the text document Tha woul hamper yout text rar However sreoraue dupa sips ou select karaoke mode ee below stake mode lets you falow males content and text docuznents at the ame bme The limes document set he pace wi te curent page ighighed te tent gacument Becas of the maving txt selector narmal ext tasks uch as creating quotations are nat pole n ths made There are several ways of highighting etin Karaoke mode To choose ane of 1h them fom the Ta menu of the Asians Lator Hoo Seno Highights the seton between vo anchors Hoo Lan Highights the entre ine of text that conespordts to the potion the seat document Howe Woes Highlights the word tht corresponds to the posaion of the iana document Howe Cmar Highights the character that corresponds to the postion ot Mhe seat document od the associated text document te transcrip To slart the Karaoke mode pee Ca ar tiert Docuas Acar
250. onn te mesiage Acten the dead name for the new code ar enter a new one and ciek Ob The new eread tock view openi es ct ev ona ban see ty ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULBNG TOOLS w Layout Procedures Two method are aval or th automati placement of nodes Semantic Layout Pisces the nodes within the window ising the semante yout algoto Tis igorten tiesto place he nades into optima postions uting an ae matic al defaut stor I wies ta lace the Podes mith the highest Connect int center postions By recusiyapphing the same method to the rest of the nodes using gssing potas at the sl rode pe the ago bies 1o vod repping nodet and too many sng ins However aelting an pln soliton ral pose reasonable aunt of tne The ser cn exert some control on ttis iar via the preterred layout rection af the relatos se far the Enies e p Bles ung the elation i fom batto ta top posite You can change the layout econ anualyusng the Relation Editor eee The Relation Edt on page 342 far in RENEI aanne ae te tin de non feel eS orang mace oaa Yew he results of the automa yout procedure typcay que usable and rove at east a fod staring oi for subsequent manual renee o1 ode placement 1f you ae not happy with the layout produced you can vert othe pes placement by weng Uuno Parone C2 Topological Layout This speci layout procedure to create a nei of nades potion irom he upper leh to
251. opbox is desir te dala ae plade to your Dropbox account mus you need an iret connection hd takes a bt longe tran saving the poet tothe ad dacenet foldet Accessing Your Project In The Documents Directory To acts your project via the Documents Decry connec your ad to your Me ar PC Wat lor Tunes oar Select your Pa from the sidebar H eleet the Apps tab Ser down to the Fuz Sum interlace Select ATLAS from the lat of Fle sharing app eations on the let Select the feider with your project name anid click or th Sa as bution at the Bottom of the sereen er Fe 3 La ng pn Accessing Your Project In The Dropbox Open your Drop eider and Inok or select the le Ae Within the Apps faldet you ind an ATLAS fede and therein a feider that Importing A Mobile Project To ATLAS ti Desktop Via The Main Menu Doubleclick onthe projet ider tat you ether downiaaded tom Tunes or the ane in your ATLAS Drogban feder nid the folder you naw indt ole tht contain your dacerets plat yous project He Onderdne Poser aa bia napaa Open ATLAS U on your computer and select Pac las aoe TAS Po on Go to the folder where your Pad proleet stored and select he project fie You may not see the ie extension Apat f your Windows Expo s not wet show ie extents A progress bar tels you hw far the process has come along One hed ATLAS opens a new HU This HU has the name of your iPad project Via Dra
252. opens if you are importing inte an existing HU the Slane dog window apens medal Select the prepared ais Gren lle and ciek OK to at he por procedure 1 you import a native Exe He ab dente wth the ete a the faries are mported immediately you sce an excl amp ile format er ey let he el delimiter comma serio tab Once the marti fished a message paps up informing you about the ber ffs that have been se TIRE ERARE ORANG vana variantes PRIMARY DOCUMENT FARES ne Fe 2 td id a ging Fake Importing the above tte results in the flowing HU Five PDs with the names cate 1 ta cae 5 were created and they access their Sure document via tne HUPATI This means ou ec ls store the HU e he ve Word documents nich tent format n amp cane falder as shown svan eae css A sontes pe Bansa npg TAS HU te eau fe genat or amag an HY pr 2 POP ke fhe x do not yat etn the HU new PDs are cet and are asigne ta Adding new PDs youz HU sea contains PD you can ad more PDS by tearing a PO Faiy table However you must be sure that he new PDs are umber concave I your HU ad contains P1 ta P10 the numbers I he adtaal Por Ihe acumen clan ned to at a PTE I the document number and at ference da not maten an este relerenee then i document ignored and not aed at a PD Based on the above enampie table PD Famly Manager shown the folowing fees ahis imperong te labie wamane vani variantes PRIMARY DOCUMENT FARES
253. oring hat been added for eadabhty low each ear habe and eter i explained womanc vana variantes PRIMARY DOCUMENT FARES ms ate 7 An ad any a oN SD Docent The PO sequence number Name The nane of the PD Al folowing columns Pint document ase 0 amie folowing the syntax variable labek at rbvte value are converted in Excel into ane variable with Ihe eur header vale be The ute values are entered into heel ornare the two PD lies Sender male and Cer ena are converted i the vile Gender te bwo ake rnale and female Tits are explained below ype ot Vaatas Type Of Variables thin ATLAS al las when interpreted as varsles are dichatamarss because an tem may or may not Pelong toa spect famiy Put encoded WAN ether Oor 1 7 apples or does nat apply TET EARI ORG vana variantes PRIMARY DOCUMENT FARES ne By fleing a simple naring convention PD fails can be tumed ints oil and categoneal vale tar the se outside of ATLAS stale hd other dalabase appears Les astume that your respondents come ha four erent cations To present this in ATLAS you need to creste fout PD lars one for eaeh Seaton exporting trese or faratis as PO Famiy tablet Encel ou peta atie as hetan above containing one variable per amy with the values Oo 1 M you preter jast one variable for location rather than feur you need to lo he naming convention Variable Nare Varabie Value When creating Your PD tries W
254. ose ar Sive or Sae as fram the main mena wich opens a standare ie eal rose othe deed folder where you want ta save your HU te and enter ame for yaur HU ck Soe Opening A Hermeneutic Unit To Open A Hermeneutic Unit Using The Standard Windows File Dialog From the ATLAS main en select Project On shart Cle The Open Hermeneutic Unt Nle distag apes The default folier for ATLAS E projects is Mhe Teta der eh is aumea 1o be your repo for Hus Bat you can sare yur poet Ne where eve you an e eting Up a New Proje on pe 109 H Select a HU and ciek a To Open A Recently Used Hermeneutic Unit E Open the Praner menu H select an HU fror the Ist displayer at the ota af the Broject menus AEE TTEA To Open The Most Recently Used Hermeneutic Unit At Start up When string ATLAS the last used HU can be loaded automaticaly This slart up method can be selected ue Tour Pr Ge Pe iG HU Bonon Ths the dela ting To Open A Hermeneutic Unit Using Drag amp Drop You can dg he from the Windows Explorer or the desktop Fram the Windows Epler youz desktop or any other Kelder containing HU fes dragan HU onta the HU eters main pane or caption Protecting The HU Against Concurrent Use HU LOK Fle When you apen an HU a ok fde i crested for tis HU e My Project pre to prevent cance editing af a HU The lok Weis deleted hen you dase ATLAS t Sometimes it happens that ths fle not deleted tether in case af a
255. osing the edar tave he contents you want to keep t Cek on the Save ton cet Meo Save rar the editor e men Create A Free Memo Inthe Memo Manager dick the Coram New button or select Caen Fae Mao from the HUES Moe re Ae era vith the delat mermo le i created The merna ear opens Geta etn Change the merno ile aczording to your neds and begin ta type the woRac wm memos ca Save the memo content before moving an to do something ehe by cieting he Accept button or weert Memo Sa ofl Ch you forget ts Sel you are reminded bythe ror to doo betere tang te edlr Attaching Memos To Data Segments he procedure to create and associate a mero with a data segment or an ing lan ast the cong procedues deed above ee Cerera Coding Procedure on page 188 Create A Memo For A Data Segment lect he part of the primary document for hich you want to wrte a E Chek the mero button in the primary document toalha M the selected data segment does nat resemble an existing quotation a new Quotation is created and the memo tached An edio opens and you can Santo ype e208 Ng amemo t st eget dag te dots meno type nde rng ya Attach A Memo Ta A Data Segment Select the part of the primary document te which yau want aac he Select he part of the primary document to which you want to atach the ARETE 2 Select a memo in the Meme Manager and drag and op the mema to the ahiahi data tegme
256. otation Sie greia type dependent Test quotaton number of paragraphs Graphic quotation height in pixel of the quotations rectangle Aude quotation minsecondt Video quoaten rames or time ce Error Reference source not ound page Eror Reeence source not found Googleta quotation 1 Start mesia type dependent Text quotation paragraph number Graphie quotation upper left coordinate Aud quotation mms hours minutesiseconds llsecondi deo quotation start rame or tene as for audio quotatons Googletarth quotation Geographic reference Deny Number of inks to other quotations Author Name of user who created the tem Crete Creston date and trme Modif Date and ume of last mean Besides the HU Ed the Code Manager wil probably be one of your most frequently used to Man WORESPACE THE HU conor s ee 2 Cae tago Vew pon a c Sad A duble clekon a code displays the coded quotation highlighted in the Context of 52D i more than ne quotation a soiled with Wris cae Et Paps up ram wbich a quotation canbe selected The Code Manageri frequentiy used to creste and modify codes to code data Segments via drag amp drop and to retteve coded dala segments Hea aa be Sta srt your cades in mls way in ardet to ane code book Saluton Sec Selects a code you have wnten a defrition far the seeted aes played in the text pane Onee eed the ade can be ne for rag t drop edn Src pausing clck or F2 activates in place
257. otber places i the margin where ha been Merging Codes When developing a cong shee t may happen in the course af the nas at bwa or more codes exer mean the same tha One cause oul be he impor af cade tst wih detent names but st ease ATLAS oten a procedure to merge synonymous codes inta ane resulting target ende Th target code pices te merged codes and Inherits Allot ther ference quolalons irks to aiher cedes or memos and their There are to ways to merge codes est based method and one that works Trom within the Netwerk aor Inthe Code Manager sleet the age cade into which a number ot other Sendes art be merged Tue vata LIV WAS FUNCTIONS 06 hth andi select Mee Cocer rom the content meru oe Cones 7 Mee Copes roen the mena I he nlp coc window let te codes abe merad mothe Selected cade H the code ha comment aleady then information about when and what net metge inta the target code entered into the cornent el of he get ade nclng the ane ofthe merged coset MERGING CODES IN A NETWORK VIEW Here the procedure works the ather way around Yo frst select the codes that You wan to merge mta another cade and then you select he age code I Open an exiting Network Vien Select he code nades that you want to merge held down the CHA key to Select mutpe ce nodes From the network views menu select Node Merge Codes Some red ines ppenr sarang at the slated eode node ending yur mae paler
258. ows Send ep to Pecel lek on the buttar Create Report Betere the table opens in Exel you wl be asked te convert he exported eal Conti the message Select these two code ames Efecte of parenting postive ard Effects of 2 w tt ne pe ecs DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULBNG TOOLS soe Acros al groups we fad more negative than postive statements a Output options peat een he pt pon pee Tort heaton ft dle tisk Ta include header information that grovides information when the tabie was ete hr eet logged in ue al miich ars where Selected he table cel can ether show the quotation cownt or word count per cede oF Ende tariy You ean decide whether the codes shoul appear in the rows rin the column othe able he report can be displayed in dope text estar or in xe The tert editor is ny salable for sah bles The Web Browser pon oa yet nlite Calculating Inter Coder Reliability Using CAT The Coding Analysis Tot ss ueh based add on tool to ATLAS that allows you tea er coder relasi far ATLAS amp coded data You can aces the tol via the flowing web ste Hse wes pitt ediy Ta usa the too you need to register and create a unet account Pv es ire explainea on the webste yeu dort want to use CAT va Iher stica tet you tan host your aw version of CAT from the project source code CAT ofr the foaming analysis aptes to compare te coding of be coders AEE TTEA ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDNG TOOLS
259. pe py te Add the su le or the video tie that you want to arses From the Documents or Pj main mena choose New Aan Dorama rele aa new intemal document for the tiarseript Doce Now Now Tor Doeme Enter a name for the transcript isnt loaded in the HU torn Load the audio or video PD into the second regian of the HU etor tee ul Document View an page 8 Mest you need ta associated the o es with each other From the main menu select Domas Airoa Doc Ano ws PO mau Recon Anew asociatan is automaticaly ete and the Asoo Editor opens Te delat name k S 1 52 53 and so on Far a betler oven carrer that you replace the del name with ung name Select Fur Rowe trom the Association Er menu and ove the delat name Chek OK to one Decne Aaa Docs Oro Asan ae One Hermeneutic Unt can include as many associations as you ke one Sse tar each set sated documents and wwo documents per t The lowe combinations are erry supported aude text and eo lea in arder to keep track you asoatans each socio has 2D tel unique name cn be pena wel Setting Rewind Time When raring is often useful to isten once again to the part one just has transcribed Therefore you can set an interval from ta 5 seconde When Saring the mumed e the Me automaticaly rev e Bme val that Jou have tet Ta set the rewind tne dick on the Aumo menu of the Association Eta and let the desired ei Ume eee aro Start Transcribing
260. per Codes store a query 1o Compute thar virtus references whenever needed Trey automaticaly change their behavior ding the surse af theory nH you have a Super Code based on a quey Ike Code A Code B COOCCUR Code C rd you ad or delete quotations inked to ther Code A B ar C then the uolans lined othe super code latory be adjusted Super Codes can be ciked on in the code ist Ike any tr code and they wl play thei quotations an ete way Normal codes in cormaassans are hard mired 1o their quotations AEETI DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS m 22 x Mss yy Es gue Canton and ee lt p Zs Ea 2S 2 pr in o tatone via Super codes are displayed in the Code Manager just the regular codes and can be recognized ether by aed tent colar or by that re sya 1 ages se Sled on in the Views menu Te iat of qulation toed with the Sipe Code ean be daplayed with a double click jut as or any other code Fregene ony are oniy indicated if you activated e wih a double ick in he Code Manager I you slat a new sestian an artenh replaces he fequey count The reason for ths thal a Super Code rami and As ens requeney count changes as soon a you madly any af the codes rane in the guey of the Super Code Far te sane reason Super Codes Sot dsplayed i the marin re There s the poss 1e eae regular ade ram a Super Code ae Srapiol Codes on page 277 Super Codes can be uted in code families Networ
261. pload are cot tr ssl aden Dea mdi Nea ay ES Tay aT AETA Network Views he word eto w an ukiquitous and powertul metaphor found i many Arent Nekde of serch and ppicaton Pav hats pect planning at lash hyperont sple opntve modek af memory and inode preetaon crane ai are al networks Dat teve a represent ple iloraton by ntti accesible graph meara Ore f the mest acne properties of raphe ar ute lpia presentato mosty a fet teoaimenona youl fabled odes ans ga anpa an ARAA ana a tn const with nea sequentia representations tent presentations of inamhedge ia networks resemble ore chosei the wy human memory and ought i stuctured Cognitive lad handing complex rots duced mith the at of spatial representation lechriguey ATLAS es eters to help represent and exer conceptual rules Nelo ad a eit ight brain approach to quilttve nays Along wth using networks for mind mapping and the visual eign of heart modek you can explant pe structural properties ot code networks tethane thereto uations Using note for terieval purpeses 5 linen technie in herman ree that domain structured Set of eyord ual refened to aa thesaurus Thie wage of networks Jar semante retical wil be dexrbed at Semantic Opes on page 262 in more detai Nodes And Links The term networke i frm defined within grah theory a branch of rete mathemati A network i del as a et of nades or vert sr Ans Ana in a pelo
262. plsying af the odes ong he concept the Coe Family may be displayed rae omen hes between fais and their members are depicted by a doe red Ine Network Views As Nodes The node icon and abe far network vw Fee ane aan ae Tede Metr Viet as nodes alow the incluson of Network Views in other Netvork Viene The Network View s content menu te the option open the View in separate Neth tor Twi it ako aval via Souble eiek va Cl presset Basic Network View Procedures Creating Network Views Two methods for creating Nebo Views ase availible The frst one geates an mp Newer Vw ina wih bjs are pred Sequel stept The er method creates a Network View from a selected eject and egos DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULD TOOLS ne TO CREATE A NEW NETWORK VIEW lect Neon Now Newone Vw rn the HU editor s main men or om he drap dow st ered ey he Network baton n the rata J Enter a name for the new Network View A Network tar apens Import nades with any af the methode described in the section Nodes teow TO OPEN A NETWORK VIEW ON AN OBIECT ANetwork View for an object is created with a lected abject and its eh Proceed as allows Open an Object Manager te g he Code Manager or the HU Explorer or Eh ciet an an object n De margin area select one or more objects with a et mause ciek E1 in Object Managen you can diek the never button For an obiect selected he HU Epara sl Or Nanao Vaw for the conien mena E A etwat
263. prefereren Select Tos Pumans Gea Pieras tor use the wrench button and then lt the Maran Uab Windows Splitter 8 Use the windows spitter to resize the PD pane and margin area Region Button 9 When you click on the plu gn on the naht hand se of heer you ean pen up tree more eps forthe display of documents This you can view i work on up to fur docurnents we by de Man WORKSPACE mehu conor m Document Bar 10 ee re cen mpane Indicates the cv en tor eure loaded documents Navigation Pane 11 The navigation pane slows easy aes to primary dacient guotations aes memos ard network views Yau can euch lar abject and alsa oa pen them them or here Open the navigaton pane at te left hand deo he eto oer sng me nagan ie Double click on a document entry to losd it int the fist document region RAEE EAIA Man WORKSPACE THE HU conor u e tinls EE ee 0 ang wth te gt pane Use the search feld to sere oa specie tem This is especialy sell you Wark wth iots of documents ar have a lang st et cades or ather Se M you want ta rename an abject ute the in place method uee in place Label Eating on page 42 Seth to View mode by ight king on an object in the hst to see preview mage for each document Ths provides good overview i you wark with ferent media types and is especialy hep when anayang lots of mage data e Figure 17 The View made avaiable for pry dourment ad fer networ
264. pret You can aes hs progett h ATLAS a the Harmen er Boevmes Batter nea ore Soe apts tee AA Ee ma any aam ora apes Bione onsets stn ea Baimena res pg seep Ba t oe rans tn oye ul anton ss aa wean a etn cas Beem omen Jamin en mi Seown recat atc pante on po Be cameron ay 0 Barina common can Be manang aena wer Ge mantan ecole pa e mar maa Ee antaen see e re nrun 0 1 SrA m Boomers eames Seaman et cra iewaree 3 ee P D Be tanema esac Semmens Alles preceding a colon inde the main category name 1e terme following the underscore or eolon conatate subcodes Oihe projects may guire aditonalsblevels But do t overdo W Aa main category tode and subcode nares may contain more than one word myspace not sue to separate he two eve of cong Therefore at oe on he ol specin characters that you don your keyboard 1o Sual pute evel coin Retrieving Coded Quotations Thane are iret ways to retrieve coded segments Quotations for a uinge ade os combina af codes quotare dapayed in the contest Ie friar documents or quotations sent to a report The spent ee a Byadara cade nthe Code Manager wih a deuce TIRE EWA Activating A Quotation For A Code A straightforward method is 1o pay quotations in contest testual and aphel quotations wl be lected in the document when activated A uted quotation begs lo play wen Selected When yu select a code in the code drop down Isto douse an temin the Code Manager
265. printed test can be contrate in three placet it he PD Painting tab in the General Preferences dialog ee below 7 Noting PO Panting Pelerences 7 By the curent display geting 1 the HU Ede The printout resembles the Szeen display at fe ime fresh output The margin or the Tumben K only eluded t ement dled On thse marin jets re inchaded hat were selected ob daplayed in the arg BY og he pinner bar tne rato beween document and margin area ean Be contre Ta change 1e ype al objects that are displayed and they appearance e 8 ont uae ght ck on a whitespace nt margin eea to ene canted The png dialog de Fus Po See Suiting to nda for dead pote magne may tpt tuk Chome Ia pant e one or trove pary documents or sete tent passage oniy Depending an the dze and ut af your dca tne number of besa eu mna he erts adn telnet art may ce teeny To set PO Png prec ls te main meru opin Tons Coens em H Lona he iy document Af eda not want to print the entre PO igh the econ ha you want a pint U you munt paar Py set ne you want pat orb marase Sith the wrap mode to Printer vit on Won Won Pan bough Bit wed sy heey Be ea Select 1e wraping mode n he fest place To better Judge the expected iaut and 0 pis cai The painted page ded inta she for the uring he actual Tat and he nrg area Spy tea ten he apace served fer e ient ang te marg mov he ster to en aporopte postion Might ike sorne expec Yo rie ptr eee yr moe Selec Daca Ou Pr rt Mc os he m
266. program soas to heip you get started Your Coins are pled in the arg ny rr Fee ean cont he Welcome project is wrte protected Le you cannot make make changes it andi ean fry tote Lo add our materal Tost yur Your omn Ers project you mus eae new pet Select Pogcr Nw Hewes Ue rom the main rens 1o creste a new Amase paeet Logging In By defaut you are automaticaly logged in as Supe Super User ATLAS Staite heuer caer lagged i wh al objets ike codes guotatioms memos ete cated duning a session N you keep the deta sings eb ets te amped mith the unet name Super Especialy fou work in a team we recommend that you create you own user count Thi ensure that every abject auton code mernes ele s properly denied by s author and an even be queried scaring For detalle information see Uer Management page T47 Ending Your ATLAS ti Session To doe the session select Paor Cios tr the main menu Don t forget te Sve our poe before lone ATA PREPARATION a Creating Opening And Saving A Hermeneutic Unit Creating A Hermeneutic Unit For mote dt on how to best set up a poet see Setting Up a New Projet con page 109 When you start ATLAS and a een used HU i not loaded you wil see New Hemanevte Uni he capon of Ihe HU El Yau ean stat woking ngh anay on UME new HU Auratvsy you can choose Paour New Hes Ur fo open new HU To give your HU a name save tt Ch
267. propriate sze Fee 178 Cog etn ge it a PDF eet Coding Columns Of Text As usust st highligh a sets of text within alan Empowering chidren to act Coding Image Documents Lod an nage document and select a rectangular area Proceed to code at has been dtd fr lent wegen inde the rectangle and select Conme Bent Coot Names Oe Ld an image document e g PE ar P9 select a rectangular area igh les menu Emer a eode name Fee 17 cadet ma gran a wi a comment ightclck on the rectangle and select he option Ea Toman An edar opene j rte something about your personal aston with the mage Prest L Cras or cek on te checkmark 1o save the comment Clove Ihe editar he quotation number and comment bar ae optional display features They be turad and off a the conten men The koak of the quotation bar in the margin atea changes ifa quotation has bean commented Th apples taal rasa types Coding Audio And Video Documents To cade video segment move your mous painter an tap af the auso wae and mark a eto by ekg he et muse bulon where you ant t start Then deag the cane othe er pation Fe ia Pye cet an Beh th stan st ame em Cae or ise the coding alton ram Dhe ot br Describing Multimedia Quotations To Improve Output The name of an audio or video quotation is s data fie name If you want to 24 farther information you nave wo pons renaming e quotato and tn the proces
268. quence of banks depending on the armat ho the varies iraerted me data matrix Far any msing vaie Creating SPSS Output J From the HU atore main menu select Paer Eont 10 SPSS en H The Send Output te dialog window opens Select a target location New the SP55 Job Generation Window opens Gest Geneon Spheres ares puna et oe me ARE Ure aparate fle When checked the data ai i written to a separate tle na a mandatary 1 the size of he mabra exceeds a cerlain size SPSS cannet andie rge data sets within a syria We For regulae se projects leave is option wachache Spey the name af the data set This ae used as the fle nurme andl as the FEE tsence on the DATA LIST secon Yau oniy ned ta enter a nare here it you generate separate data s rat a tresh data fle during neet ran can be unchecked the data has nat changed sce tes last ened TNS may save some processing tne Incade quotations author Check f you want to export an aden variable Mat neieates the author for each qudtatian Ths for expel you Want lo use SPS a eat terry Tear by el a be changed to sreting ehe See het ak scion nae his option you want templates for procedures Road at cond of the syle Crete SAVE OUTPLE instruction Este this option if yau want SPSS ta save The data on say He after ranning the syntax fe speci desired proper and then cick OK The output is generated and sent to the selected age location When ced o s tent eer pou ca ed
269. r The relations editors already include a tet af default aon You can modify thst entes at any tne them ta your language change the bes Sr e mertu tet nly De ine color ee P38 he Cake Cae ant Hyp Rn Ea Ceti and deseriptive as wet ax srr aspects of relations can be eed atthe Relation dt Cosmetics Conti aspects inci the label used when plying inis In Network Estar the menu ety when creating a connection and he wath ekly and color af the ine connec theres Inked wth this relation Preferred Layout Direction A more sophisticated comete property is the preferred layout dvecton By Gong th felation characters the wer can ase varne onal an he ARETE autre layout algoti Indeed this option pathes the name semanti iyot Formal Property he foal property associated with a relation has a cosmetic ellet and it onthe procedural sans of he semantic operas he Query Tal When you want tos the semani operat SUB UP S Tana elaine need ta be ed Comment As with al entes in ATLAS a comment ean be attached to a relation The eat entered as a elon cornent spayed wih Merk Elta ater perng a content menu an a ink o when selecting Danar esos Bear in rind that a comment we fer a relation s dierent fom a comment wlan for a n The corament for a relation of a globai nalure and deiner The relation ype e g what i meant by the reiaton is assed wih A An using thas relatia connects two
270. r The display characteris of he nodes can be ete na satya wae Codes As Nodes Codes ar ye most prominent jc ATLAS i nebas They ka provide the main ingredients far models and theories Memos As Nodes 2 enon ms ten an eprtrpen a cdeers Several theoretical memos an be imported inta a network ta map out thet elon Tne aul layout provide cola ear fer moving bem memo to mema to read andi contemplate each dv andi the maenpo beteen the er dain a een ot est ona dagen pane MS ulate asigne Uke The Ube can be eared ller Primary Documents As Nodes Ps as nodes are usehdsanmetires but in the presence of quotatans may lute the view by myriad inks However PDs as nades make s niee graphical antent ble for grap primary documents When selecting te option Dena ceo PDs thumb images of he PDs are layed Ti pn ely ae graphical Pa Windows Explorer are used as standard icons tor PD nodes nating the fle lhe document DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULB TOOLS ne E Quotations As Nodes Quotation and codes have ane thing in omman that is not tre for the other sets They can ink to each other quotation to quotations and code to nde wih ly uated Arst class inking relation The neuen of quotaons in a Netwode View suppots the oration and igerten of hyperin sinietures il at tat ont TERELI TREET ERARE Families As Nodes aes are a useful device to group codes memos or PDs that belong to one nepl stead ol de
271. r al quotations se an page 293 t i explained how ts interpret he Isted gustan you want a ut of the numb of quotations that coe you eet a We ale Explorer ee bel The Co occurrence Table Explorer The Coceeurence Table Filter in comparon to the Tree Explorer shows Me equences of co occrence nfo o a matra snr to scanelaion mac that you may nw to stata lta H To produce such a tale let Anas Cone Concrmnes Tas Mest you need ta select the codes for he aan and for thers as shown itaweza pee rng on se he rel are played mest Doubleclick on ace then the tof coded quotations apens in case of rela the ist sows bo quotations or one concer Ta father Explained nthe ection spaning frequency count and nummer ot Quotations hated on page 29 ue 251 ng econ 1 Ck on an entry ta see the uotan displayed i contet Explaining Frequency Count And Number Of Quotations Listed The co eeuenc equeny daes not count ngle quotations it cous co ceeurere evens i a single quotatan coded by to codes ha wo unt ar adage ca oceurence cae of overlap Bus when each of a quotations i coded by one af the odes haa counts as a angle co Seeurere in the cel drop down bst you mil nd both quotations The drap aen ist wil display an ordered tt ofal quotations fe al earoceimence rents forthe par at codes In he folowing an nape shown an Explained e tata Quotation 3248 and quotation 3 250 coded with
272. rale respondent between the age of 21 and 30 Qet page 238 Co oeumence tooks Diferent trom the query tosl where the results sre quotations you car use the two co oeurrence tok of codes The tee Explorer iit al codes on the fst evel fhe tree and 4 there are more odes Thit have been applied to Ihe same ar overlapping quotations then you can pen the tee branches to sae those codes 1 you open the tree further be Stele quotations are shown The second tol te table explorer shows amp Gons tabulaton of codes and within he cals a Pequency count of how afin Each pair at codes co aceus The enli aiso provide accea to the data behind them see page 290 Codes Prmmary Documents Table Ths table 5 a cresi tabulation of odes by Primary doctors shows how afen a code has been applied a lcrent Aggregate counts based on code tenibes and PO ais a ao pose Gee aga 302 Super Codes are saved queries They can be reused e g ater more coding has tebe done or afiar cadita has been died They can aiso be used as part of ter query thus you car buld complex queries step by step see page 273 Super Fas Like super codes super ais are saved queries base on fama The purpose isto create aries on an aggregat level For instance if you have your base fares for age groups gender and location you ean Greate spe amis thal elects cmbaen ofthese base fares ae al fers from age grup gy ee page 280 ntercoder Reb To assess intercoder laity for data co
273. raton date and ume hath User who crested the eode Madi Date an tine ol last medication Fames Name fee ary e code as been added to a fry MAIN WORKSPACE THE HU conor s Memo Manager The Mema Manager ists the HU memos Memos created ar moditied today ire ieta in bal fant Te tent pane dpa the content of heed oer mano manage Singje elects a meme The content af the memo ie displayed in the teat pane Sige ciek pause single or FD stats pe tg ot meme Double cick opens the mema mitar This behavior can be change to ikate he quoatonasoasted wi a mema via General Preterences Multiple Selection You ean elect more than one mema at Une for bulk lebon to alach al selected mernos to a data segment 1o open a network an hern to create output to amin then ta ane or mone mem ae Greate aero farmly containing the lected memos Meas Eo Faan Drag Drop You can attach a merno to a data elertian means by asain 1 plo Mhe PD pane apes to text and rage data Clore Menor content resides n the HU fle storage until selected for the frat te Memar whieh ate nat yet landed are displayed in Gray Memes Which were crestea or modied ay are diployed bad TIRE EARL Memo Manager Toolbar Fe 2 Anno Mngt From tt ght 1 Tangle The windows ether is display always on top default ar ie sed wen you cik somewhere ehe Oper tent pane for wing the contents af a memo in full edged tert Open a network view an the select
274. rc dog ad ke he movas tab Insertion Glokal Merno Types enter a new memo type in the enty feld and ee the Ano baton Fe 207 Ang mi oe To remove a sot meme type select a merna type om the stand ek Rae Click Ar ad dose General Preferences he default memo type 5 Commentary ls you have set ferent delat in the dalog Tt dat type ed for newly crested memor To change the elt ype select another merra ype a ek the box ise a dea ype Make A Local Type Global Choose the menu option Macau Mae Te Gav fom the context enu or fromthe Rls main menu 1o mace a types of the weld memos aba Using Memos As PDs Memes can be agra primary documents How you plement thi option in out wark depends on te natare of your poet your cea and rathodologel consdeatons I Select a memo in the Memo Manager Select he menu opton Macao Ua Pra Doc from the contest menor the Memos men Ox drag the memo nt he PD Mane Consequences Of Using Memos As PD Ain a mema as peary document has two mete consequences SAT you wart ta edit te manos cantent you need eet the prmary Alcona Onee a meme has been assigned as a PD you ean no longer edit hemes he Memo Manager The reason i at a5 a PD s data sous the mera maybe elena ra quotation Ony the PD editing ecg guarantees the pecesiary syria ale content changes Al edain n the may document ho alles the mema The reason or hei tha the data sete or the Pray Document 15 the me
275. re 27 apa Fana Tad Pry Dave Far The Super Family Toal i e reduced Query Tole Query Teal on page 258 for etats the left pane he vata lates are ied Far our xumel above there are our regulars The panes onthe igh hand Se fram top ts to the term stack pane the feta pane and the oul pane dsp normaten once you begn a create samo ot fei The buttons above the stack pane are descbed inthe context he Chery Tool ce stack Management on page 287 To create a Super Family combining two fies uh as domeste fights rd business aveler do the leon Double cick on family Dometic igh diay in the stack panes Doble on the larly Busnes haves Wi pushed on top of the Sack ow you have two anes an the stack Ihat can be combine wih ne he operators In order to create grup of al buisness wales on deme Might eek he AND operator Ths operator ees th io lanes Irom the stack ted Goethe combined expen The stack now contains the qty expression in prefe natation the feedback pane thows then natator athe query whl belo read and derstand The resulting fems are played the eal pane TAEAE DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULB TOOLS a e nor one 28 Cag apy ik the Sie Fay button t store the query as a Supe family Yeu are roped far a name Acep the delat ar erter a new name or instance Business yt on dome ight The nevy Super Family is played in the ary bower with a red version of e Tay
276. relevant for ear prejeti where documents are Sloe at shared tocan ee Team Projets Using a Shared Location on page 115 What Happens To Version 5 Or 6 HU S M you lasd a verion 5 or 6 projec you wil be asked whether ATLAS lo manage youn dca Gee Niatna ATLAS N3 are oP You can leo decd that the MU should cumenti not be managed by ATLAS Tht a tor expe necessary n the process ot manga lar prefect to LAS B 7 U eam members werk a diferent aan ae Migrate venion Sand 6 Team Projects to ATLAS on page 121 What File s Do I Need To Pay Attention To e ely the oriy fles yau need to cancer yourself with are youe HU fl and pope backup hereof a A versan 7 project HU fle has the le estenson hi7 This tle can be stored rye and you can move tt ay locaton ai long s seren La Dhe sary ulate Sce documents are added to the brary and not embedded athe MU the HU fle stil remains rather smal second le you vill want to attend othe copy bunde fle as a backup of Sour ene prj ee page Error Referees sure rot ound How Do I Move A Project When Work With Managed Files To meve an ATLAS 7 project to a naw location create a copy bundle le at lan instat tat he new estan Pamer Car Bea On the ae pte documents that are nat already in the ary are ae te M dusing the course ofthe project ew les were added to the HU ar documents were mode you can create a partial bundle that only includes ose documents Tis edies these
277. ren the Quotation Manager Quentin Dan e HU Expire Sr the marin rea To delete a quotation ore mari aea ht el an the quotation bar and select the option Dame You anal ight c on a highlighted quotati and select the Delete optan tom the contest menu ee Ea armaa diemen So Fe tk ag gatare ge a RAT Deleting Quotation s In The Quotation Manager 1 select the quotation in question 1 ciek the mo button M references exist forthe quotation confer or eject the deletion procese Coding Techniques The cading proceeded in this seetion do nat fully encompass the Crp of the nee actty of cong as for example understood in rounded Theory GLASER amp STRAUSS 1967 In ATLAS t coding serpy the pocedue af associating cade words with lection of data Technically speaking coding the saan between a quotation and a tode The flowing desenbes ways to aisha or emeve ueh acca Ahough some of he cong techniques Tefeci the Tiaa and trmindgy ceed in Grund Theory you do not have oe ti methodology when analyang your dala win ATLAS t our coding procedures are described Open Coding Vive Coding Code Unt snd Chace Coding In ain the purpose and eresten a kee cedet ction and stor cng end rer in parte chapter see The Aulo Coding Tol on page 219 A code may contain more than a single word but shoul be cone Use the ade comment area owe defen yout youre wring prase instand o a wc ende aarme you
278. rent HU on he ame or a erent ampute he erin wil be diferent This means when merging these HUS ATLAS does nat recognize the primary documents s beng ese du ta ei derent ngs even hau thar content she ame Soon At happens every so often that wes do not canider the fact that Ingen are created we added a new option ls merge primary documents Menane Henugnenc UMTS n ease you ended up with two fare more primary document that contain the Sine cantent en of ane alter merging HUS Before explaining how this s done let us remind you of what you shouid have done ta avoid th unwanted outeame One persan in your team shouid have setup the project adding al needed locus cating a copy bundle Ne ad ditributing the copy bune et Steam members Varatens of tha ate pontile e g thal Bte varout leam rember add DIFFERENT documents at dilereni asin What s comman to N posable scenarios t that data Nes wth the same content need to be added t ane location and then a copy of the project in torm of py bundle e eats ta be duit lo eveyone else See alen Seting p Tart Precis on page 110 In case after merging you ended up with twe rather than ane primary oatret and you are size their cantent she sarne d eon Select the wa primary documents in the Primary Document Manager by aiding down the Cue From the Bacau menu main menu or cantent menu select the option Mace sasra PDE are 137 see py roe Another windaw opens Select
279. rent languages you can speaty lent ont themes ee top of lb ee Fares Gna ows InVive Code Settings ghetto preg then ub ne shove Eres Tanu 7pm Pend en Tar an H select the dead nguage Fe Tapa ig System Settings For Thai And Asian Language Support On Western European And US Windows Systems In case you are working wth Thai and Asian languages on non A systems Suohas US or Wester European Windows tne appropdate language pa eas ta be irstalled an your computer Lagin to your computer wath full administrative rights Set St Coxon Ps Rt Lt Oro lect he Languages a and then the option ta isl the language les hat you ned cece ete meee tt cng t nas Useode programe Size Restrictions Theoretical sze resvictons do not play a major rele due to the way ATLAS anes documents However you shoud bear mid hl your computers proces spend and storage cna tet the performance Exes ge ones can be uncomfortable lo work wth even ten you have an xclelyequpped computer The erudi taue net ways he Tie se but ater nthe ete frre es 1e length af paying ene For lentia donuts he number and abe of embedded eget may cause tionary ng load tes There a high etbod hat textual cine ads daly in ATLAS i A would ako load aly WORD or WordPad For vety lng texts or mutimedis ls navigation can be severely handicapped sling te exact postions We recommend making data sources as wall as posse
280. ret Inthe Code Manager HU Explorer or Code Forest se the Dame function from he menu In a Network View ight ciek oa a code M the code has been used fe g is assigned to quotation connected to ether des past ot a wape ode you ae asked for conirmation before the etan procesa canines Furthermore quotations coded wah this code are not usedi in any other ent you are asked whether thse quotations should be removed a well Unlinking Codes This option is the reverse funtion of coding removes the inks between dee andi quotations Unie the delcie funcion neter codes nor quotations Ste removed oniy e sation between the code ard the qustatan now Twa methods are deed nthe folowing ection To Unlink Several Codes From A Quotation This method is used to remove nb of codes Inked to a space uot I Open the contest menu of the desved quotation choose Uni Ca from the context menu Fram the lst of all cades connected ta this quotation splayed in a pap up Wanda select 1e codes ta be inked and rick OK In the margin area you can see the immediate eet of this operatia the inte codes dapper To Unlink A Single Code From A Quotation Thit method isa very direct manipulation of the action between a eede and a specie quotation ing the Interactive margin ares I swech on the margin area ply I Right ick a eodein the margin area Choose Une krom the context menu The code epee trom the margin Seu des not diappear Irom
281. rnain ein the Netw r t Sos 7 ome Pann You are prope far a name The offered default name is the name ot the Network View Accept he name or type in a new name and lk OK Code Families Add Analytic Power In Queries Code ues can be used with codes to construct queries using the Overy Tanl Farha are interpreted in quenes ar f al As contained ades wee combined uung the Bolan operater OR For example a code fry Ertaina the kour codes water fre a and earth preted in a quey as Sater OR ire OR ar OR crt Furthermore Code aes can be used as atens in combination with the Co ocurre Tat They are uste leven focuang your atenton ta pust te Set ot data you wired 1n The Co acarence Too ae en aed then you watt relate Wo cade categanes or two group a ae o each ther Rather hen ranning a query that contains ade you reat a code Tarni that pst contain Me cades that you are interested he set t ee ooet Fern Pau ad than un he Cooceurence Tie ot Table xp seepage 291 A third opon s to reduce the bof codes played in a Code rary Documente Table ce page 302 by setting Coe Family s fiet Th ten combined witi seting a PD amy a ier aswel Ths way you export Just te data you want to focus on instead of producing a large Ence abe What tan al dren and al codis PD And Code Families In SPSS Jobs In addition ta being usedi within ATLAS PD faites as well as esde faries ire usad when ating SPSS jo Both PD and Code Fames are a wy 1o Searegate dat
282. rojects select Add Documents My ray or team projets select A Bec Tear Lia fie types tat ave porta 1o be assigned x PDs are offer 8Y N documents iready exist in the library select A from Library By default Sateet from the er drap dun you ean feet the ype documents Browse and select one or more data source fles to be added to the HU and clk he Open button The selected fies are aed as mary Documents and the data sources are partea inta the trary ATLAS remembers mhich brary you have chosen when ading docianents ta Anew HU I you ada further documents these wa be ported into e same ibrary you have chosen te tar rary the HU wl erase as a learn ce acre e api oname la Adding Documents Using Drag amp Drop Adding documents via Drag amp Drop may be more convenient when you have Atenent Bronners opened on dient aes Open Windows Pie Explorer te g by selecting Toots Emon om he man men Select he folder fram where you want ta ad es H select one oe more les I Drag the selected tles oto the HU Et Ye wil hen be asked whether th fles should be added to My Library or e Team Library ee Figure 54 ATA PREPARATION oi pareren pret fants tan nor ating ea va aar A ne You may a deag amp drop let This etl ad al Nes stared the ote and any sub ede below Docurens rot compa with MLAS are eed Yeu can imagine that th operation can gn an unesperted uber of f
283. rtext relatons sequent to the etide deseribed for edtingeode ode relations You may other dete a ew ron by choosing the botsam optin frorn he Ns lions when Seu creating a Mak or you may uie a hyperlinks relation editor Ihat ie Cn page 344 Newly dln or edited eshans must aha be sve to die Traversing Hyperlinks Medi type quotations an be distinguished easly by their ons These ons may bed in the main area the Object Manager the HU Ere the Caler and in Meta View The igure belem she the medea ypes of iden eu mage and Google Eth hyper arei act Double click a hypetirk displayed in the margin The quotation to the left of theming and pop up window dl he ype DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS we To display the hypetirk in context ick it the pop up window Cicking utd te poop window canes the proces tul Cele double t Useful Options For Hyperlinks And Quotations In The Network View Editor Ta meve to the test ot a quotation that appears in a network right cick over he qutaon node and cost Dimar m Comar You ate moves to the section tthe Pry Document where the quotation ees TO IMPORT THE NEIGHBORS OF A QUOTATION The Network Eattor lets you import the neighbor of selected nodes by homing aoe Ncooes rom the Nath Edna s None men ee dscpton inset port Node Neighbors on page 331 poring the gh of austin al part of a hypertext nat ony reeves Inked jet o type quotations
284. ructure you have created vit decade relations ce page 319 or via code ames sae page 240 Renaming Objects A objects exuding the top level entries Ie the name of the HU the Cantaire enes Par Docs Cades Mes el can be enamed Gong he in pace technique Ths technique ako se by Windowns Explorer and other window Ne dialog bones Lo rename es and desires Context Menus Of Objects Each objet in the HU Explorer has a context menu These menus ean be seed nthe usual manner with ight muse chk This selects the object ot aay selected and apens the content menu whch fers a few selected 2 tee 0 Ge pen ig el a pameten Core tr Ene cet P 5 coor Fede cease L E t agaaa nh Ct nan ananman tema Me Ee object spectie operations HU Review a short information and statisties about your project EL the HU S ment or eae sal eop bundle fae see Copy Bunde Mag Sr Backing Up Projects on page 129 POs Codes Memos Open the object manager expands the respective beat lee POs Cades Memos Open the abject manager ar expand to the respective tjert level FD Code Memo Fares Open the emily manager to expand to the any Netw Views Open the network view manager or expand ta the network or nade orl Displaying And Editing Comments ot an objet comment I Select an objet and edit the arent that appears nthe tent pane patetas biy opaning tne conte menu msde the er ara ana chamie howe The V
285. s The preferent settings alow you to eet the column and row header width and at the cade cobras header background DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS w 5 a pene Cat Cres og he flowing ae sows how you can alternate thea the table by hanging tre ating i ee 36 tog yb at a he mapet An Example Query Let s tae lok at the code code mattie uing the Happiness sample poet pecil code taniy a been prepared fr th exec al hapt so gain sa rere ofthe response rearing the Question why or why nat having hen vole by parents anon parents The amiy contains thet Ste ces has chidren and War chidren plus al sab odes of the bro steps reasons for having che and weston for not having chien Fist set a fal as fiter to reduce the Ist a codes to sel Hr Caocurence Eup Or sts fant a abl Ner n the Wde panel of From the main menu select Cos 7 Fara Fames for Quick Tour e Code Manage Cule Shitric AEE TTEA Ater setting a iter al effected elds ar shown in a pale yellow eslar Fe 2 Ste cate tanay or J From the main menu select Ay Cot Cocca Tant Nest you need to select which cades shouid be displayed in the rows and which ones n the columns Ges Pure 249 Select the Mam don t have cen have children and the blog enny cedes Seal and al ather codes ae rowe Fe 28 tte py The results of this analysis have been vsulze in the two network view Reasons for having chien an
286. s sie ade names E ramos te soul be short and cance Dor t conse the name wh How Memos And Comments Differ Memos are very similar ts coroments in that boti are Intended to haid lengthy text topped to codes tat are Smp naming a cneep Comments lua belong to one ently For xsl the PO cranant i par of the primary document Comments are nat displayed in bowsers separately frorn the object to which they are tiched Memos can be associated with more than one abject and ave an aditnal ype abuts g theoretesi metbodlol Crmeray ste They ean aso be ee taning ne comment Memo Content Memes may ie pnts as wel at Unicode or Rich Tet The ate allows Etene formating and allent the optin tort tues ables te You ale lide loc le ames te eos The Memo Editor For playing ard edling memos a modi tent ors used opened ir the Mare Managers toata for an exiting sled mamo or wes tang a neu mema eS Th mano tr Below the toolbar the tor nade tle and memo type el The dealt We tan toa ney crested memo ME fay dle The ie ar the delat ype Caren can be changed by overwriting he default We or by selecting a diferent memo type Vagus options are available Yau can change the default memo tie and manage avause merno types You can ala be prompted or a te wien Geaing a new mema For deal wee Mena Preferences on page 248 Atter having typed or changed something in the mera editar and before l
287. s Of GREP Searches tothe fling a few search expe are presented showing the aching CREP expression he columna on height ater ren Fett ty gi encod wih ae tes teed hs Fed aarp ao E To Start A GREP Search I Open the Text Sut teal H mter a seach pattern Figure 337shows an example 1 Check the Use GREP borc rea CE Finne a8 South xan ap kon the Previous or Next bunton The Case Serve option may be use in combination with a CREP search The Auto Coding Tool he Auto Coding tool finds teat passages selects speed aout of tat E he eraci maich ar spread 1a he trunding word sentence or Bisapaph and then codes Me pages wh a prey eed code Auto oting sell when coding structural intormation b speaker tums in Boup lene other asetan tha can eal be Menied By A tett search Auto oting alaws you to uy colect ideas that belong to a eta concept nthe bss af worde or paterns found ae tent Concepts The Auto Coding Dialog The Auto Coding too combines the Text Search tool with an automatic egmentaion and cade sugrment mechan Tospn the Asto Coiing Og et on Coona Ao Coone or ee auts ca i ioe Not the New Cone button which lows yout eae cas on the fy fr the su coding poe asd on the GREP serch expression shown in the above faure al ccurencs of sng Speke esd at the begining of a paragraph ia al ert Pas are our Nett the wl speaker urit whch cauda
288. s and cae ol tre Exe table a varie ways and burns Ihem to primary dames the contents afte mary documents prerary loaenet faries quotations codes comments and code les ata are pore case based This means each ow af the xc table that it imparted om the onime survey teel s wanted nos prenary document TRE EAL How Survey Data Is Treated In ATLAS ti To represent the rest of an one survey within the framework at ATLAS in iNe most accurate and complete mannet a few baik requerent ned to Boe Asuna boy const of the rarne of the survey the quo the answers far each respondent Questions can be of een pes ke sng choe stone yeunooroflemg mare thn two options multiple choke Sette er apes ended ques Within the tramework of ATLAS tese concepts ae mapped as fotows Operended queson prerary docanent A Famiy Sage choke gt 2 PD Fay Fars uestan ps abe ents Mute cae PD Fami rom Gaston ps Vale This does nat mean that you cannat turn a muliple dace question into a cade t a depends on how you define the columns n the Exe tatie If ou tum angle or multiple ace questans a codes you later need Todo some tlomate coding bed onthe span ces avaiable w he question Away remeber that ATLAS is not a software fraying sail data hogh ts possible to add formation om adam quntatve uestan might ala be a gond iden to be dready acquainted with the ATLAS analysis toks ke the query toot and s scope funtion
289. s epee eras or he ink wth the quotation Te eflect ot a drag amp drap operation dependi on the jets that ae ined tag ours those Mat are dragged ard targets hove onla which objects Sre draped A large variety of objects from the margin area can be dropped int the margin ea Furthermore object can as be dragged om other abject manages Sr browsers Objects can be dragged froen the magn nto aero Sr even na torign appears tke Wor in the ler ae he ATLAS E alec lose thet ATLAS spate bjectnt but at lemt hey eel something sll e g formated le ard oh lent comment Move Linked Objects When an objet fe g code mema ar hyper ie draped an a quan bar a new nk rated bebe the bjt andthe quotation represented By the bar In the igure bo te code isterie context und toms igi quotato verb ard baked to the quotation of he arget hs Fae ag baat Replace Linked Objects When a margin abject it dropped onto another margin abject iti replaced 1t nines e operation desbed ave wit te replacement of the dropped abject Three operations are accomplished at the same ime he objet eroved ira s rig quotation I a inked ta the age quotation and t Spaces the object A was droppen on ihe ae ned rm as ali woRae wm memos Copy Linked Objects An abject in the margin is unlinked from is orginal quotation when itis rapped arta arate quotation bar or onte another margin abet Ta keep the ject Warn unlink frorn its ni
290. s may blinked to an arbitrary number ol other aden The amber of inks or any one ode elle is degree a node wih a egy af zero E ol ied at Avatar sere foral proper nto Sit orde the number a ts nodes You may make paca use of the degree Bt nodes by uung tas a soning entenon in e codes ist wade The oar erly the Code Manages epeens We degree of code Directed And Non Directed Links Unk ey draven ns ines between the connected nodesin graphical freetaton of near Furthermore a inik between bwo nads may be reied ar not A ected connection k dramm wth an arrow With decd linia souer and target nades must be distinguished The source nade Where hein starts and the age neleis where end the destination 1o wich the Brow points The terms connerton and Ankare synonymous ee 2 api at cand ole Links ate cele either ply eg when eding a quotation the cto kee oxy by ee The er optin t Scred detain hs chapter rly speaking code qustatian associations ending a fr a network a p E oj oy rent Gas ee ut you ann narne these inks the code py associated with a quotation rough the act ot coding nant view you can vue these kin ATLAS all unarmed inks ate fered as weak k l named nk are Sened to as svang ins Strang And Weak Links Song ines or rst dass Enies ar inks based on relatant Song inks are cents by Bemseves wih names autho comment and ather properties A Stenger ik between a code and another esd ora
291. s or between wo qulans the velaton rame splayed te win the Bnk Ine above the Ine rotated or within box ost they options select Dar Ln Da rom the Heer TO LINK TWO NODES USING THE TOOLEAR ICON y Select a node in a netirork view and ck on the Link button in the toolbar Gee TET AA ILA binek ine appears Move the ed on tap of anther node and eek H you ink twa cades to each other or two quotations then a lst ol relations papt up Sec ane of the alerg velaton ya a IEA ciek Pace the mause pointer over the soure node Mat down the Sarr ey on yaur keyboard ld down the elt mouse button an drag the mouse pointer to the target ode lec the left mouse butlan and the Sr ey Select a relatan apples 1o code codte and quote quote inks eriy M mare than one ouce node is to be ke with a target node use the following method Select he sours nodes see Ta select multiple nodes method 1 on page 38 Chose Luas Li Noes or the Network a s main menu ar cick on the Link butane the oor Move the mae pointer wth the black knes to the target node and lek the iett moise button Incas o ende code and quotation quotations inks you are prompted t0 leet commen relatan ha appes to al kas You can my the aon ar needed esis using the Network Er fr creating Inks between codes you can aha is the Caous Le Cone 0 option sue ro the main menu the cede conien meni Select the target code he general broader
292. s updales we pubis for cach program generaban users would stl nat be able to perio a grent many Es that they henee have come te conde sential fa thei work uch at eve poceing AAL sete smooth PDF and many mere I of thee wee hivduced fe servet pk Manual Installation Of Service Packs Fo the rae cases whare an Intemet onneton isnot aval to use the Corser ve update proce usualy wes on gh see newer Uhre workaround tha ets you tl he ses packs manualy he manus update procedure is as ows Check your current versn including the bul amber and the most recent Ae updates service packs and patehes for ATLAS are incremental yau may eed ie downioadi a number of fles to update your instalation Ask ut Support to provide you willa direct ink to downlond the appropriate fles He More Reon Soe Ce Downie these fles ar then copy them into spc tolder of yout ATLAS instalation so hte seen pack manage wi kd hem Yau can Seats the del ler Too Emus Semme Pnes Fst Ater you have downloaded ante the fles to the ATLAS computer into e sa ealed Seve Pack Folder arnon H start ATLAS 0 ot heady opened Launch the Servie Pack Manager while halding the SHIFT hey 0 Ha ncn Lise Sarver ace Moc aiding down the SHIFT key prevents the Series Pak Manger tram tying to ae ma ee 1 Tie So Pach tae inte al the struction a your eee mp updates ned tbe The pate es sp soul be layed Ck
293. s when the mouse moves Ber the apit bar You canes Ihe adfacent panes by agen tet bar Ta he dered potion The Status Bar Tre status bars lds display from left to ight the number of bjs the elected abject the filer and the sart epi Fe Sa fey an mae The statut bar above indicates that he Paary Document Manager ists 12 ones none of the PDs carey selected The tie set to play only cores ram he PD tana investigation and ters are sorted by ID Fo aan information about haw to use th statue bar for sot and fite aled procedures se Sorting and Feng on page 378 Pop Up Menus The ist and text panes fer content seve pop up menus The kst pane s anteri mena contan a portion of tre commands vate rom Bein enu fr the weld objets The tent panes menu les standard commands Ter esting and formating View Menu View Option ae the same fora Object Managers Go Vin asta in the Code Manager aniy Shows all cades n a cloud Se Once yaus have athe the dou vien are ather view pl are tere via the Ciovo ub mena ke viewing extended tagt changes he ng to groundedness densiy 1o sort by name le Chose between viewing Tam Lane aw Sua ea uf es o a t ot es plus adstonlnomaton Dems vien The Tes view i interesting in combination with the option Pew Sar This ian aval in the Ds and Memo Manager and rents i the Silay th nad wages he Swe Cane shows the most essentia information Ike name how te sed enaes acter abje
294. sae eee the user data base steed fe coed HERMENCR HDB n the ATLAS prograrn foldet Thi name and feider should be ised unless you are Sout to eate a copy of the database To save the user data base select Fle ave rom the main menu in the Uer dni window Switching Accounts Ater cresting a new scout the next step is log in under you name Le to Sth to your new account 1 select Too Ui Mace Saros Us J Sekt a uter account from the dopo et Pasowod Note that the password feid s grayed out and that you are not Sj to enter a pssor yu do want to pasword et your wer kount you need to change the relaxed uier management wetting ee page 45H Tost pasword forthe HU ee page Accent Right fer he HU eo Automate Logi you are the oly person working at hsp arpa or En spe computer wings personal Windows uer account en he automat ga can remain activated Ths mean te current og n ne alo wed for he nent vessan more han one waer works on De ime computar then the automati log in shoidd be deactivated N eacivated the log window pops up upon start up and the er prompted ta log in Access Rights For The HU Ta change ates gh for a HU choose the option Toots an waama Gunes cc one he main rrera Four opone are lees Publ rea oniy ths choke lets all other users oad and view the emenaite Unt t may even be eed fer tang purposes but it aot be saved to dek Publ read amp wte etal
295. selecting Viw raw Soe Pa ode kon thee panel button iine toal a se The Object Manager Window he four Object Managers have some cornmon properties The general layout ot her window a as tows Tile Menu And Toolbar The ttle bar displays the objet type In the Ngure above the PD Manager is Shown The menu and he tab below te ie bar afler access to egueny ed hunetan some of which are dso acess rom pop ap menu Aste functions ate difeen fr a four abject types menu and toolbar pons le fr the four Object Managers The toa ation are desorbed mee detal below The menu Rome rset corresponding maia menus n Be Hu Er Note that not al options are avalible at a tenes Some menu and oalbar plone need erasing selection or mulipie selections AEE TTEA The List Pane do the toolbars the apne Unie the HU Explorer ar he Network Eto that can handle Heterogeneous o abet the Object Managers Spay cect of oniy ae type When you are Dead view mers umber of albbutes the les we dopa in a lable manner The rer the cans ean be change y dragging carat erent don in the Bst Nems can be etd reversed by cing on he respectie Eim hende The Text Pane Tre text gane located below the Ist pane diplays the ernment or inthe csse of memes the tent body Al tert panes re Rich Text compatte The Split Bar The relative sze of the lat and cornet pane can be modifed by dragging the pit bar between the bn panes The curser change
296. sise of ete Ta change the verbosity of quotes select the menu option Daa Quotron Vans Miscellaneous Network Procedures Theory Transfer By Theon Tense we mean the re use atendes relations and code etwas produced in ane project In subeguent projects Two dtterent strategas are supported The re use of a fuat tunetructired ist af codes ing nemet code Shatin adr dale of creato and medaliat in oiher HUR The ease at sch representations of codes Gluing the connectens eee coden The fest strategy uing unstructured eode studs the output af alor a election of codes irom ene HU into a fle and Ue later wnpart af this code fie Into anather HU sep by step atucton provided siewne ee Transenna Codes hom Other Proje ah page 202 The metho ol fat ende migration s useful when woding in teams and when a cde at frst developed on one cormputer Ths way other tean member Ean ensiy import tne agreed upon Et of edes mto ther MU Other pole Polar fer tht lancon elude sing rsa or ang deduce actual tecry werk om scratch When eng fea en code Base can be used on the same meal by fleet autho Tht method transfers a relatively compete theory into a new project Like the fl code gation method deacon above Pwo spe are necessary Fist he etek ol eodes needs to be exported and saved 5a external Ale Stead th flea imported into a new HU or an exsing HU I Lond the HU that contains the they you wan
297. specife codes Whe wing a comment fer this bak the meaning el and explains why Ume toden ere ote sg thi mation How To Edit Relations The Relat Editor avateble om the main menu Neona or can be Bunche tram the Network tas Lame menu You ean change the properties of relations 1f these reistan are already in iae by the curteni lonided HU changes wil be slaved along weth the HU when ama Open the Relation Edltor Newman Reinera and select wether you Sant te apen the cde cde or the hype nis aon edar H in the st natn ko the aon to bee I change any of he values H cick on Apply 1 you open the eaten Editor fom within a Network Er al changes are oad to the adlar and you er he changes in the spy ole ects ie How To Create New Relations Mew relations are stored together with the HU a which they are used When Saring ATLAS the eta relations at defined he fle dete te bude Ths Sle i located the uter system folder that can carves be accessed vit Toos 7 Borowa 7 Usa Sraa Fes When setina Pew elton AE suggested trat you save these relaten W Ihe delat relie 1 deseed iter REL Hes ean be crested ard loaded New lations can be created when inking codes or queatens or epee of any inking acy bes cases ents are created with the elon Edt When inking codes ar quotations select th option Owa Rann Eamon Ite of ane at the olf elas Or select News Rano Bonot from the man meru I in the Relation Editor select the menu op
298. spects must be ditngushet how we read expressions ard how we emule them with a point ang tik language The infa notation s usualy eater to read but the pontta nolan far eane to use when seating Queries ung maus contoled dect manipidaton uer wrest An Arithmetic Example Here are some simple rth naples using an RPN cat freee ra n CEEE EEL CEE ELKEN Creating A Query With The Query Tool The retrieval of quotations withthe Query Tasi ile om the atime eile above By the resin whieh we are nested We are ely not interested in the operands codes code amie tems tin he set of quotations thats the result of evaluating an operand BY DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS w fermulting a query A OR B hisis what we realy mean Quotations aded mih code A OR quotation coded wilh 8 Therelore enering the pernd ende x splays the quota names which were coded with X 1n Me results ist Nent you can ete view he resulting quotations in context itn the primary document or generate a epr that contains he lenght uot with or wahout comment A Boolean Query he example low uses the HU Chien amp Happiness stage I Please ad ar py INS HU we reading the obowing You can access the samples ie via Hae 7 Qux Tow ac rate query sing ocean operators ths Pind al quotations coded Stn saner ede che lev of happen oode enaren nla Io happiness Open the ery Tosi by cheking
299. sted tout tena POS des memos quolatons al Lenes code code ks hypernks and the HU can besarte In addon the scope of he search can be Bie to etn fl You fad the Object Crawler under the Tools menu The Object Crawler page 366 HU Explorer The HU Explorer displays al the elements of an HU in a streti hierarchical anner even i the gructures are non hierarchia or even ec You And he HU xplore under tne Tools menu The HU Explorer page 368 ATLAS ti Mobile For The IPad ATLAS the powerful knowledge workbench now has a companion ATLAS Maiste fer the Pad With the apa you ean collect andanaye ata whatever you are ard can take your Pad along Perhaps you want a work on a document whie on a long uain plane or boat ide El to yoursel sos avalabie on the ad Add to an ATLAS able project tea wie comments and pertorm coding wark You can later merge the result with your existing ATLAS ti desktop project Th K explained in the seton Exporting A Mabile Project Pad App and porting A Moble Project ta ATLAS Desktop Acemplete documentation of he ap i avalabie rom ATLAS H Mable or the ead aval FREE Hom tie ps appstore ATLAS ti Mobile For Android Main Steps In Working With ATLAS ti he figure below dusats the main tps of woking with ATLAS tring ithe eaten ota projet adding document tenting Interesting tgs ithe daa and coding ther eras and comments an beens any Slag ot the process heres tees pes aut om wr
300. sticated patter match GREP and Category searen salable Be Tent search Tao Ge page 213 PN AEE TTEA Memos Word Cruncher The Word Cruncher couts al wond in tet PDs The count can be limited ia ene PD aniy or nekade al PDS To dean up the count or to count arly certain wards a stop and ge Iit can be deime The rest can be displayet n farm fs word doud o an Ee ibe The result can be displayed in an Exel table The Ward Cruncher page 253 Auto Coding Tool M the primary text telf contains important key words the Avta Coding Tool ean the tent and automaticaly stig a pre led ode to matching tert pasages Iso deed the process can be conte by manual contrriatan teach acon The Auo Coding Tl page 219 Memes capture you thoughts regarding the text and are an portant device far cresg theory A merno i sa a a eode but uly contains longer passages of text A memo may stand alone or it may refer to quotations codes and ather mae They can be grouped according ta types method ected iScrptve ce which helm organing and srg them Memes may Sho be included as the objec of nay by assigning ther as PDs See the chapter on Working with Memos on page 243 Addtional reang terme wring in dnoads att comMbeay ese 208 02 1 NiB roads atlast con Vibra Fee 2008 2 Bat aes are away t fom clusters of POs codes and memar for exer andira of gp o codes memos and PDs Primary Gace fares ean e regarded
301. t Cys I you created a Super Code whose query contains a relerenee Baene amiy you cannot ug ths Super Code to the cade amily ler hs would create aces structure and 5 therefore alone Snapshot Codes A Snapshot Codi is a normal code that records the curent state ofa Super Cade by way of arden the dived uote By cng a Spshot Ho Ume te be you can aah the development al a super Code Unike the Super Code a code reatet by the snapshot spayed in the arp area ard can be used fer further coding The default snapshot code mes are tuttad wi Renumber How To Create A Snapshot Code Jl Select a super Code the Code Manager From the Coves Maceuneou mena select opton Cae Sura The ney create code appears in the Code Manager The code icon tans Yelow te charces of the ende name appear w black and the poste TSN 4 conecutve mambe added othe name The requency count ie permanenti displayed a the Sepa cade k na lenger dame DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY LDN TOOLS m B Hope ccc ect ping postne 0 0 Se ogy cc tet png pate 3 oor erry Restricting Code Queries To Sub Groups You can spat the documents that are to be consideret in a query By defaut the query dacument universe ie al PDs eunenty ited the HU Er Cikin Scope opens anther window that show te POs the er left pane andthe PO famkes in the upper kft At PD tarts ean be looted at at ominai variables ts eai to resect l interviews wth ale rvs ged between twenty and
302. t eek Al previous ected nodes are deselected Mol down the Cm key on your keyboard J Select a node as deserted above I Repeat steps 1 and 2 far every node to be selected Tmt a vey liden f e nades tabe een an magury retanae Mowe the mouse pointer above and lelt to ane of the nodes 1o be telected ld down the telt mouse button and drag the mouse pointer down and Maht to cover al nodes abe selected wt ihe ceca marque AEE TTEA DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDNG TOOLS ne 1 Release the mouse button Linking Nodes The fas between nades in a network are real connections between the cljecte Therefore creating and enon inks shouda not be regarded as 135 coumetc operations Links make permanent change fhe HU There are several ways to ink nodes the ved dot wiin with tne lefi mouse button and drag he mae painter t Select a node A red dot appears on the top left corner af the node lek on the nde that you want one rena Laing rones Reese the lett mouse button an top of the node M you ink codes to codes ar quotations to qutaons a lit af reiaton opene ostng a the del relation plat the eins of the currently oper projets Ee GREE TORSTEN DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULDNG TOOLS no gee on a eitan tnt men H Select one of these relations Now the two nades are inked forties Toa ml maa naa Theta nodes are now inked tos each other In case ol a fsck etch tio sade
303. t igh ony even 1 they are crn plar tent and de not contain any formating Plain Text O cours plan tnat formatted teat documents can aye be uted including documents using Unicode In th course of editing plain tent documents within ATLAS E they can be enehet and saved wth al added formatini Preparing PDF Files In general ice ha have an understanding what PDF irand what tis When POF was invented t was never meant to be a text fermat 1e goal was o preserve the sarne Layu for onsereen dla and in print Thus PDF s pee you eed the original yout When preparin PDFs you need to pay attention that you prepare a tent PDF Me and na graphie PDP H you da the latier Ten ATLASU eats a raph fle and you cannot seach reer lent When scanning a et or paper you need to uue character recognition ser COCR keith pol wh your searre in order a oeste a leit Another sue that needs to be pointed aut is that you can rebieve tent e p from 2 coded segment but the output wal be in ieh text Thuas you may lecie he orginal layout Tata due tothe mature af PDF as mentions above IEA a iayout format and not ready meant for tert processing File Converter Service Fe Convert Serer offers a convenient way to batch converts Word document POF te and Word BOCDO Hie to nt fe ee omae To use this seve select Donan Dara Soc Masco Fut Comer See The Fle Explorer apens Select for instance a feiw DOC Hes that you want to ver and ciek OPEN
304. t meni Alte You Ga dek onthe Sours Anchor button in the primary document ede A kat of relatan papa up Sle a relation to ink the two selected quotations fi nane af the eng relatan Mt eate a new relation by seeing Or Ruaro Enon ie Hew to creste new relatant on page 344 a m aae S A maana A 5 e Fr 2 Stn ot De mus hi ne toe Nent ae the aptior Ge bok a net data segment the cent target quotation eee ne source uttnng Fe 5 St ne tao Sergi tcp race elect ur Ln othe chain Proceed a explained above To creste a chain but select the option St save xox as mouron Then Dhe next quotation hud to the current surer quotation Far your information the quotation DS Tor the curent source and Wget quotations ese in the men Creating Hyperlinks In The Quotation Manager Tnit methed can be ape to connect ane or more enisting quotations to one tuet quotation Select ane ar more source quotations in the Quotation Manager multiple elections can be done in the stan wayi Hot dan the left mouse button an drag he quotas to a target uation a he Quotation Manager ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULDNG TOOLS m Release the eft mause butan The Relation menu opens and you can peny the relatan tobe sed far the hyperiniet The newe hyperlinks are then created AN 8 Saket ta atag ant ek et an We a ae Creating Hyperlinks In Margin Area Le the method described above creating hypenk in the marg
305. t to migrate M nemde et the code fiter to contain oniy those codes to be processed in choose Pac eos Cone Newou om the HU Er main menu esien gea ee ananena we tena NET hee Thee cons textual description whic ean processed by the import lep debe in e towing reiont Lon the HU into which the network af codes shal be imported choote Power lwo Coo Nrwon frorn the HU Ets main menu select natok fe textension MED When imparting networks into an HU that aad contains networked codes e folowing intemal strategy ape to avot ones Casting codes and ria are not modih cette hs are nat created e at eye Whe the stuation of imparting hormonyens is contral by the one eoltonstatey he te cannot avtomatesty handle unwanted Synonym Espesly when importing des and nefwons rested by then imo non empty MU such yore oman and mask might te the te pce of codes You can ean up by merging the sore see Mering Codes on page 205 esis the tio strategies described above you can use the HU merge procedure to pn ror control ovet wal crmpanent are to be ane Coe sts wth tah representation of codes can be extracted rom a en theory template HU Newark View memos and or PDs may bended Trie methed aa has the advantage tal tea one pu procedure and there E no need to create entra Nes containing the codes ar networks ta be anlerret Unike the Senani Network Migration metho deed above Aala alows yov to maert ove conto over h
306. ta saree What Happens Behind The Scene If You Add Documents To A Project Up ul ATLAS 87 documents were assigned toa project and inked to the HOL Fregen users were not amare tat ey wete working wh ed documents and they did not pay attention to the dependencies tis created Between the docurments andthe ATLASA HU This meant documents could not be moved to diferent action or renamed without notiying the ATLASE HU aboutit There have almas existed solutions to the problem ike the oreo setup HUPATI However i users ended wp in a stuaton where ey could no Tonger boad the documents caused moments of wtaon have st al of my coding now many hours of support ime explaining uiers the principles tired documents and why it ctu makes a It of sense to NOT import all miter For oe the HU fle remained extern smal and that in tum ls he program prtarm sooty even you wark with hundreds or even hoard fies andor wis huge documents such video es ATA PREPARATION ut even this makes alot of sense from a techvical point of view woking Mati ined documents can be proiemati tor some se especialy when they ect awae of th sete Managed Documents So ATLAS 7 introduces a powerful new solution to make data and poet rarageren eaer The solato i cald managed documenta srd f oes he best of both wei now How doe this work N you ater than ag documents to a project ATLAS rasa ofthe documents he data ous and puts Mer into a bey T
307. talet explanation s provided at GREP Search on page 219 The Text Search Tool To Open The Text Search Tool one pray tt owe 180 Tt aco Ether ck the et sereh button in the PD tobe select Bor Sao from Mhe main menu or ure the key combination Cou loys bar displays the curent search mode Gn the figure above Sarat Saaren Mode uring a tearc sey Ini he place where yo should look or warnings and messages No al option ar nae for every type of search For instans backward ind case sue searches rental fer Category Search eee bl A text seach aay sats om the curent potion of the test cursor in the Gent selected primary txt When the end of Inis document ached You Sre asked the sere shal continue throug he rest he pean tex Standard Search Mode Use the standard seach mode when you want to find exact specied tings of characters Word boundaries are not reconrized in this mode Henen searching far the would aka find instances Ike eo ghet thee and Pater Stuches that recognize word Bourdanes are see wth he Calgary Search ar by using appropriate GREP patiems Open the Tert Sere aal Ente s ing ino the erty Aed The eat sings cantante special pipe character as ete the Catagory Sard I Uncheck GREP mode E Set Case sented E start the search by cicking the Next or Previous bution Two search pins are aval in standard search made to cantra the search Check the C
308. te UNE To Filter By Co authors To digly aniy those parts af a Hermeneutic Unit rested by a suuet of the avsutors led choose the fiter aplan Cornus in any of the Object Managers The User Database AN ATLAS usere are cataloged in spc database le HERMENCR HOB Teated the ATLAS A system decay Th ie oad on programs sare amp Alter the stil installation of ATLAS Bee sea one dum user ut adrtator privleges tet up Account SUPER password USER eens automatic gis the default modes quite key thal you aly wok under dea acount Creating And Working With Different User Databases To eae a new data base save the standard data base HERMENCR MDB der new name e p Perce 2 Nib Pus Sa a H Make the dese changes and save the new data base When you start ATLAS the next teme the default user data base hearer nds loaded Ta laad the newy created user data base select Far Loo Desi Relaxed User Management The dea eng tlt user management This feature removes the puted vequranent or iner accounts The default seting canbe changed by ting the cel songeaton Ne for ALL users ATLASIN Th tle an be eur in the comman appeatio al ler You need Windows adminstrator ight tobe able to motif ths fle To access the Me lor mutation I select Tao Bou Counen Amonan Darn H hake a backup copy of ATLAS fie H Open t with a plain tent editor uch as Windows Notepad Look tor the secon an and set the vr relaxed
309. te are erent Every penson anaes a sub set of he data before merging the HUS A team analyzes comamon set ol documents whch are stared on a server that eveyone can secem Commonalities Of Team Projects Moat team scenarios require that one person of the team tiket he roke of project administrator The ested projec strana us sep the projec dstibutes tto the ather team members cect the sibs poets again rd merges them Unies hte are god tenons to wark wth inked documents at documents Should be ether eredi raed othe team Wray N documents are imported into the tear ay the HU mb as team HU tee igre 10 i Pa Vee oe or erst nia Ones the team brary has been selected as location far the data sores further docrent that are ded to he poet wll autorataly be erperted inta the em rary ules you expla select My Library as oan A taam members best crente an ATLAS user account on thei computer and Kg in with their user rame You Mnd the Usar Managerment menu undef the ool renu ie ako User Management on page 147 Distributed Team Work Team Projects Using A Common Set Of Documents Stored At Different Locations W itali a common body of data should be madi available to the team itis testi one persen selt up the poe aD Ss 1 Tam roe ta a manta comman data Tasks OF The Project Administrator rele a new Hermeneutic Unit and add documents to the tae Hey semma UP NeW paoncr Bocas Now An Docs ea ama
310. ted Code lick the Crested column header to find all recentiy created quotations at the fopofthe mt Browse trough the quotations assed to thi code by usng the Noe ad Parva butions in 1e Quotation Manager Medi or delete misaligned or inappropriate quotations See Moding Tentai and PDF Quotas on page 171 Preparing Documents Optimized For Auto Coding The flowing instructions are useful for preparing ranseriptians of oes group Sessions questionnaires or interviews Sich data usualy contas eres Speakers secon The hints givens hese ao apply for other documents hat ilu cons you wih to ently for aston M would be tedious to code speaker or section turns manly Two things are needed A good marker Yor wich to search and nce the marter amp ound 2 ble enieaton of he et entene papa to be coded Insert easy erable markup the text to et the auto coding patte matcher the for you For proper mu a tle knowiadae tegarding the Sato cader s search procedure i helpful In combinason win a few formating es documents ca be created that can ready support auto coding quea Fo the auto eoding tool to yield use rests is necessary to propetty Structure the souret text sing nique eres Simple amples re 5P or lt Petrtor a respondent with the name Peter 07 01 T1leter tor eter ten on the frst ot ly 2011 The denier should be used exe to mark passages in the tent that dee relate to tne persan ar oject ete The l
311. terpretation of tent canst suceed in grasping e comple ack ot apes or anteataty af everyday ar senthe krowledae n fact SILAS was designed tab more than a angke took ihik af tasa Profession workeench that provides a oad selection of elective ta for a riety of robles and task Teamwork Support ATLAS faittates co autharing i e it allows bwo or more researchers or work groups to work on the same project set asynchrony This means ick persan wort on hs or her owun poet ie Act to the tarme data Sure pes The sub projets ar nen merge mto one comprehensive MASTER project ATLAS E proves the ll Wat alow for the waster and conversion of research data while keeping the respective sources of ideas deve tal tenes Main Concepts And Features The concepts of primary documents quotations codes and memos are the real foundation you need to be far wih when rng with ATLAS Camplermented by a vary of specal aspects such lars reer ews Gthemainveuleaton too nd anayocal data querying tecle AN of hese Some Togeer n the overt eet ote he ene UM MU The Hermeneutic Unit HU The Hemeneute Unit HU provides the data structure for each project in ATLAS The namme was chosen to eft the imbal approach aken when Sn a Sport tea fr data Interpretation There was no intention to intimidate er with this admitted tongue ting nane Aquat yourself with this general container concept and its pcan nee you understand t
312. that ordinal codes orty have meaning in the context af being ed by SPSS Wiin ATLAS the AHerentiy valued codes are bated the tery other code dichotomy sek ent te Check The Sample hare for an appa af an ordinal code Yau fnd the He nese ih youn i Toas Emo Sumas Foame he ame of the codes Horror spt into Honrar 961 a Horor 3 Do not asian more than oe seated variable value te g fear 6 and fear 2 othe tae quotation Aithaugh ATLAS i permits an tary number of Endes ta De tached ta a quotation hs wou not make raich sanae with uty exe valuta sealed variables H you dos the SPSS generator S spy grace atonal values ater processing the st ane it ind for 2 Den gustan since te cannot be quarto which value wil be dlc fest ts ll mst Ixy produce upscale reits in We SPSS job ened How SPSS Export Handles Families Treatment Of Code Families ode amis in SPSS jobs ipl count the occurences of atignments of any lis contained cade tar the eurent case aqualaten using COMPUTE Statements dow an erame tor comping a code arly valable i proved Treatment Of Primary Document Families Each ase quotation has ts primary document index aunty peated bythe SPSS export unetan The value of a quotation that i part af fina document that a a meeer of a pray dociznent famiy wa be putas a or 0 In Ihe SPSS stan e Ihe PD amy ate i oped tolome Missing Values sing values are oniy computed for eed v tables A se
313. the codes be deseribed as a vector af and The concept of Sed codes vanabis segures a specal ytan The mesion or seale slong which an evaluaton to tke place parttioned int the number of derent values requred Astuming that fve degrees of ear ine to be distinguished in a gen analyse ve codes must be created A special naming convention ie necessary to let ATLAS dently variable codes fom dichotomous coder Naming Convention For Sealed Codes ach code rae folowed by a leatt one bianik and the character Go may choose an alema lead character for Ine value part trough the SPSS inia seen flowed iene by a valar This notation awe te system to construet one variable om a groue af codes sin te example gen above The new rl varate degree of lear has ka many deel values as te sure of odes the user eed according to Dhe convenon SPSS syntar te twarsonmatio of the data codd be aprend flows You are not ested to numerics values anything that flows the special Symbol i interpreted as a value The wih reserved in he Data Lat statement lhe tan es the maim wth ofthe largest oF al vakaes alee Tar visable code The variable ode Nae wil have three values Chistine Thomas and Hal The th reserved in the data k statement il be 9 determined y the maser wilh sue Chase Acorent inked to such codes could be used as an explanation of the values G iasiruci researchers n coding the male Keep in mind
314. the lawer ght Thie sequence the elo a depth fst traversat fhe graph The agerilm ties o reslve a many constants elwe any bwo nades so thata node with he least dependencies i made Ihe irat rode posted the wpe eft comer and there wt he most Aependenees on erodes pooned n Be lower ight caer te Network Edr Seat d gt i Inthe examole above the dependencies between several activites necessary to el esd are described by local consrant between the nes From there fecal constraints a al slain is generated One caret way to get resed The tceame ot lion was used to dese constanta The oniy aon a elation must meet 8 that t has Ihe vane able err tt nts go uch lg are yey nase in project management satiare Yuan Se a dred relation ike belo a present te dependence between vents secs before shoes shit belo manage before vee Srl then compute a pate quence of eens Creating Output Several output options are alae for Network Views The range sor png the layout ya copying to the badoal in arty ot formats bob eet and graphic andy sing Neth Vien toa He Printing Networks Before etn a Network View the frst tene you may pr s t some real apani ble ite pit border ete Sons Patan 7 Panam You can ite pant he ent or part Newt Vi Open the Netvork ane arange al nodes ta be paruni M you want to grint a selection at nodes oriy select these nodes or mle elton hold doam the Chey 1 choose None Pane Nir
315. ther pions are u eplanstary Therefore you hnd a Brel noduction to CAT in Me section Cale Coder Relay using CAT on page 304 Update an tins ad og and ang Aave been Fe dean se Getting Support The easiest way to contact the Support Center is via the miin men option Hay Mon Rasen oa Sot Or acess te Suppt Cente detty vit arnon ws Fram the categories provided select the apprapriste option s your request an De processed as quickly a5 poble owe 2 att cats Frequently Asked Questions Frequent asked quests are collected in our kroledge base on our To access the ste diet Irom ATLAS select Har Mowe Resumes Var FAG iran the HU eos man menu An active inteme secon ere To acest hs we page 5 ATLAS i maintains various a large ferum for peer to peer eanmunion i e or users tata meet excange experences with the too share Nps and ks and dieu teal and methodologies that arse wiih the seo the program TET AA Reporting Bugs Mailing List Archive Like the forum the maling at another tool for peer to peer session tse and tpi The complete maing ist archive can be convert accessed via Hnr Mar eines Toe Maandae Ano Most no that occur duf the operation of ATLAS tiare ply and aren toa pei og te named ERROR LOG Ths text ee gested in the er syster decry The contents of this fle can orly be interpreted by the developers af the program and sa no se for other I you Mea bu
316. they appear in the att language rants Another important character for these peat she seein of the perane lor whic you wan the qulaon retrieved A WITHIN spctes ihe constant but you mata sey ou want Be quotations or the As Gr the BT i done tmp by the sequence The code or term that S here fat che one ia which you sre inlatested I B e quotatioms ate ure you have to enter B ENCLOSES A ing the ry language The embecing operators debe quotations that are contained in one ater and hte coded wih estan cades D ALOS te st tt i th Ae The overlap operators describe quoatons that overlap one another T corr Sele crap iy uotasn cadd weh E 5 eves ii gate net eksfe et Nyy wa z pereme E supa mc onea ieee ere cen ete p28 aa utd nee gt M you want retseve ali segments or reason spect behavioral ces ated to the code mmardere see you wuld need ole resin suspected behavioral clues murderer_ descriplon WITHIN K you enter murderer desepton reason suspected behavioral claes NITHIN the query ol wouldnt deler any rets fr the data segments shaun in gute 220 N you enter murderer description reason suspected behavioral ues INCLOSES hen the query tool eevee the ges segoe murderer desertion tat does contain the behav clue But hen you eed to read more than you need i you are oniy interested in the behavioral
317. ting the pest achine containing te HU ard ts assoc tesa he new Geton The inslaan of a bundle on the same ora erent computer ean be done ung to sign ty deen stages Migrate and Rare The Migrate strategy assames that the bund to be tae on another pe or another dn arder ta resine work at hs ferent cain The arget path for the HU can be ely theter Wher checking Yor ot ts alg accepts tcc venons ot data source Nex are replaced by newer erona ie document n the bunds oldar Dan an editing one a he new lato tl not be unbundled This prevents a document kom replacing mewer venion ott The Restare strategy ted to restare a bundle created as backup ofa project Le an HU and al e dala soure Mes lence by PDE Th AEE TTAR stay restores the HU in ese the sarne feider thesia lation Soes net eject a attempt lo replace emer Ne with an le vertion ien a indeed he very nate of ratare low the strategy selection seton the original path of the HU ls displayed A Calor marker nent to the path ness posse confi for bis HU were a be sald nthe target envronment rert one 2 seg tnt me He lek onthe Browse button to select the eaten where the HU ie shoul be Stored the arget computer K you transfer a prsject to a different computer most ly you wl need ta hinge te location U you use We bund ie as backup and want a ptal the cs on your cormpuler there s probably no need ta cranar 1e ean A check box lets you exclude
318. tion apf Nov Rano Enter a short unique I for the elton you want to create The default are alles butt is not necesar to Ue cap letters At remember that Each relatan needs a unique 1D Based on th informaban ATLASU ensien hat none of the relation is verti by any other lan test enter alabe 1 abel 2 and a mena label ATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AULD TOOLS w in the Neto Editor you have three options to display the name of the sion see Figure 30 AB view opin you can ether aplay labe abel ror the men label I there sulent apace the ata you ean Se edly the menu label whch usualy ger Chaose an rein fr bt Tand 2 as aaplay option when space ied The menu labet egual the menu text The text entered in the feld Menu abe ued nthe velaton merus and asa labet aon the mena textis ho ued when outputting neon codes in the farm a quas entencs Cons 7 Orne Con Henano Cot Nacian Nes select the ine style wth coler salit ar dashed H you wish you rar spety the preferred aout direction that is used to ulate dra the ltr when opening Network View on an obert he fin atte to enter the formal property af the elation anv eymmette ar asyet A transtve relatan isa dete ink Ike is part of is restan far is Both symmet and syne relations are non dtected Inet An example of eymmetic irk a i associated wit canal wan example or Anetre i Optnaly you cin deserte the newy crested ean in the te
319. tnt the left of the ent feld to open an Objet Manager Primary Document Pane 5 The darminant window pane in the HU Editor i the Primary Document Pane his pane she canal workspace where tert or gape mata reviewed marked cedes santa Is usualy augmented bythe Pareazagh umber pane when tent documents are leaded andthe maga ea 9 Paragraph Number Area 6 a To the i of the paar mabara ne lye eh plepi pre Margin Area 7 To the ight hand sde af the PO areais the optional margin aren Bass are ied to incae quotatane Atlached codes mers types we Seplyed nent to the quolaion bars The margin wea au rcv th pled ages are seni to moue ces and have ther own context men nado vary of dragrand drap optant are posate See Margin Drag amp Drop on page 249 for more dead You ean resze the magn area using the pt bar 110 between the PD pane rd the magi pane When you double ck an a code in the margin ares Showing the code defiton 1 you have wren ere ernment Hd pops ap im ane Uedbjercain Hoan Dp ones 9 Fe Aas sect no A general content mena tan be opened sie the marg ares by moving the mous pointer ont he Background between e beets Iles you Io se ply properties a the jects Margin Area Preferences Several indiidtus preferences can be set for the margin area the kind of ets shown wiene xan shold be se eters eng should Sealowed ttn order 1o set your individual
320. to este edit Dhe project sda For eas howto setup and manage team projecis See About ths Manuaeting up Team Projects oa page 110 M the team project is set up in way that all team members aces the data on a ewer ee sxample baw ATLAS E canto the eding process La s assume you wo na team af five peple Each of you is located in a parte offer or at dierent geographical locators Al af you werk on Ihe ame project and arlyac the sare pal af datasource fes As shewn n the igure al data source fles are bested on a network ve and we shared yal eam members se ran sating in ateam etaan Ite Monday maming at 9 am Peter Torm and Agnes re ae woring Gn the ATLAS project Agnes works with PDA She reads through I sodes ed wit afew memon Beter now aio wants o look at the ecient He Guts the documenta hes HU checks a few things andi endesa fewe more data segments Ten he continues ta wokan PS Apes continues her wok on P4 Whi reang ough 2 she recognizes that Sine places are not anonymiaed and wants to eect Is order ta dose She nien est mode She tan however any do ino ome ebe eter awing he document te were the ease the olan message POPs Up Sita ee 2 ny any pune ava ig Be ann sth isnot he ease Agnes can enter edit mode While Agnes is ing the document Tom wan to do some werk on PA He can however not load the document nea be sees the following message Agnes comets the document and leaves edit mode an
321. ty se Ihe preie aes as tey st eed to be eed Depending on the length of the valeo Ia way uke a few Seconds or up to a few minutes e Adding Mula Documents on page m you mave the cursor nse the video pane he media contrals appear and you ean siat stop and pause the video ip frward and basun ak You cin o start and sop the mule he by pressing the space bar Context Menu Of Preview Pane W you righteciek on the video preview you can set a number of play options in the content menu ee Fae 147 You can hide or display the video preview and uo wave form M you mark a segment by moving wth your mouse over the video previews tine indicators are display start and end postion and total length cf the Segment iy default he eft and ight aud channel are displayed as one audio wave fm I needed you ear separate heh and ight channel and display wo Select Waveform Zoom Factor 1o aust the sze of audo wave Use Aa Soro i oniy parts of the video is displayed in the margin aren and ou want the margin area lo alot seral you play the viden See Fire 152 Show Quotaton Overlay to see the quotation boundaries ployed o top of Context Menu Of Document Pane The options ff by the media controls and the multimedia ta bat ee Figure 150 can so be aceied va the context meru a Fe it Go ncaa Father you have the option to change the display size of the video Zoom Video 1a generate the preview mages again and to delay snd export
322. u elect the second option Do nat manage his Hemeneue Unt now ice Error Reference source nt ound bow I save the HU Proe 7 Se l Repent is fr al copy burdte fies Merge a ATLAS U 7 Hus and creste a new Master fe Proet 7 Mee wm HU See abo page 154 Tris new Master le can now be tumed into a managed project meaane ATASTIS AND GPROMECTS ne He Head nears dosen ae 9 opman tor eager Foe 108 Conse nay nat tn ng oe prapat Toto ths set Pee 7 Consunne Docuas lect he second option Optimize fo teams ard save the HU Ths means documents wit be imported into the team ibrary and the HU wi be set as eam HU oe Figure 45 Save he HU Ment creste a copy bunde fle Paouet Cow nn Ce en and Getibtethe bundle ta al teara mente Tasks OF The Team Members eam members instali the copy bundle le auc 7 Com Dino 7 We fond Than they save the HU under a ditlerent ame 4 by ang their name or intin 1 The HU fle ean De saved 1o any locaton TREET ERARE Work Flow Team project migration to A7 common data set different locations AE a amp 3 3 re 1 Wo ow tt prs we on conan fe Project Backup And Transfer he ela seting tha ATLAS els hap copy of an exiting MU lt veri ons Baca hes canbe ngs ame ray anama pete Far a Sampie iy tac he Dadap ot Schlep wou be ete To change the dealt stig eet Tog Pan Gouwe Puranen 4 as eno hema eso ako te Pte ban ean ear Backup Copies Cras
323. u stare may be peta Posie base units wre characters and paragrap tor et isco fraud ls ramet or eo dala and el fer nages a Bearna D AIRC tnt tt ie th aser To set the distance cick on the Adjaceney Operator Stings button Then elec a bate unt and spt e asin dlane ety ll Pangaphe set tips Te chs Bare Urt Mato Audio 50 me Bats Unit Mulgir Vises ames Base Unt Mater brags 0p owe 20 adn pte tgs Covoceurenc is essential a short cut for a combination a al the tasie rosy peat except FOLLOWS and PRECEDES A CO OCCURRING WITH B Find al quotations that co oecur with B 0n haere wan The Query Language Quer are ult step by step fom operands and operas ang the principle st evened Polah ten ON suns ape tay Sut cay see or example its en adc Raver Polih ne RPN invented by Polih mathematician Lukasiewicz dats not reque purest control the pony of peat nor does regure any other huractes he commas pende ee Evry clk produces a mean el Ad E enpate to eae syrscaly wrong queries Operands First Operators Next The most important pit to understand about RPN is the orderin which operands and operators ata seach expression are entered Lung RPN operant odes ende ami ate entered allowed by a o more operators Ths amp an una method fer most ot u who are aaa with otto where operators are pared between the operands an 3 5 Mast eats use tha peat nolatan ako eed x notation Two a
324. u ta query you data in lots of different ways combining Complex cde queries wth varus exploring elationshipn between codes Sr alee your Inding sg he Reo tol ATLAS allows you to visually coed selected passages mermas and ade inta grams that graphalyoatne compiea relatant Ts feature tual transform your text based workpace Into a graphies playground ere you can cans concepts ang nore based an rahe beeen des dala erent ot mens is process sometines uncover other reiaton in the data that were at lous beore and stl allows you the ality ta instanti revert to your noes ar primary data selection For mote del see Data Anaad Theory Bulding Tools on page 251 General Steps When Working With ATLAS ti Tre flowing sequence at stepa s of courae not mandatory but describes a evan senpe rele a project an idea container meant to enclose you data al your findings code memo and sructures under a single nae We tal ica Hermeneune Unit HU A more dled explanations provided below t Main Workspace The HU Editor on page 30 Nest add documents tent graphic audio and videa fles an Google ath socal Primary Dacunents POs to your ATLAS project See Adding Documents toa pejet on page 7 Read and select ext passages or identify areas in an image or select Segments on te ine ine an audio or video fle hatare of ther erst arsen key word code and wile comments and memos at cantain our Sinking about he
325. ueri search exresien buit om operands odes and code tates SoBe e E NOT AND OR ee iat defne the conhon tat quotation must ea to be ered fe g al quotatane coded wth baths ades A nd B By seeing codes or code aes and operators a query can be buit ternal whch 5s rstantaneausty evaluated and dsplayed a t at uoltors Thence buiding of complex seach quenet ges You an Splrtny approach toward even the mont corper queres The Query Tool Window The Query Tool is launched by sing the Query Toal button tee eft or by hosing Anaras Qu Too rom the HU ators an men TERETE ARAL owe 21 Te cay nan The Query Too has the allowing main componente 11 The operator toolbar ese near th let argin af he window 21 The codes pane in the upper left sts ode fais to be ured in Senes BI The codes pane below the coda pane contains al caret codes tet Me de appt 4 The tem stack pane in the upper ight displays the stack of llexresions here inthe ret query Ii mere than ne en ible ete are Soren waning tobe used in the quey Te lopmet ety the Caent query 51 The current query is akso displayed in the feedback pane ety below the Etmratack pane Here a dierent natation a ied ons tha uses parentheses Sh tesenn he salto iyl o entering gueren 61 The result at the query is ctsglayed in the results lt located in the ower ato he indo Above the te sack pane ar seer buttons fr mariulting the tick Sapang So duplicating term cla
326. ult chapter Language Sting on page 6 Une thes Language Peranentiy selects an apprepriste code page matching the urater stdin your documents eg 32 for Japanese ex0 Use Windows Language for Bar setting Actvste is option to we the Windows language seins The Language bar provides quick way to change the input ngage or keyooard layout fem youz desktop You usualy nd tse at he bettor left hand side af your task bat However t could aho be located hehe your desktop Dont Conver tert Do rt se ey code page other ha the delat cade Page td tent considered nar Tote dela stig Tab PD Printing The setting of this sectional he appearance ofthe deine that printed when selecting the ton eciarOut Pt wama wisan Fe 391 ona or a POPs Print header page M checked crestes a header info page for the primary document Unts of measurement You may select Irom inches mon em pis and picas Left right top and bottom margin Che the settyas or the page margins Added oft to margin wren Adds designated amount af space between the text document and the margin Fe i Can Poco th oa Prompt forte lows you ta enter ate manualy for a newly created mem recommended Auto uie Automatiealy generates a mermo tle sg the given template The template Cn be died severa macro vanabies can be used in the pi des the curent date 0 inerts date and time a inserts the event user Sh inerts the HU name Open editor on new me
327. uper larly fest ee Creating Super Fame as Global Fite e Creating Super Families As Global Filters You ean ceste tuper ames ung the operatori AND or OR tee ako the ection Super Famkes M you select the OR operator al ters of al selected families are included in there a super fay phs N you select the AND aperator al common items af the selected feites are eluded in the new supet famiy esd To create a new spe family select the deed operator frst Clk an the operator butten of right ciek In the de panel and select Cameroon Nent select the ais that you want to combine hte are ela the option Cae Sura at frorn the context menu or al dn the Cut tey and cick on te spear bution Data Preparation Starting And Ending An ATLAS ti Session Ths section deters how to start and end an ATLAS sestian how to eae rd ave a project Hermeneutic Unit see page 13 Starting ATLAS t ATLAS can be started ke many ather Windows applications e g via the undo at renu or by cing a projects or program sho Select ATLAS B from the Programs menu Srur numon Pacams Son Soni Dest on owas ston the ep or on yow sk bar OF you have created ane a ie ALA den at wecomepna 0 E Fe aang spay cane N you open ATLAS fot the fat time the Welcome project apens Ta oad he aceame document ek on the drap oun so in the Pos Beld and Sleet tre Pt wiene ang The wekome document points out the most sent ets of the
328. us variables Yau cin group al ferrale interviewees mto a PD fini named ere al male eres into a PD family named ree You tan de the same Tor Serent poesions mantai sali education level MAIN CONCEPTS ano FEATURES Quotations le The dasstieatioa is a074 caution 1 meaning the docrent i pat ts parte group 0 meaning Wirt part tthe group Following a specal syntar you can ako create PD faites that ean be Imported ar exported as tales with bao of more charac based on an ra table Hke Gender rae and Gender emale PO Farnes can be Nates ised to ei cadet searches ike Show me all dala segments coded ih atitude towards te eriornent tol r fale who bein London at compared temas whe ein he county Yeu ean leo ute PD familhes as a fiter for example orc ather types of te a equney count for codes acras A particuiar group of cima see the chapter on Working with Vat Paty Document aes below on pape 234 A quotations a segment rm a PD that s interesting ar important to the user fa lerdal documents uctaton is an arbiery sequence ochre aging in length om ang character o a word a entenen ora paragraph even up to the entre data le Fee quotations resemble passages sebbled on the margin of a bock Usually quotatens are rested manus by the researcher However petite words or phrases are contained in the text the Aura feature Gabe ued to auteataly segment thse qulatons nd sgh ate to them When a quotten is created
329. vena Yau can alio ight ek on the quotation in the Guottion Manage an et other ang options a the atest er When applying a code the quotation count behind the code name nreases by one Thal ou can sen ai there is no margi area or Google Ean Reviewing Google Earth Quotations You ean review video quotations vis the Quotation Manage or by datie letng on a code that eons GE quotations the Code Manager or via the aces pane in the GE editor window Uniinking Codes Un niing a code from a GE quotation curently oniy works vis a network view Select a GE quotation in the Quotation Manager and cick on the Network View button theta bar ot ight elek ard elect Open Network View Proceed with unining as explained in the chapter on the Network View funeon ee page 307 Describing GE Quotations To Improve Outputs Proceed as explained far audio and video quotations se Deering Multimedia quotas to improve output on page 2001 More Coding Related Functions This section deeb some aditonal ending led hoinekeping Knetens such as eal hee codes importing Is of sodes and renaming rd removing ede Free Codes Yeu can create codes that have nat yet ben used for coding ar cresting network such codes are cad ee cde Why Create Free Codes To prepare a stock af predefined codes in the framework of a en theory Thee especialy eat inthe contet of eam work when ceaing a base project Tocade in a top
330. we not aed coneeih pee Display node icon Display a type specii icon for the nodes Draw box for Ink label Switches between plain text play and boxed display of ink labets Rotated nk be Displays bee aed e g alongside the ink between two objects Baciground color Sets the color for the network etc Node color Sets the colar far code nodes Auto color wath background M activating this option the background color ao wed in aulo calor made och eto wey deta Green pat stm the auto color procedure Range min Cust the auto cor procedure Max node with The manta horizontal sze in piel whin whe the node s teats avn Tab Nodes Tis page low you to define the deft setings for the display of nodes Fe Neo tne ae Codes Verbosty Contes the length of the node name dieglayed for codes ard mermas You Tave the opin to isplay the ame ono the ame plu common IF Name pus conent i selected you may abo define how much of the corrent should be displayed othe et paragraph ore fl lent at the orment Gee options a enh Quotation verbosty Mases tout increasing amounts ot information to be dad comments displayed Select how much text of a coment should be displayed frst ine frst paragraph or the al et Ful image for Ps Displays graphical PDs as smal images also caled tha in additen yu cn set the horizontal wath in pines or al epee raph Po huminaa Box for quotations 7 primary Documents Memos
331. whether you want to add ar unt quotatians wether to mezge cormements n case pou erent ended up with ia primary documents for one data once you need W el uty pla The ada apn uel if you want to compare he coding af two be fo inter eoder retatilty purposes ee Calan Intet Coder elabity ung CAT on page 304 REETTA mexanc Henusneunc unns ve a iene oe I Make your seleetion and ee TERETE ARAL The Data Level Basic Functions A you nay akeady know fom the chapler on the ain eonceps and teatures Gae page 13 ter are boinc lvl of interaction he data lewe an The data leval clues ais ke segmenting and organizing data ies Zadig dala segments sre evel and wring memos the eancptal lel ests sing more complex gumatos abou our data re bali acties ach aking cds ofr seman networks loth chip you wer about the main procedures needed to begin your ata nays These nde how to mark code and comment Wett RAPA to and video spre and how lo wale memos In adaon yu lamn Shout the ATLAS tana function Thi a function for grouping objects i e documents codes and mema whch can Hen bed ase fr vanans purposes Creating Quotations The most comman operations on primary documents especialy when ating pratt we secing dts signing cedet ando memas Marting a segment does not by tsei creste a quotation though hic often the very net step alter making a selection Creating And Working With Textual And
332. word eranching cabs for a spl quantitative ten anys H estes a ast of word lequeney counts tor De ceed ll ean trea textual PDs A stop ana go Istana tf gna characters can be et contral the ana Farther you can Create 3 word dod for the selected documents or for ali documents Creating A Word Count Table ram the rrain menu select Aum Wena Caen ck the main toa Ward Cruncher ton A property dog opens llesng a number of optan that let he poet ral ee oe You may spel a number af properties before stating the frequency count Include Selected PD oniy Select the pe af the count to be al textual Buln Took The built in tool is a single window 1 addition to the frequency enunt sze and percentage for each word shown The but toal cao only be used for a selected PD Eneak Select ths option f you want to export the ward count to Ence Word Clout Select ttis option to creste a word doud conten for Excel table oe next section you can specify the ype of Erie ta be muded nthe Ea ate Text nomaleaon gnane ense I checked upper and lowercase letters are ignored Hello HELLO ia helo are not counted separately se legacy word recognition Stating with version 7 0 84 a new way of word ecognton hes been ioduced that improves word reagan for Asan Srgunges Homever ihe improved ezogriton patter sls domn the word Court you were sed wih te ader pattern ciek INe option to ineresse Speed Remove tom text before counting The
333. xan cons are tumed thet entry s coleret red Possible Family Combinations You can combine ais in numerous and eorplex ways to form Super amis nthe floning secto some ornon cerns re preserie Ones yau sre amar wih the el you can venture out and Uy out mare Campen combnatons Fot the flowing desaripons of the four operators oling at the Venn asrar sean Operators may Be help The Super Fam tool afers faur operators that an be used ta combine artes The four operators ae ao known fools operators OR XOR AND and NOT TET TAL Combing faries with the OR operator yields those tems that are numbers one or ot aes combing two fares wth the AND pear ys only ose meen banging 1e Both lamen Combing two ais uang the XOR operalar ld all member belonging teary othe fas less those Ihat are both aries The NOT operator inverts an erting famiy By negating a famiy fermate you uid ugly erate a Super arly that presumably nid ul male The NOT operator as el a al other operators does nat aniy werk on fare but ao on Super Faison wbitrary paria quees atin NOT A OR R Combining Families Using Boolean Operators Combing tuites to build Super Fares sential the same at formulating code and code larly baed quentes in the ATLAS E Query Toal The sequence af entering a query la eae Super Farny i at flows Fs elect ais that you want te combine and then select the apes racy eam pirane naa eres amy
334. xt pane at e bottom ot he Ren or In order to save the new relati select Fua Se from the Relatia Editor manu A Ne dalog window opens The suggested fle name is delak al iis recommended to ute this Se at your standard septa for latons Itis foul to create leer tl of relatos by enteng a tew le name ce Managing Relata belo Managing Relations Ung the Relation Eto diferent wets of stone can be eae and tre in separate fles ig Pat Sat ae For stance you ouid have set REETTA ol elon elated 1o argumentation theory or ase based on Grounded Theory fltons When sating ATLAS the elu relation sl oad rhe le eae M you have crested a new wet and stored in a new REL fl you nt ta lond alter tring ATLAS E To do sa apen the Relation Eran choose Far Leno Aruanne Th adds the new feleton sett the heady loaded default set M you want ta delete relans from the default set or rn any newy tated Set ct a relatan m Dhe ite Esra choi the menu opten ae Dee aaron When you have ered al wanted rato an want to ate the changes permanent you need 10 save the set eleet Fe Se Rear Cosmetics Network Display Properties There are numerous optas avaiable to ater the appearance ot nodes inis and even the bored However al stings created ung the Display menu of Network Editor are lest er cling he eit Hf you want to change colors and fents obali for al Nebon Views you noed Io change tee setings under Nemom PC Colors You can set
335. y documents wil be ep available in memory for utr ees onee t has been badd See Content Caching on page 79 far mare nlomaton Aways crate backup copy when saving a HU When saving the HU a py of the exiting le with the added entension hcp s created ihe sme etry Cites amp opines age pe bce Faas Pa mae tp ea Save ato recover info every minutes ATLAS aves recovery information without any use intervention The idea end such suo backpe Should ATLAS or Window eath or 1 any other Way be terminated regulari eg power Taure the amount of work lost i nthe wok conducted anes De a auto batkup When eating ATLAS or Sfer saving he HU the aut recovery informaban i removed automate It rang recommended to keep Di feature on Automatic backup path yea the flr Auto Backups in the uses personal data folder lsc is used as the epost for pedal stored recover ration Yu can change ths by ean on Browse button Tab Paths Testing of stn ae he pat od for e common AAS merece seres a one Cones te wo ae ae Tentbank Path The Tenn folder i lean that is provided by ATLAS 8 as a epestary for staring your HU ies and as an optional cation fr toning your data Hes you werk vith inked rather tan managed document See ier marl ATLAS verson 6 fr more deal on wating wit baked documents HTML Path pies the path to which HTML fles ar saved and where HTML support fles E sve sheets are located XMLPath
336. you created new cong ta aft the current query while the Query Tool is apen you have to ciek Rieme ta reprocets the query Uso rermaves the topmost entry from the stack This i eonvenient if yeu ited on te wong code Redo pushes the last removed entry back onto the stack Mare Functions Several content merus are avaiable in the vious pane of the Query Taol that Brmplement the funtion salable va te butlone ost em 1n Dne content rer sarve an nea ned he code famiy pre context menu has a single cmc Display Codes a E an a j Eai Stave oneness lni The code puns menu oftes infra about the selected code neighbors Me tem quests Super Code embedding embedded and to occuring cos DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY ULBNG TOOLS m ees Caen non a ecu he context menu fr the fv stack pare resembles the stack fonction buttons decried shove ge us Cru non a ere The resus gane eu oles information about the neighbor codes other usta nero embedding embedded co cting codes 1 Slee it A futher open erste posal to temave he selected it irom the ets lst te creste a report or to ete a PD arly based onal PDs ineluded inthe eae one 20 Cont pe The last ton is very el in the eh af pattems and yplagein your dit tisha of god er when working with mages atm a Ot of ces e image tl the urit ol ana Co occurrence Tools The Coocauence Eile stos to aik a derent type of questo
337. you creste pimary document fare Nex you ende he dat Par exaple you may use codes such at Punctuaty penera serce fight eres and human interaction 18 deserte complaints customers had After ending you ca we e query tool r combination with the sepe functo ind aut hone the four groups dier n terms of hee complaint open te uey Tot Doubleclick on the code containing the information you sre interested in Eg campia bout gh wets Papasan ne Siemens Doubleclick on the PD tly Domestic Fgh and an the Panty inst Tyee acme them using the AND operalar Crypt bout fight seve fom beans bales on desc figs In order to compare the four groups in regard to ferent types of cps the steps above ned tobe repeated Having equa used combinations of anes ava lable as Super Faries ies such ahs coer Below a step by step instruction en haw to The result pane of the Query Tea naw displays al quotations elated to How To Create A Super Family Anny iy to creste super faries ie via the uide panelin h manages This an been explained in delai in the section Creating Supe Fae as Gal Fits on page 58 However here oniy the apes AND ard OR ean be ed to creste uper lamkes The supe fami 1al eee Figure 237 oes S iet more opine Open Farsy Manages and chek the Super Family button see lef ar select Fae Ore Sie Fs To the es he Super amy Tal apens DATA ANALYSS AND THEORY AUNLDNG TOOLS m o

Atlas.ti manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents